Application of Section 409A to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans, 19234-19325 [07-1820]
Download as PDF
19234
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9321]
RIN 1545–BE79
Application of Section 409A to
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This document contains final
regulations regarding the application of
section 409A to nonqualified deferred
compensation plans. The final
regulations are necessary to clarify and
explain the rules governing the
application of section 409A to
nonqualified deferred compensation
plans. The regulations affect service
providers receiving amounts of deferred
compensation and the service recipients
for whom the service providers provide
services.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Stephen Tackney, (202) 927–9639 (not a
toll-free number).
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations
are effective April 17, 2007.
Applicability Dates: For dates of
applicability, see § 1.409A–6(b).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Background
Section 409A was added to the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) by section
885 of the American Jobs Creation Act
of 2004, Public Law 108–357 (118 Stat.
1418). Section 409A generally provides
that unless certain requirements are
met, amounts deferred under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan for all taxable years are currently
includible in gross income to the extent
not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture and not previously included
in gross income. Section 409A also
includes rules applicable to certain
trusts or similar arrangements
associated with a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan, where such
arrangements are located outside of the
United States or are restricted to the
provision of benefits in connection with
a decline in the financial health of the
sponsor.
On December 20, 2004, the IRS issued
Notice 2005–1 (published as modified
on January 6, 2005, in 2005–1 CB 274),
setting forth initial guidance with
respect to the application of section
409A, and supplying transition
guidance pursuant to a statutory
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
directive. A notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–158080–04, 2005–2
CB 786 [70 FR 57930]) was published in
the Federal Register on October 4, 2005.
See § 601.601(a)(3). A public hearing
was conducted on January 25, 2006. In
addition, the IRS received written and
electronic comments responding to the
notice of proposed rulemaking. After
consideration of all the comments, the
proposed regulations are adopted as
amended by this Treasury decision. The
amendments are discussed in this
preamble.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have also issued six additional notices
providing transition guidance with
respect to section 409A: (1) Notice
2005–94, 2005–2 CB 1208 (transition
guidance with respect to 2005 reporting
and withholding obligations); (2) Notice
2006–4, 2006–3 IRB 307 (transition
guidance with respect to certain
outstanding stock rights); (3) Notice
2006–33, 2006–15 IRB 754 (transition
guidance with respect to the application
of section 409A(b)); (4) Notice 2006–64,
2006–29 IRB 88 (interim guidance
regarding payments necessary to meet
Federal conflict of interest
requirements); (5) Notice 2006–79,
2006–43 IRB 763 (additional transition
relief); and (6) Notice 2006–100, 2006–
51 IRB 1109 (transition guidance with
respect to 2005 and 2006 reporting and
withholding obligations). See
§ 601.601(d)(2). For a discussion of the
continued applicability of these notices,
see the Effect on Other Documents
section of this preamble.
Explanation of Provisions and
Summary of Comments
I. Structure and Format of Regulations
The final regulations generally adopt
the structure and format of the proposed
regulations. A table of contents has been
included in the final regulations, as well
as several additional sets of examples
addressing various topics.
II. Definition of Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan
A. Excluded Plans
The final regulations exclude the
types of plans described in section
409A(d)(1) from the definition of a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, as well as certain other
arrangements that were also set forth in
the proposed regulations. Accordingly,
the final regulations generally provide
that a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan for purposes of
section 409A does not include a
qualified plan, a bona fide sick leave or
vacation plan, a disability plan, a death
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
benefit plan, or certain medical expense
reimbursement arrangements.
The final regulations clarify that the
exemption from coverage under section
409A for certain welfare plans does not
apply to medical expense
reimbursements that constitute taxable
income to the service provider. The
coverage exemption applies only to
arrangements that provide benefits that
are excludable from gross income under
section 105 or section 106.
Several commentators requested
clarification of when a leave program
will be treated as a bona fide sick leave
or vacation leave plan for purposes of
section 409A. Another commentator
requested a clarification of the
definition of a compensatory time plan.
Because the definitions of these terms
may raise issues and require
coordination with the provisions of
section 451, section 125, and, with
respect to certain taxpayers, section 457,
the final regulations do not address
these issues.
Notice 2005–1, Q&A–6 provides that,
until further guidance, taxpayers whose
participation in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan would be subject to
section 457(f) may rely on the
definitions of bona fide vacation leave,
sick leave, compensatory time,
disability pay, or death benefit plan
applicable for purposes of section 457(f)
as also being applicable for purposes of
section 409A. Until further guidance,
such taxpayers may continue to rely on
such definitions for purposes of section
409A.
One commentator requested that a
qualified employer plan for purposes of
the exclusion from section 409A include
certain plans covered by section 402(d)
(certain plans with a foreign-situs trust
treated as qualified plans with respect to
the taxation of the participants and
beneficiaries) and retirement plans
described in section 1022(i)(2) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended (certain Puerto
Rican retirement plans). The final
regulations adopt this suggestion.
B. Section 457 Plans
The final regulations provide that
section 409A is not applicable to an
eligible deferred compensation plan
under section 457(b), but may be
applicable to a deferred compensation
plan that is subject to section 457(f).
Commentators requested clarification of
the application of the exception in the
proposed regulations from the definition
of deferred compensation referred to as
the short-term deferral rule (described
in section III.C.1 of this preamble) to a
section 457(f) plan. As discussed below,
a right to deferred compensation
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
generally refers to a legally binding right
in one taxable year to compensation that
is or may be payable in a subsequent
taxable year. For purposes of
determining the time of payment, the
term ‘‘payment’’ generally refers to an
actual or constructive payment of cash
or property. However, the final
regulations provide that for purposes of
the short-term deferral rule, an amount
is treated as paid when it is included in
income under section 457(f) whether or
not an actual or constructive payment
occurs. Accordingly, where the income
inclusion under section 457(f) stems
from the lapse of a substantial risk of
forfeiture that is also treated as a
substantial risk of forfeiture for
purposes of section 409A, the amount
included in income will be considered
a short-term deferral for purposes of
section 409A. However, the right to
earnings on amounts that have
previously been included under section
457(f) will be deferred compensation for
purposes of section 409A unless the
right to the earnings independently
satisfies the requirements for an
exclusion.
C. Arrangements With Independent
Contractors
The final regulations provide that
section 409A generally does not apply
to an amount deferred under an
arrangement between a service provider
and an unrelated service recipient if
during the service provider’s taxable
year in which the service provider
obtains a legally binding right to the
deferred amount the service provider is
actively engaged in the trade or business
of providing services (other than as an
employee or as a director of a
corporation), and provides significant
services to two or more service
recipients to which the service provider
is not related and that are not related to
one another.
The final regulations retain the safe
harbor in the proposed regulations,
under which a service provider is
deemed to be providing significant
services to two or more such service
recipients for this purpose if the
revenues generated from the services
provided to any service recipient or
group of related service recipients
during such taxable year do not exceed
70 percent of the total revenues
generated by the service provider from
the trade or business of providing such
services. Commentators expressed
concern that the safe harbor did not
permit independent contractors to know
in advance whether the arrangements
under which an independent contractor
deferred compensation during a taxable
year would be subject to section 409A.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
Commentators requested certain lookback periods, including the ability to
use averaging over the previous three to
five years, or to satisfy the 70 percent
threshold over a certain portion of the
previous three to five years. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that the suggested rules
would allow service providers to engage
in strategic behavior to ensure that
activity in certain years would be
exempt from section 409A. Accordingly,
the final regulations adopt an additional
safe harbor that provides that a service
provider that has actually met the 70
percent threshold in the three
immediately previous years is deemed
to meet the 70 percent threshold for the
current year, but only if at the time the
amount is deferred the service provider
does not know or have reason to
anticipate that the service provider will
fail to meet the threshold in the current
year.
In response to comments, the final
regulations provide that if an
independent contractor qualifies for the
safe harbor for exclusion from coverage
under section 409A with respect to
arrangements with unrelated service
recipients, an arrangement between the
independent contractor and a service
recipient related to the independent
contractor will not be subject to section
409A if the arrangement, and the
practices under the arrangement, are
bona fide, arise in the ordinary course
of business, and are substantially the
same as the arrangements and practices
(such as billing and collection practices)
applicable to one or more unrelated
service recipients to whom the
independent contractor provides
substantial services and that produce a
majority of the total revenue that the
independent contractor earns from the
trade or business of providing such
services during the year.
The final regulations further clarify
that if at the time the legally binding
right to the payment arose, the
arrangement was not subject to section
409A because the service provider was
an independent contractor that was
eligible for this exclusion from coverage
under section 409A, the amount
deferred under the arrangement during
that taxable year (and earnings credited
to the deferred amount) will not become
subject to section 409A in a later year
if the service provider becomes an
employee, independent contractor, or
other type of service provider subject to
the rules of section 409A.
Commentators also requested that a
service recipient be permitted to rely
upon a representation of an
independent contractor that the
independent contractor meets the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19235
exclusion requirements, so that a service
recipient will know whether it is subject
to the reporting requirements with
respect to amounts deferred subject to
section 409A. The Treasury Department
and the IRS are continuing to study this
issue.
D. Anti-Abuse Rule
If a principal purpose of a plan is to
achieve a result with respect to a
deferral of compensation that is
inconsistent with the purposes of
section 409A, the Commissioner may
treat the plan as a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan for purposes of
section 409A.
III. Definition of Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan
A. In General
The final regulations provide that a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan is a plan that provides for the
deferral of compensation. The final
regulations further provide that a plan
generally provides for the deferral of
compensation if, under its terms and the
relevant facts and circumstances, a
service provider has a legally binding
right during a taxable year to
compensation that, pursuant to its
terms, is or may be payable to (or on
behalf of) the service provider in a later
year. For this purpose, an amount
generally is payable at the time the
service provider has a right to currently
receive a transfer of cash or property,
including a transfer of property
includible in income under section 83,
the economic benefit doctrine or section
402(b). Accordingly, a taxable transfer of
an annuity contract is treated as a
payment for purposes of section 409A.
The definition of deferral of
compensation in the final regulations
excludes the condition that the amount
not be actually or constructively
received and included in income during
the taxable year, because that language
might cause confusion with respect to
the applicable rules governing deferral
elections and the prohibition on the
acceleration of payments. For example,
if a service provider has made an
irrevocable election to defer an amount
of his or her salary to a future year, that
amount is treated as deferred
compensation regardless of whether the
service recipient actually pays such
amount to the service provider during
the year in which the services are
performed. Any early payment of the
deferred compensation (or any right to
receive such an early payment)
generally would constitute an
impermissible acceleration of the
payment of the deferred amount.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19236
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
For this purpose, a plan will be
treated as providing for a payment to be
made in a subsequent year whether the
plan explicitly so provides (including
through a service provider election) or
the deferral condition is inherent in the
terms of the contract. Where the parties
have agreed that a payment will be
made upon an event that could occur
after the year in which the legally
binding right to the payment arises, the
plan generally will provide for a deferral
of compensation (unless otherwise
excluded under a specific exception,
such as the short-term deferral rule).
For example, if a plan provides a
service provider a right to a payment
upon separation from service, the plan
generally will result in a deferral of
compensation regardless of whether the
service provider separates from service
and receives the payment in the same
year as the grant, because under the
plan the payment is conditioned upon
an event that may occur after the year
in which the legally binding right to the
payment arises. Similarly, if an
arrangement such as a stock option or
stock appreciation right not otherwise
excluded from coverage under section
409A provides a right to a payment for
a term of years where the payment
could be received during the short-term
deferral period or a subsequent period
but is not otherwise includible in
income until paid, the arrangement will
provide for deferred compensation even
though the service provider could
receive the payment during the shortterm deferral period (for example, by
exercising the stock option or stock
appreciation right). However, where a
plan does not specify a payment date,
payment event or term of years (or
specifies a date or event certain to occur
during the year in which the services
are performed), the plan generally will
not provide for the deferral of
compensation if the service provider
actually or constructively receives the
payment within the short-term deferral
period.
The proposed regulations provided
that earnings on deferred amounts are
generally treated as deferred
compensation for purposes of section
409A. Under the final regulations,
whether a deferred amount constitutes
earnings on an amount deferred, or
actual or notional income attributable to
an amount deferred, is determined
under the principles defining income
attributable to the amount taken into
account under § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2).
A commentator requested clarification
of whether a payment for a
noncompetition agreement could be
subject to section 409A. Because such a
payment would occur in connection
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
with the performance or
nonperformance of services, and a
covenant not to compete does not create
a substantial risk of forfeiture for
purposes of section 409A, a legally
binding right obtained in one year to a
payment in a subsequent year in
connection with a noncompetition
agreement generally would constitute
deferred compensation.
B. Legally Binding Right
The regulations define deferral of
compensation in the context of a legally
binding right to a payment of
compensation in a future taxable year.
Commentators requested clarification of
the standard that would be used to
determine whether a service provider
has a legally binding right. A legally
binding right includes a contractual
right that is enforceable under the
applicable law or laws governing the
contract. A legally binding right also
includes an enforceable right created
under other applicable law, such as a
statute.
One commentator suggested that no
legally binding right exists where the
payment is made only upon the
realization of gain from a particular
investment. For example, the
commentator argued that a bonus
payable based upon the amount that a
service provider obtains in selling
property should not be treated as
granting the service provider a legally
binding right to the payment until the
property is sold. In such a situation,
however, the requirement that the
property be sold is a condition to the
right to the payment, but the right to the
payment is still a legally binding right.
The service recipient could not simply
revoke the promise, sell the property,
and not pay the bonus. However, the
condition that the property be sold
before the service provider becomes
entitled to payment may constitute a
substantial risk of forfeiture, depending
on the specific facts and circumstances.
C. Short-Term Deferrals
1. In General
Subject to the modifications described
in this section III.C of the preamble, the
final regulations generally adopt the
short-term deferral rule that was
contained in the proposed regulations.
Under the short-term deferral rule, a
deferral of compensation does not occur
for purposes of section 409A if the
arrangement under which a payment is
made does not provide for a deferred
payment and the payment is made no
later than the 15th day of the third
month following the later of the end of
the service provider’s taxable year or the
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
end of the service recipient’s taxable
year in which occurs the later of the
time the legally binding right to the
payment arises or the time such right
first ceases to be subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture (subject to certain
extensions for unforeseeable events).
For this purpose, an arrangement
provides for a deferred payment if it
provides for a payment that will be
made or completed after a date or an
event that will or may occur later than
the end of the 21⁄2 month period
described in the preceding sentence,
either because of an affirmative election
on the part of the service provider or
service recipient or a deferral condition
inherent in the terms of the contract (for
example, that the amount will be paid
upon the service provider’s separation
from service, which may occur in a
future year).
Several commentators requested that
additional flexibility be provided to
allow payments to be short-term
deferrals. By analogy to the rules in the
proposed regulations concerning when
payments of deferred compensation
amounts are considered timely for
purposes of the payment date rules, the
commentators suggested that payments
should qualify as short-term deferrals if
made by the end of the year after the
year in which a substantial risk of
forfeiture lapses, rather than by the 15th
day of the third month of that year. The
final regulations do not adopt this
suggestion. The short-term deferral rule
is based on the historical treatment of
certain payments paid within a short
period following the end of a taxable
year as not constituting deferred
compensation. See § 1.404(b)–1T, Q&A–
2(b). That short period has been defined
as ending on the 15th day of the third
month following the end of the year,
subject to certain extensions for
unforeseeable events. Extending the
payment date by which a short-term
deferral could be paid would be
inconsistent with this approach and the
legislative history of section 409A (H.R.
Conf. Rep. No. 108–755, at 735 (2004)),
and accordingly is not adopted in the
final regulations. However, the final
regulations liberalize the standard under
which a payment can be a short-term
deferral even if it is delayed due to
unforeseeable events. The proposed
regulations provided generally that
payment could be delayed if the
payment would jeopardize the service
recipient’s solvency and such
insolvency was unforeseeable at the
time the service provider obtained the
right to the payment. By contrast, the
final regulations provide generally that
payment may be delayed where the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
payment would jeopardize the ability of
the service recipient to continue as a
going concern.
Commentators asked how the shortterm deferral rule applies to a series of
payments scheduled to commence
following the lapse of a substantial risk
of forfeiture. The final regulations
provide that the short-term deferral rule
applies separately to each payment,
applying the technical definition of
‘‘payment’’ set out in the regulations,
provided that the entire payment is
made during the short-term deferral
period. Accordingly, where a payment
has been designated as a separate
payment, it may qualify as a short-term
deferral (and thus not deferred
compensation) even where the service
provider has a right to subsequent
payments under the same arrangement.
In contrast, where a payment has not
been designated as a separate payment
(such as, for example, a life annuity
payment or a series of installment
payments treated as a single payment),
any initial payments in the series will
not be treated as a short-term deferral
even if paid within the short-term
deferral period. For a discussion of the
definition of payment, see § 1.409A–3.
Commentators suggested that a right
to a reimbursement be treated as
potentially subject to the short-term
deferral rule, arguing that the right to
the reimbursement payment is subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture that the
service provider will not incur the
expense. Commentators argued that the
short-term deferral rule then could
apply if the reimbursement payment
were made within a short period
following the occurrence of the expense.
Generally, the risk that a service
provider will fail to incur a
reimbursable expense will not qualify as
a substantial risk of forfeiture, so the
short-term deferral rule will not be
applicable. However, the final
regulations provide considerable
additional flexibility with regard to
structuring reimbursement
arrangements to meet the requirements
of section 409A. For a discussion of
these provisions, see section VII.B.2 of
this preamble.
2. Application to Event-Based Payments
Some commentators asked whether
any payments based on a legally binding
right arising in the year of a separation
from service are excluded from coverage
under section 409A, if paid by the end
of the relevant short-term deferral
period. For example, where an
employee had accrued benefits under a
defined benefit supplemental executive
retirement plan (SERP) during his career
that was payable immediately upon a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
separation from service, including an
amount accrued in the year of
separation from service, commentators
asked whether the payment of the
portion of the benefits accrued in that
final year is excluded from coverage
under section 409A if paid by March 15
of the year following the separation
from service, because the amount is
paid within a short period following the
year the service provider obtains a
vested legally binding right to the
additional benefit accrual. (This
generally would be of most concern to
specified employees subject to the
requirement of a six-month delay in
payment following a separation from
service.)
The analysis that applies in this
situation is similar to that applied to the
general definition of deferral of
compensation, discussed in section III.A
of this preamble. The short-term deferral
rule does not provide an exclusion from
the requirements of section 409A for
such current-year benefit accruals
because the rule does not apply to
amounts of compensation subject to a
deferral election. For this purpose, an
election to defer includes either an
affirmative election on the part of the
service provider or a deferral condition
inherent in the terms of the contract.
Where the parties have agreed that a
payment will be made upon an event
that does not necessarily coincide with
the lapsing of the substantial risk of
forfeiture, and could occur at a time
beyond the short-term deferral period,
the arrangement provides for a deferral
election such that the short-term
deferral rule does not apply.
Accordingly, in this example, because
the benefits accrued in the final year of
the SERP could have been paid upon an
event occurring after the short-term
deferral period (if, for example, the
individual had not separated from
service until a later year), the payment
of the benefit accrued in the final year
is subject to section 409A and is not a
short-term deferral, even if paid by
March 15 of the year following the
separation from service.
Also, for example, if a plan that is not
subject to section 457(f) provides that an
amount is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture until the completion of three
years of service, and is payable upon a
separation of service following the three
years of service, the right to the amount
is not a short-term deferral even if the
service provider separates from service
immediately after vesting in the right,
because under the plan the payment is
based upon an event other than the
lapsing of the substantial risk of
forfeiture and such event may occur in
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19237
a year subsequent to the year in which
the risk of forfeiture lapses.
Conversely, where a plan specifies no
payment date or payment event, or
specifies only the date at which the
substantial risk of forfeiture lapses, the
plan may qualify for the short-term
deferral rule if the payment is made
within the applicable short-term
deferral period. However, such a plan
generally would violate section 409A if
the payment were made after the shortterm deferral period.
As discussed in this preamble with
respect to the general definition of
deferred compensation, to implement
the statutory scheme, including the
applicable reporting and form
requirements, taxpayers generally must
be able to determine whether an
arrangement provides for a deferral of
compensation at the time the service
provider obtains a legally binding right
to the compensation. Although a plan
need not specify a payment date to be
a short-term deferral that is excluded
from coverage under section 409A, the
short-term deferral exclusion does not
apply if the payment event or date is
specified and will or may occur after the
end of the short-term deferral period.
The preamble to the proposed
regulations explained that where a plan
requires that a payment be made on a
date within the short-term deferral
period, but the payment is made after
the specified date and after the end of
the short-term deferral period, the
arrangement will be treated as a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, but the payment date will be
treated as a specified date. Thus, under
such an arrangement, if the service
provider receives the payment after the
specified date, but not later than the end
of the year in which the specified date
occurs, the payment generally will
comply with section 409A. However,
taxpayers should note that a provision
requiring only that a payment be made
on or before the end of the short-term
deferral period may not qualify as a
permissible specified date for this
purpose, if under the facts and
circumstances the payment could have
been made in more than one taxable
year. For a discussion of the application
of the definition of a specified payment
date to this type of plan, see section
VII.B of this preamble.
For a discussion of when rights to
compensation upon a separation from
service for good reason may be treated
as rights to compensation upon an
involuntary termination, and the
potential application of the short-term
deferral exception to these
arrangements, see section III.J.3 of this
preamble.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19238
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
D. Stock Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
1. In General
Subject to the modifications described
in this preamble, the final regulations
adopt the provisions of the proposed
regulations excluding from coverage
under section 409A statutory stock
options and certain other stock rights.
Generally under the regulations,
nondiscounted stock options and
nondiscounted stock appreciation rights
issued on service recipient stock that do
not include any additional deferral
feature are excluded from section 409A.
2. Statutory Stock Options
The final regulations adopt the
exclusion from coverage under section
409A for statutory stock options,
including incentive stock options
described in section 422 of the Code and
options granted under an employee
stock purchase plan described in section
423 of the Code. This exclusion applies
regardless of whether the statutory stock
option would be excluded if the same
option were not treated as a statutory
stock option. For example, an employee
stock purchase plan described in section
423 offering a discounted purchase
price is not a deferred compensation
plan for purposes of section 409A.
Commentators requested clarification,
however, of the treatment of a statutory
stock option that is modified, or
otherwise becomes ineligible to be
treated as a statutory stock option. The
final regulations adopt the rule set forth
in the proposed regulations, and
provide that at the time of such
modification or event, the modification
or other event is treated as the grant of
a new option, or causes the option to be
treated as having had a deferral feature
from the date of grant, as applicable, for
purposes of section 409A only if such
modification or other event would have
been so treated had the option been a
nonstatutory stock option immediately
before such modification or other event.
For example, where an incentive stock
option is modified through an extension
of the option’s term, the extended
option will be treated as having had an
additional deferral feature from the date
of grant for section 409A purposes only
if the same extension of a nonstatutory
stock option would have resulted in
such treatment.
Commentators also requested that the
exclusion from coverage under section
409A for certain stock rights issued
under plans meeting the requirements of
section 423 (employee stock purchase
plans) be extended to employee stock
purchase plans offered by foreign
employers that do not meet such
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
requirements, where the shares are
made available for purchase at a
discount and substantially all of the
participants are nonresident aliens. The
legislative history does not provide a
basis for extending the exception
applicable to options meeting the
requirements of section 423 to grants of
discounted stock options not meeting
the requirements of section 423.
Accordingly, this suggestion is not
adopted in the final regulations.
3. Definition of Service Recipient Stock
The final regulations adopt the
requirement in the proposed regulations
that for the exclusion for certain stock
rights to apply, the stock right must
relate to service recipient stock.
Commentators criticized the definition
of service recipient stock contained in
the proposed regulations as too
restrictive. Generally such criticisms
centered on two different aspects of the
definition of service recipient stock in
the proposed regulations—the classes of
stock that may qualify as service
recipient stock, and the issuer or issuers
whose stock may constitute service
recipient stock, where the service
recipient is comprised of more than one
entity.
a. Classes of Stock That May Qualify as
Service Recipient Stock
Commentators requested clarification
and expansion of the classes of stock of
a corporation that may constitute
service recipient stock. Commentators
generally focused on two issues. First,
with respect to stock of a particular
service recipient corporation,
commentators requested that the stock
right be permitted to relate to any class
of common stock, regardless of whether
another class of common stock of that
corporation was publicly traded, and
regardless of whether that class of
common stock had the greatest aggregate
value of all classes of common stock
issued by that corporate entity. Subject
to the restrictions governing certain
preferences as to distributions, the final
regulations generally provide that any
class of common stock may be used,
regardless of whether another class of
common stock that could qualify as
service recipient stock is publicly traded
or has a higher aggregate value
outstanding, and regardless of whether
the class of stock is subject to
transferability restrictions or buyback
rights (provided such buyback rights
reflect the fair market value of the stock
at the time of purchase).
Second, commentators suggested
narrowing the types of preferences on a
class of common stock that would
prohibit that class from being treated as
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
service recipient stock. One
commentator requested that the classes
of stock permitted as service recipient
stock include any class of stock that is
widely held by non-service recipients.
While it may be unlikely that a widelyheld class of stock was created to
facilitate an abusive avoidance of
section 409A, it does not follow that
service recipient stock rights issued on
such stock necessarily would be
consistent with the intended application
of section 409A if, for example, holders
of such class enjoyed preferences that
would make such stock rights a suitable
substitute for nonqualified deferred
compensation.
To be treated as service recipient
stock under the final regulations, a class
of stock must qualify as common stock
under section 305 of the Code.
Accordingly, the final regulations
provide that stock that is not common
stock under section 305 is not service
recipient stock for purposes of section
409A. However, the mere classification
of a class of stock as common stock
under section 305 is not sufficient for
such stock to be treated as service
recipient stock for purposes of section
409A. The Treasury Department and the
IRS are concerned that classes of stock
that are common stock under section
305 may provide preferences that could
permit stock rights with respect to such
stock to resemble traditional
nonqualified deferred compensation,
such that exclusion of such stock rights
would permit the avoidance of section
409A.
Commentators suggested that a
preference with respect to liquidation
rights, without any other preferences
such as a preferential right to dividends,
should be permitted under the
definition of service recipient stock. A
holder of this class of stock would not
be guaranteed any return, but rather
would simply be guaranteed preferred
distribution rights upon a complete
liquidation of the service recipient. The
final regulations generally adopt this
suggestion.
With respect to other preferential
rights, commentators were unable to
provide a workable standard under
which permissible preferences could be
distinguished from impermissible
preferences. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not treat any stock
including such preferences as service
recipient stock. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
study this area, and the final regulations
authorize the publication of other
additional guidance, should a workable
standard be developed.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
b. Entities the Stock of Which May
Qualify as Service Recipient Stock
Commentators also requested an
expansion of the class of entities the
stock of which can qualify as service
recipient stock where the service
recipient is comprised of multiple
entities. The Treasury Department and
the IRS believe that the stock right
exception under section 409A was
intended to cover stock rights directly
reflecting the enterprise value of the
entity for which the service provider is
providing services. Consistent with this
approach, the final regulations provide
that service recipient stock may include
the stock of the corporation for which
the service provider was providing
services at the date of grant. In addition,
the final regulations provide that service
recipient stock may include stock of any
corporation in a chain of organizations
all of which have a controlling interest
in another organization, beginning with
the parent organization and ending with
the organization for which the service
provider was providing services at the
date of grant of the stock right. Similarly
to the proposed regulations, the final
regulations provide that the term
‘‘controlling interest’’ has the same
meaning as provided in § 1.414(c)–
2(b)(2)(i), except that where that
regulation requires at least an 80 percent
interest, the final regulations generally
require only a 50 percent interest. In
addition, where the use of such stock
with respect to the grant of a stock right
to such service provider is based upon
legitimate business criteria, the final
regulations generally require only a 20
percent interest. For purposes of
determining ownership of an interest in
an organization, the attribution rules of
§ 1.414(c)–4 apply, and the exclusion
rules of § 1.414(c)–3 also apply. For
example, under the final regulations,
with respect to an employee of a
subsidiary corporation, the common
stock of the ultimate parent corporation,
or of a subsidiary corporation anywhere
in the chain of corporate ownership
between the subsidiary that employed
the employee and the ultimate parent
corporation (a higher tier subsidiary),
could qualify as service recipient stock
for purposes of determining whether a
stock right issued to such employee
with respect to such stock was excluded
from coverage under section 409A,
provided that the 50 percent or 20
percent ownership standard, as
applicable, was satisfied by each
corporation in the chain.
The proposed regulations contained
many requirements for using an
ownership level of less than 50 percent.
Commentators requested several
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
simplifications of these requirements. In
response, the final regulations no longer
require a formal election by any
corporation. Rather, each individual
grant of a stock right is analyzed to
determine whether the stock qualifies as
service recipient stock with respect to a
service provider at the time the stock
right is granted. If a corporation owns at
least 50 percent of the stock of one
corporation and owns less than 50
percent of the stock of another
corporation, and it intends to treat its
stock as service recipient stock with
respect to employees of both
corporations, there is no requirement
that a legitimate business criteria exist
with respect to the issuance of stock
rights on the parent corporation stock to
service providers of the first such
corporation. The legitimate business
criteria standard applies only to stock
rights issued to service providers of
subsidiaries that are not majorityowned, because the test of legitimate
business criteria relates to the actual
issuance of a stock right to a particular
service provider. Accordingly, a
subsidiary may have more than one
shareholder corporation the stock of
which qualifies as service recipient
stock with respect to a subsidiary
employee such as, for example, where
three entities each own a one-third
interest in the subsidiary. However,
with respect to each grant of a stock
right on stock of a particular nonmajority shareholder corporation to a
service provider of a particular
subsidiary, there must exist legitimate
business criteria for issuing such a stock
right. Even if legitimate business criteria
exist with respect to the issuance of a
stock right on stock of a particular
shareholder corporation to a particular
service provider, legitimate business
criteria may or may not exist with
respect to the issuance of a stock right
to the same service provider on stock of
another shareholder corporation.
The legitimate business criteria
requirement is a facts and circumstances
test, focusing generally on whether there
is sufficient nexus between a particular
service provider and the entity, the
stock of which underlies the stock right
granted to the service provider, for the
grant to serve a legitimate non-tax
business purpose. As provided in the
preamble to the proposed regulations, if
a corporation issued a stock right on its
stock to a current employee of a joint
venture in which the corporation was a
venturer, and the employee was a
former employee of the corporate
venturer, generally the issuance would
be based on legitimate business criteria.
Similarly, if the corporate venturer
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19239
issued such a right to an employee of
the joint venture who it reasonably
expected would become an employee of
the corporate venturer in the future,
generally the legitimate business criteria
requirement would be met. By contrast,
where an employee has no real nexus
with a corporate venturer, such as
generally happens when the corporate
venturer is a passive investor in the
service recipient, the use of the investor
corporation stock as the stock
underlying a stock right grant to that
employee generally would not be based
upon legitimate business criteria.
Similarly, where a corporation holds
only a minority interest in an entity that
in turn holds a minority interest in the
entity for which the employee performs
services, such that the corporation holds
only an insubstantial indirect interest in
the entity receiving the services,
legitimate business criteria generally
would not exist for issuing a stock right
on the corporation’s stock to the
employee.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
remain concerned that the manipulation
of the structure of a related group of
corporations may be used to allow stock
options or stock appreciation rights to
mimic the characteristics of
nonqualified deferred compensation, by
compensating holders based on
predictable amounts and investment
returns unrelated to the enterprise value
of an operating entity. Accordingly, the
exception contained in the proposed
regulations under which the stock of a
corporation serving as investment
vehicle is not considered service
recipient stock has been retained. In
addition, an anti-abuse rule has been
added to address corporate structures,
transactions, or stock right grants, a
principal purpose of which is the
avoidance of the application of section
409A to an arrangement otherwise
providing deferred compensation. These
corporate structures, transactions, and
stock right grants generally will occur
where the structure, transaction, or
grant is intended to provide enhanced
security for the value of the stock right
as a means of providing deferred
compensation, rather than as
compensation related to an increase in
the true enterprise value of the service
recipient. The regulations provide that if
an entity becomes a member of a group
of corporations or other entities treated
as a single service recipient, and the
primary source of income or value of
such entity arises from the provision of
management services to other members
of the service recipient group, if any
stock rights are issued with respect to
such entity it is presumed that such
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19240
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
structure was established for purposes
of avoiding the application of section
409A.
c. Equity Interests in Certain NonCorporate Entities
The final regulations permit certain
equity interests in a non-stock mutual
company to be treated analogously to
equity interests in a corporation.
Commentators requested that the
definition of service recipient stock be
expanded to cover interests in
cooperatives and interests in the value
of an Indian tribal enterprise. The
regulations do not include such
interests in the definition of service
recipient stock, but provide the IRS
authority to provide guidance
expanding the definition of service
recipient stock. For a discussion of the
application of the exclusion for certain
stock rights to rights issued on equity
interests in entities taxed as
partnerships, see section III.G of this
preamble.
4. Valuation
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
a. In General
The final regulations provide that for
the exclusion for stock rights to apply,
the stock right must specify an exercise
price of the stock right that may never
be less than the fair market value of the
underlying stock on the date the stock
right is granted. For purposes of this
discussion and the final regulations, the
exercise price of a stock appreciation
right refers to the base stock value from
which the appreciation is measured for
purposes of determining the
compensation payable under the stock
appreciation right (for example, a stock
appreciation right providing for a
payment of the excess of the fair market
value of 100 shares over $100 would
have a $1 per share exercise price).
Several commentators expressed
concerns regarding the determination of
the fair market value of the underlying
stock. Some commentators requested
that the valuation rules applicable to
incentive stock options be applied for
purposes of the exclusion from section
409A. Under those rules, if the stock
option would otherwise fail to be an
incentive stock option solely because
the exercise price was less than the fair
market value of the underlying stock as
of the date of grant, generally the option
is treated as an incentive stock option if
the issuer attempted in good faith to set
the exercise price at fair market value.
See section 422(c)(1). The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that this
is not the appropriate standard for
determining whether stock rights are
subject to section 409A. Incentive stock
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
options are subject to strict limitations
on the amount of such options that may
be granted to a particular employee. See
section 422(d). In contrast, there are no
such limits applicable to nonstatutory
stock options, and grants of
nonstatutory stock options often far
exceed the limitation applicable to
incentive stock options. In addition,
section 422(c)(1) explicitly provides for
the good faith standard with respect to
incentive stock options, while no such
provisions exist within section 409A or
its legislative history.
Commentators requested clarification
of the consistency standard with respect
to the use of a valuation method.
Specifically, commentators asked
whether one valuation method could be
used for purposes of establishing the
exercise price while another method
could be used for purposes of
determining the fair market value of the
stock at the time of the payment (for
example, to determine the amount of
payment in the case of a stock
appreciation right or a stock option
where the stock is subject to repurchase
by the service recipient). The final
regulations clarify that consistency is
not required, provided that each
valuation method used otherwise meets
the requirements of the final
regulations. Accordingly, a service
recipient may use one valuation method
for purposes of establishing an exercise
price, but another valuation method for
purposes of establishing the payment
amount (in the case of a stock
appreciation right) or the buyback
amount (in the case of a stock option
where the underlying stock is subject to
a buyback arrangement). However, once
an exercise price has been established,
the exercise price may not be changed
through the retroactive use of another
valuation method. In addition, where
after the date of grant, but before the
date of exercise, of the stock right, the
service recipient stock to which the
stock right relates becomes readily
tradable on an established securities
market, the service recipient must use a
valuation method for stock readily
tradable on an established securities
market for purposes of determining the
payment amount (in the case of a stock
appreciation right) or the buyback
amount (in the case of a stock option
where the underlying stock is subject to
a buyback arrangement).
b. Valuation—Stock Readily Tradable
on an Established Securities Market
The final regulations adopt the rules
under the proposed regulations
governing valuation of stock readily
tradable on an established securities
market, generally requiring that the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
valuation of such stock be based upon
the contemporaneous prices established
in the securities market, subject to the
modifications discussed in this
preamble. Some commentators
requested additional guidance with
respect to when a stock will be treated
as readily tradable. The final regulations
adopt the same standard as that set forth
in § 1.280G–1, Q&A–6(e), that stock is
treated as readily tradable if it is
regularly quoted by brokers or dealers
making a market in such stock.
With respect to the rules governing
the valuation of stock that is readily
tradable on an established securities
market, commentators generally focused
on the provision of the proposed
regulations permitting the use of an
average selling price during a specified
period that is within 30 days before or
30 days after the date of grant.
Specifically, comments concentrated on
the requirement that the commitment to
grant the stock right with an exercise
price set using such an average selling
price be irrevocable before the
beginning of the specified period.
Commentators questioned both the
purpose of the requirement of the
commitment to the valuation method, as
well as the actions required to satisfy
the rule if averaging were being used.
The rule was intended to prohibit the
use of an average price, set on a lookback basis, to ensure a discounted
exercise price. For example, if a
corporation decided to grant a stock
option on July 1, and it could set the
exercise price using an average selling
price for any period falling within the
prior 30 days without having had a prior
commitment to a specific averaging
period, the corporation could simply
look for the lowest price that occurred
during the prior June. Furthermore, if
the corporation were not committed to
grant the stock option on July 1, the
corporation could wait until its stock
price began to rise and then grant an
option using the selling price on a given
day during the previous 30 days to
provide a particular discount.
Accordingly, the final regulations
require that the commitment to grant the
stock right with an exercise price set
using such an average selling price be
irrevocable before the beginning of the
specified period. To satisfy this
requirement, the service recipient must
designate the recipient of the stock
option, the number of shares the stock
option will permit the holder of the
stock option to purchase, and the
method for determining the exercise
price including the period over which
the averaging will occur, before the
beginning of the specified averaging
period.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
One commentator stated that the
requirement of an irrevocable
commitment to the averaging period
could not be met under French law,
because French law requires that the
stock option exercise price be set based
on the average trading price over the
preceding 20 days and the commitment
to the grant before the beginning of the
period may be viewed as violating that
requirement. The final regulations
provide that where applicable foreign
law requires that the compensatory
stock right granted by the issuer must be
priced based upon a specific price
averaging method and period, a stock
right granted in accordance with such
applicable foreign law will be treated as
meeting the requirement, provided that
the averaging period may not exceed 30
days.
c. Valuation—Stock Not Readily
Tradable on an Established Securities
Market
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
i. In General
The final regulations adopt the
provisions in the proposed regulations
relating to the valuation of stock not
readily tradable on an established
securities market, subject to the
modifications discussed in this section
III.C.4.c. Accordingly, a valuation of
stock based upon a reasonable
application of a reasonable valuation
method is treated as reflecting the fair
market value of the stock. To meet this
standard, it is not necessary that a
taxpayer demonstrate that the value was
determined by an independent
appraiser. Where the taxpayer can
otherwise demonstrate that the
valuation was determined by the
reasonable application of a reasonable
valuation method, the standard will be
met.
One commentator requested that the
factors to be considered in determining
the fair market value of the stock should
be modified to include consideration of
any recent equity sales made by the
corporation in arm’s-length transactions.
The final regulations adopt this
suggestion.
The final regulations continue to
require that in the case of a stock right
issued with respect to stock that was not
publicly traded at the time the right was
issued, but becomes publicly traded
before the right is exercised, the stock
value for purposes of calculating the
payment amount (in the case of a stock
appreciation right) or the buyback
amount (in the case of a stock option
where the underlying stock is subject to
a buyback agreement) must be based
upon the rules governing stock that is
publicly traded. This does not mean that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
the initial exercise price determined
under the rules governing stock that is
not publicly traded must be reset.
Rather, this means only that the value
at the time of exercise used to determine
the payment amount or the buyback
amount must be determined under the
rules governing stock that is publicly
traded. For example, if a service
provider holds an excluded stock
appreciation right with an exercise price
of $1 that was fixed based on a
valuation of the closely-held corporate
stock at the time of grant, and before
exercise the stock becomes readily
tradable on an established securities
market, the amount payable upon
exercise must be the excess of the value
of the stock based on its trading price
over the $1 exercise price.
ii. Safe Harbor Presumptions
The final regulations adopt a
presumption in specified circumstances
that, for purposes of section 409A, a
valuation of stock reflects the fair
market value of the stock, rebuttable
only by a showing that the valuation is
grossly unreasonable. The presumption
applies where the valuation is based
upon an independent appraisal, a
generally applicable repurchase formula
(applicable for both compensatory and
noncompensatory purposes) that would
be treated as fair market value under
section 83, or, in the case of illiquid
stock of a start-up corporation, a
valuation by a qualified individual or
individuals applied at a time that the
corporation did not otherwise anticipate
a change in control event or public
offering of the stock.
Many of the comments with respect to
these presumptions related to the
presumption applicable to illiquid stock
of start-up corporations. As set forth in
the proposed regulations, the start-up
corporation presumption would not
apply if the service recipient or service
provider could reasonably anticipate, as
of the time the valuation is applied, that
the service recipient would undergo a
change in control event or make a
public offering of securities within the
12 months following the event to which
the valuation is applied. Commentators
suggested that a 12-month period is too
long, because changes occur so rapidly
in the business world that it often is
difficult or impossible to predict so far
in advance whether such an event will
occur. Commentators suggested that the
service provider should retain the
benefit of the presumption unless the
issuing corporation entered into a
definitive agreement or filed its
registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19241
within a period of 15 or 30 days after
issuing the stock right.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that a 15-day or a 30-day period
is too short. Although there is always a
risk that a public offering will fail or
that a corporate transaction will not
occur, the Treasury Department and the
IRS also believe that a person should
reasonably be able to anticipate whether
such a transaction will occur during a
reasonable period before the transaction.
Accordingly, the final regulations
provide that the start-up corporation
presumption will not apply if at the
time the valuation is made, the service
recipient or service provider may
reasonably anticipate that the service
recipient will undergo a change in
control event in the next 90 days or an
initial public offering within the next
180 days. As under the proposed
regulations, the rule in the final
regulations is concerned with what the
parties may reasonably anticipate at the
time the stock right is issued.
Other comments requested examples
of persons with sufficient knowledge,
experience, and skill in valuing illiquid
stock of a start-up corporation. Because
knowledge, skill, and training may be
obtained in different ways, the final
regulations do not provide specific
examples. However, the regulations
clarify that the standard to be applied is
whether a reasonable individual, upon
being apprised of such person’s relevant
knowledge, experience, education, and
training, would reasonably rely on the
advice of such person with respect to
valuation in deciding whether to accept
an offer to purchase or sell the stock
being valued. The final regulations also
clarify that significant experience
generally means at least five years of
relevant experience in business
valuation or appraisal, financial
accounting, investment banking, private
equity, secured lending, or other
comparable experience in the line of
business or industry in which the
service recipient operates.
With respect to the presumption
based upon a generally applicable
buyback formula, some commentators
requested that the presumption apply
where the formula is applicable to all
compensatory stock transactions, but
not also applicable to all
noncompensatory stock transactions.
The final regulations do not adopt this
suggestion. However, the final
regulations clarify that to meet the
requirements of the presumption, the
buyback formula is required to be
applicable to compensatory and
noncompensatory transactions with the
issuer or a person owning 10 percent or
more of the stock of the issuer, but is not
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19242
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
required to be applicable to transactions
with other persons or transactions that
are part of an arm’s length transaction
constituting the sale of all or
substantially all of the stock of the
issuer to an unrelated purchaser.
5. Modification of a Stock Right
The final regulations continue to
apply certain rules addressing
modifications, extensions and renewals
of stock rights. Although these rules in
many respects resemble the rules
applicable to statutory stock options, the
rules are not intended to incorporate the
rules applicable to statutory stock
options except where explicitly
provided.
The final regulations generally retain
the rules in the proposed regulations
that generally treat extensions of the
exercise period of a stock right as an
additional deferral feature as of the date
of grant of the right, with an exception
for certain limited extensions following
a separation from service.
Commentators characterized these rules
as unnecessarily restrictive.
Specifically, commentators argued that
the extension of a stock option upon the
occurrence of a separation from service
(often in connection with a program of
layoffs) or a corporate transaction is a
common practice, and that often these
extensions cover periods longer than the
limited period provided in the proposed
regulations. In addition, commentators
argued that the same substantive results
could be obtained by specifying a longer
term for the stock right and providing
the service recipient the discretion to
shorten the term, rather than providing
discretion to extend a shorter term, and
that the former approach would be
permissible under the proposed
regulations. In response, the final
regulations provide that the extension of
an option exercise period generally is
not treated as an additional deferral
feature or a modification of the stock
option for section 409A purposes if the
exercise period is not extended beyond
the earlier of the original maximum
term of the option or 10 years from the
original date of grant of the stock right.
Many commentators also requested
that the extension of the exercise period
of a stock right not be treated as an
additional deferral feature for purposes
of section 409A, where at the time of the
extension the fair market value of the
underlying stock does not exceed the
exercise price (an ‘‘underwater’’ option).
Because the issuance of an otherwise
identical option with an exercise period
ending after the end of the exercise
period of the underwater option would
be excluded from coverage under
section 409A, the final regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
provide that such an extension does not
constitute an additional deferral feature.
The final regulations adopt the
provisions in the proposed regulations
regarding substitution or assumption of
stock rights due to a corporate
transaction, which are generally in
accordance with the corresponding
provisions governing incentive stock
options. The final regulations clarify
that the applicable corporate
transactions for this purpose include
only those transactions described in
§ 1.424–1(a)(3). One commentator
requested that the provision permitting
substitutions of stock options be
modified to reflect that a holder of a
nonstatutory stock option is not
required to be employed by the
successor entity. The final regulations
adopt this suggestion, so that a
substituted nonstatutory stock option
may be treated as a continuation of the
initial option even where the holder of
the option is not employed or otherwise
providing services to the successor
entity, provided the substitution
otherwise meets the rules provided in
the regulations.
6. Other Stock Right Issues
The final regulations adopt certain
definitions from the regulations
governing statutory stock options,
modified as appropriate for purposes of
applying the rules under section 409A.
These include the time and date of grant
of an option (§ 1.421–1(c)), and the
definitions of option (§ 1.421–1(a)),
stock (§ 1.421–1(d)), exercise price
(§ 1.424–1(e)), exercise (§ 1.421–1(f)),
and transfer (§ 1.421–1(g)). These
definitions apply by analogy to stock
appreciation rights.
The final regulations adopt the rule
that a right to a payment of accumulated
dividend equivalents at the time of the
exercise of a stock right generally will
be treated as a reduction in the exercise
price of the stock right, causing the
stock right to be deferred compensation
subject to the requirements of section
409A. The final regulations provide that
an arrangement to accumulate and pay
dividend equivalents the payment of
which is not contingent upon the
exercise of a stock right may be treated
as a separate arrangement for purposes
of section 409A. Such an arrangement
generally will be required to comply
with section 409A (unless it
independently qualifies for an exception
from coverage under section 409A), but
will not affect whether the related stock
right qualifies for the exclusion from
coverage under section 409A. The right
to the dividend equivalents may be set
forth within the stock right plan or the
individual stock right grant, or in a
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
separate document, as long as the
payment of the dividend equivalents is
not contingent upon the exercise of the
stock right.
Commentators also asked whether the
exclusion of stock rights from coverage
under section 409A would apply to
tandem rights, meaning a stock right
that combines a stock option right and
a stock appreciation right, exercisable
on an alternative basis. Similarly,
commentators asked whether the
substitution of a stock option for a stock
appreciation right, or vice versa, where
all the terms except the mode of
payment upon exercise are similar,
would be treated as a modification of a
stock right. The application of section
409A generally is not affected by the
medium of a taxable payment (for
example, cash or stock). Accordingly,
whether a stock right is expressed as a
tandem arrangement under which the
exercise of one right terminates the
other right, or there is a substitution of
a stock appreciation right for a stock
option identical in all respects except
for the medium of payment, generally
does not impact whether the
arrangement is excluded from coverage
under section 409A.
Commentators requested further
clarification of the application of section
409A to stock option gain deferrals. The
ability to defer gain upon the exercise or
exchange (including a purported
forfeiture) of a stock right is
incompatible with the exclusion of
certain stock rights from the
requirements of section 409A because
such exclusion is predicated on the
option not having any additional
deferral feature. Accordingly, if an
arrangement provides for a potential to
defer the payment of cash or property
upon the exercise or exchange of a stock
right beyond the year the right is
exercised or beyond the original term of
the stock right, the arrangement
provides for a deferral feature and must
comply with the requirements of section
409A from the time the legally binding
right granted by the award arises.
Because a stock option with a deferral
feature is subject to section 409A
regardless of whether the deferral
feature is actually utilized, an option
that includes a provision permitting
deferral of option gain generally will not
satisfy the time and form of payment
rules under section 409A if the service
provider can exercise the option in more
than one taxable year. If a deferral
feature is added to a preexisting option,
the option will be treated as having
included a deferral feature as of the
original date of grant, generally resulting
in a violation of section 409A.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
However, the final regulations
provide that a stock right will not be
treated as having a deferral feature
where the service recipient delays a
payment because the making of the
payment would violate applicable
Federal, state, local, or foreign law or
jeopardize the ability of the service
recipient to continue as a going concern.
Although these provisions permit the
delay for purposes of section 409A, no
inference should be drawn as to the
Federal tax consequences of such a
delay under any other section of the
Code or Federal tax doctrine such as
section 83, section 451, the constructive
receipt doctrine, or the economic benefit
doctrine.
Commentators requested that the
definition of service recipient stock be
expanded to include the stock of a
corporation for which a service
recipient provides substantial services,
at least with respect to a service
provider of the service recipient that is
providing services to the corporation.
The legislative history does not support
such a broad interpretation of service
recipient stock, and the final regulations
do not adopt this suggestion.
E. Restricted Property
The final regulations provide, as did
the proposed regulations, that a grant of
restricted property generally will not
constitute a deferral of compensation for
purposes of section 409A.
Commentators requested that the
regulations clarify that a vested right to
receive nonvested property in a future
year does not constitute deferred
compensation. Commentators argued
that a right to receive nonvested
property is not truly vested. For
example, commentators argued that a
right to receive restricted stock that will
be subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture until the service provider
completes three years of future services
cannot be a vested right. The final
regulations adopt this suggestion, so
long as the risk of forfeiture to which
the stock is subject constitutes a
substantial risk of forfeiture for
purposes of section 409A.
Commentators specifically requested
clarification of the circumstances under
which a service provider may elect to be
paid a bonus or other payment in the
form of restricted stock, rather than
cash. Generally an election between
compensation alternatives, none of
which provides for a deferral of
compensation within the meaning of
section 409A, will not cause the election
to be subject to the section 409A timing
restrictions. Thus, a choice between an
award of restricted stock or stock
options that are not subject to section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
409A will not be governed by the
section 409A election timing rules.
However, where any of the alternatives
involves a deferral of compensation
subject to section 409A, the election
must comply with the provisions of
section 409A. In addition, no inference
should be drawn as to the Federal tax
consequences of such an election
provision under any other section of the
Code or Federal tax doctrine such as
section 83, section 451, the constructive
receipt doctrine, or the economic benefit
doctrine.
F. Section 402(b) Trusts
The final regulations continue to
except from coverage under section
409A transfers of a beneficial interest in
a trust, or a transfer to or from a trust,
to the extent such a transfer is subject
to section 402(b). The final regulations
further clarify that a right to
compensation required to be included
in income under section 402(b)(4)(A)
(alternative taxation of highly
compensated employees of a section
402(b) trust that fails to meet the
requirements of section 401(a)(26) or
section 410(b)) also is not a deferral of
compensation. However, a right to
receive a benefit formulated as a right to
a future contribution to a section 402(b)
trust is similar to a right to receive
property in a future taxable year, and
generally would constitute deferred
compensation.
G. Arrangements Between Partnerships
and Partners
The proposed regulations did not
address the application of section 409A
to arrangements between partnerships
and partners, and these final regulations
also do not address such arrangements.
The statute and the legislative history of
section 409A do not specifically address
arrangements between partnerships and
partners providing services to a
partnership and do not explicitly
exclude such arrangements from the
application of section 409A.
Commentators raised a number of
issues, relating both to the scope of the
arrangements subject to section 409A
and the coordination of the provisions
of subchapter K and section 409A with
respect to those arrangements that are
subject to section 409A. The Treasury
Department and the IRS are continuing
to analyze the issues raised in this area.
Notice 2005–1, Q&A–7 provides interim
guidance regarding the application of
section 409A to arrangements between
partnerships and partners. Until further
guidance is issued, taxpayers may
continue to rely on Notice 2005–1,
Q&A–7 and section II.E. of the preamble
to the proposed regulations.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19243
Notice 2005–1, Q&A–7 provided that
until further guidance is issued for
purposes of section 409A, taxpayers
may treat the issuance of a partnership
interest (including a profits interest) or
an option to purchase a partnership
interest, granted in connection with the
performance of services under the same
principles that govern the issuance of
stock. For this purpose, taxpayers may
apply the principles applicable to stock
options or stock appreciation rights
under these final regulations, as
effective and applicable, to equivalent
rights with respect to partnership
interests.
Taxpayers also may continue to rely
upon the explanation in the preamble to
the proposed regulations regarding the
application of section 409A to
guaranteed payments for services
described in section 707(c). As stated in
that preamble, until further guidance is
issued, section 409A will apply to
guaranteed payments described in
section 707(c) (and rights to receive
such guaranteed payments in the
future), only in cases where the
guaranteed payment is for services and
the partner providing services does not
include the payment in income by the
15th day of the third month following
the end of the taxable year of the partner
in which the partner obtained a legally
binding right to the guaranteed payment
or, if later, the taxable year in which the
right to the guaranteed payment is first
no longer subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture.
Commentators raised issues
concerning the application of the
provision in Notice 2005–1, Q&A–7
stating that until further guidance is
issued, taxpayers may treat
arrangements providing for payments
subject to section 736 (payments to a
retiring partner or a deceased partner’s
successor in interest) as not being
subject to section 409A, except that an
arrangement providing for payments
that qualify as payments to a partner
under section 1402(a)(10) is subject to
section 409A. Section 1402(a)(10)
provides for an exception from the SelfEmployment Contributions Act (SECA)
tax for payments to a retired partner,
provided that certain conditions are
met. Specifically, the payments must be
made pursuant to a written plan of the
partnership, must be on account of the
partner’s retirement and must continue
at least until the partner’s death. In
addition, to qualify for the exception,
the partner must not have rendered
services during the partnership’s taxable
year ending within or with the partner’s
taxable year in which the amounts were
received, as of the close of the
partnership’s taxable year no obligation
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19244
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
must exist from the other partners to
such retired partner except with respect
to retirement payments under such
plan, and before the end of the
partnership’s taxable year such retired
partner’s share, if any, of the capital of
the partnership must have been paid to
him in full.
Commentators questioned the
appropriateness of the inclusion of such
arrangements under section 409A,
because neither the statute nor the
legislative history refers to section
1402(a)(10). However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe it is
appropriate for such arrangements to be
subject to section 409A because such
arrangements are purposefully created
to provide deferred compensation, and
do not raise issues regarding the
coordination of the provisions of section
409A with the provisions of section 736,
specifically the rules governing the
classification of payments to a retired
partner under section 736(a) (payments
considered as distributive share or
guaranteed payments) and section
736(b) (payments for interest in
partnership).
However, further clarification and
relief is provided concerning the
application of the deferral election
timing rules to these payments. Until
further guidance is issued, for purposes
of section 409A, taxpayers may treat the
legally binding right to the payments
excludible from SECA tax under section
1402(a)(10) as arising on the last day of
the partner’s taxable year before the
partner’s first taxable year in which
such payments are excludible from
SECA tax under section 1402(a)(10), and
the services for which the payments are
compensation as performed in the
partner’s first taxable year in which
such payments are excludible from
SECA tax under section 1402(a)(10).
Accordingly, for purposes of section
409A, the time and form of payment of
such amounts generally may be
established, including through an
election to defer by the partner, on or
before the final day of the partner’s
taxable year immediately preceding the
partner’s first taxable year in which
such payments are excludible from
SECA tax under section 1402(a)(10).
However, this interim relief does not
apply a second time where an amount
paid under an arrangement in one year
has been excluded from SECA tax under
section 1402(a)(10), and an amount paid
in a subsequent year has not been
excluded from SECA tax under section
1402(a)(10) because, for example, the
partner performed services in that
subsequent year.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
H. Foreign Plans
1. Plans Covered by an Applicable
Treaty
The proposed regulations provided an
exclusion from the definition of a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan for any scheme, trust, or
arrangement maintained with respect to
an individual where contributions made
by or on behalf of such individual to
such scheme, trust or arrangement are
excludable for Federal income tax
purposes under an applicable income
tax treaty. The final regulations retain
that exclusion and clarify that the
exclusion applies to the extent
contributions made by or on behalf of
such individual to such scheme, trust,
arrangement or plan, or credited
allocations, accrued benefits, or
earnings or other amounts constituting
income, of such individual under such
scheme, trust, arrangement or plan, are
excludable by such individual for
Federal income tax purposes pursuant
to any bilateral income tax convention
to which the United States is a party.
2. Exclusion for Benefits Earned Under
a Broad-Based Foreign Retirement Plan
The proposed regulations contained
an exclusion from coverage under
section 409A for amounts deferred
under a broad-based foreign retirement
plan, subject to certain conditions,
including that the service provider not
be eligible to participate in a qualified
employer plan, and that if the person is
a U.S. citizen or lawful permanent
resident, the exception only applies to
nonelective deferrals of foreign earned
income (as defined in section 911(b)(1))
that do not exceed the limits under
section 415(b) and (c) that would be
applicable if the plan were a qualified
plan. Deferrals by participants that are
nonresident aliens are not subject to the
limitation based on section 415. The
final regulations adopt this provision,
subject to certain modifications.
Many of the commentators requested
expansion of the exclusion for broadbased foreign retirement plans. One
commentator requested that the
exclusion apply to U.S. citizens working
in the United States for a foreign
employer. The Treasury Department and
the IRS do not believe such an
exception is justified. However, the
exception for U.S. citizens or lawful
permanent residents has been expanded
to cover nonelective deferrals of foreign
earned income as defined in section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
911(d)(1)(A) or (B). Accordingly, the
exception may now cover certain
participation by a U.S. citizen or lawful
permanent resident who works overseas
during only part of a year, and therefore
is not a bona fide resident of a foreign
country for an uninterrupted period that
includes an entire taxable year, or is not
present in the foreign country at least
330 full days during a period of 12
consecutive months.
The regulations have also been
modified to address nonqualified
deferred compensation plans covering
bona fide residents of a U.S. possession.
Under the regulations a bona fide
resident of a possession who
participates in a broad-based foreign
retirement plan is not subject to section
409A with respect to participation in
such plan. In addition, a plan
substantially all of the participants in
which are bona fide residents of a
possession is eligible to be treated as a
broad-based foreign retirement plan, so
that U.S. citizens and resident aliens
(other than bona fide residents of a
possession) who participate in such a
plan may be eligible for the more
limited exclusion for participation in a
broad-based foreign retirement plan.
Another commentator requested that
the exclusion apply to a plan that
otherwise meets the requirements for
the exclusion, regardless of whether the
plan is sponsored by a foreign or U.S.
employer. This suggestion has been
adopted in the final regulations.
Other commentators requested further
clarification and revision of certain of
the requirements to qualify for the
exclusion. One commentator requested
a safe harbor treating any plan granted
favorable tax treatment under the laws
of a foreign jurisdiction as qualifying for
the exclusion. The Treasury Department
and the IRS believe this standard is both
too broad and not administrable, and
this suggestion has not been adopted in
the final regulations.
Another commentator requested that
the regulations provide a safe harbor
percentage for determining whether
substantially all of a foreign plan’s
participants are nonresident aliens. The
final regulations do not adopt such a
provision. However, the final
regulations clarify that in determining
whether substantially all of a foreign
plan’s participants are nonresident
aliens or bona fide residents of a
possession, only active participants are
considered. For this purpose, active
participants include individuals who,
under the terms of the plan and without
further amendment or action by the plan
sponsor, are eligible to make or receive
contributions or accrue benefits under
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
the plan (even if the individual has
elected not to participate in the plan).
A similar standard applies to the
requirement that the individual not be
eligible to participate in a qualified
employer plan. The final regulations
provide that a service provider will be
treated as eligible to participate in a
qualified employer plan if, under the
plan’s terms and without further
amendment or action by the plan
sponsor, the service provider is eligible
to make or receive contributions or
accrue benefits under the plan (even if
the service provider has elected not to
participate in the plan).
The final regulations also clarify that
the exclusion for United States citizens
and lawful permanent residents applies
to nonelective deferrals even if elective
deferrals are permitted under the same
plan, provided that the amounts
deferred through nonelective deferrals
and earnings on such amounts are
distinguishable from amounts deferred
through elective deferrals and earnings
on such amounts, such as through the
use of separate accounts.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
3. Tax Equalization Payments
The proposed regulations excluded
from coverage under section 409A
certain arrangements, referred to as tax
equalization arrangements, that provide
for payments intended to compensate
the service provider for the excess of
taxes actually imposed by a foreign
jurisdiction on the compensation paid
over the taxes that would be imposed if
the compensation were subject solely to
United States Federal income tax,
subject to certain requirements. The
final regulations adopt these provisions,
subject to modifications. Based upon the
comments received, the final regulations
generally expand the exclusion in two
respects. First, the final regulations
extend the tax equalization payments
exception to cover reimbursements of
U.S. taxes that exceed foreign taxes.
Second, the final regulations provide
that the payment must be made by the
end of the second taxable year of the
service provider following the latest of
the deadline for filing a U.S. Federal tax
return or the deadline for filing foreign
tax returns (or if a foreign return is not
required to be filed, the due date for
foreign tax payments) reflecting the
compensation for which the tax
equalization payment is provided.
Commentators also asked how such
reimbursement agreements could
address the potential for an audit or
other tax controversy, both in the U.S.
and abroad. The same issue arises with
respect to tax gross-up payments in
general. For a discussion of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
treatment of the right to such payments,
see section VII.B.4 of this preamble.
4. Certain Limited Deferrals by
Nonresident Aliens
The proposed regulations provided an
exception for amounts deferred by a
nonresident alien under a foreign plan
maintained by a foreign service
recipient, to the extent the amounts
deferred during the year did not exceed
$10,000. The final regulations adopt this
provision, subject to the modifications
described in this preamble. In response
to comments, the final regulations
clarify that the exception applies to
amounts deferred in that taxable year up
to the specified limit, regardless of
whether additional amounts are
deferred. In making this modification,
the exclusion provision has been moved
from the section providing a definition
of nonqualified deferred compensation
plan (§ 1.409A–1(a)) to the section
providing a definition of an amount
deferred (§ 1.409A–1(b)). In addition,
the final regulations clarify that this
exception applies to earnings on
amounts deferred that were subject to
the exception, provided that the
taxpayer can identify both the deferred
amounts excepted and the applicable
earnings. Finally, in response to
comments requesting that the limit be
increased and indexed, the final
regulations increase the limit for the
small deferral exception to the limit
provided for elective deferrals under
section 402(g).
The small deferral exception is
intended to provide relief to service
providers that are not U.S. citizens or
lawful permanent residents, are
participating in a foreign plan, and
perform services in the U.S. for which
they are compensated. In such cases, the
nonresident alien may inadvertently
defer a relatively small amount of
compensation that would otherwise be
subject to U.S. Federal income tax. This
may occur where the service provider
defers the compensation that the service
provider would otherwise have been
paid for a brief period of service in the
United States, or where the service
provider receives service or
compensation credit for a brief period of
service in the United States under a
benefit formula of a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan.
Some commentators requested that
the exemption be extended to cover all
amounts deferred by nonresident aliens
under foreign plans to the extent the
nonresident alien provides only
temporary services in the U.S. Where
the compensation earned by such a
nonresident alien would be subject to
U.S. income tax if paid when earned,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19245
the Treasury Department and the IRS do
not believe that such a broad exception
is warranted.
5. Other Foreign Plans
The final regulations adopt the
exclusion in the proposed regulations
for deferrals of amounts that would be
excluded as foreign earned income
under section 911 if the amounts had
been paid out when earned. The final
regulations clarify that the amount is
limited to an amount equal to or less
than the difference between the
maximum section 911 exclusion for the
year and the amount actually excluded
for the year. Commentators requested
that the exception for the deferral of
amounts that would be excluded under
section 911 be relaxed, so that U.S.
expatriates who return for periods
longer than 30 days or who earn
compensation for services performed in
the U.S. that is not excluded as foreign
earned income, may also take advantage
of the exception. This exception was not
intended to address such plans. Rather,
the provision was intended to provide
relief from the section 409A
requirements for U.S. expatriates who
intend to work full-time outside the U.S.
for compensation that is less than the
exclusion amount under section 911,
because it would severely disadvantage
such workers to expect them to request
that their potential foreign employers
modify standard plans to accommodate
them, or to expect such workers to
otherwise be able to determine how to
avoid or comply with section 409A.
Commentators pointed out, however,
that earnings on deferred amounts,
including increases in amounts deferred
under a nonaccount balance plan solely
due to the passage of time, may not be
treated as earned income under section
911 and argued that, nonetheless, such
amounts should not lower the amount
otherwise available to be deferred under
the exception. The final regulations
generally provide that rights to earnings
credited on amounts that qualify for this
exception are also excepted from
coverage under section 409A, provided
that the earnings satisfy the definition of
earnings in § 1.409A–1(o).
I. Indemnification Arrangements
The final regulations generally
provide that the right to the payment of
contingent amounts pursuant to a
service recipient’s indemnification for
expenses incurred as a result of a legal
claim for damages related to the service
provider’s performance as a service
provider, to the extent permissible
under applicable law, will not be treated
as the right to deferred compensation.
Similarly, a right to liability insurance
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19246
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
coverage providing for such payments
in the event of such a suit also will not
be treated as providing for a deferral of
compensation.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
J. Separation Pay Plans
1. In General
The final regulations generally adopt
the provisions addressing separation
pay plans set forth in the proposed
regulations, subject to certain
modifications. The final regulations
clarify that separation pay refers only to
compensation to which the service
provider’s right is conditioned upon a
separation from service (including a
separation from service due to death or
disability) and not to compensation the
service provider could receive without
separating from service (such as an
amount also payable upon a change in
control, as a result of an unforeseeable
emergency, or on a date certain). For
example, the right to a gross-up
payment for taxes payable due to the
application of section 280G will
constitute separation pay if a separation
from service is required to obtain the
payment. The final regulations also
clarify that a separation pay plan for
purposes of section 409A, including for
purposes of the plan aggregation rules,
refers only to plans providing for
payments of amounts of deferred
compensation (disregarding the
exceptions from the definition of
deferred compensation for certain types
of separation pay) where one of the
conditions to the right to the payment
is a separation from service. A right to
a payment upon a separation from
service that is not deferred
compensation does not become subject
to section 409A under the plan
aggregation rule. For example, the
accelerated vesting due to a separation
from service of stock options excluded
from coverage under section 409A
would not constitute a separation pay
plan or otherwise become subject to
section 409A under the plan aggregation
rules.
The final regulations generally retain
and supplement the various exceptions
from the definition of deferred
compensation for certain types of
separation pay, providing exceptions for
(1) certain bona fide collectively
bargained arrangements, (2) certain
arrangements providing separation pay
due solely to an involuntary separation
from service or participation in a
window program in limited amounts
and for a limited period of time, (3)
certain foreign separation pay
arrangements, (4) certain reimbursement
arrangements providing for expense
reimbursements or in-kind benefits for a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
limited period of time following a
separation from service, and (5) certain
rights to limited amounts of separation
pay. These exceptions from coverage
under section 409A for specified
separation pay plans may be used in
combination. For example, the rights of
an employee to the maximum amount
available under the exception for
separation payments made solely due to
involuntary separation from service or
participation in a window program, to
reimbursements for reasonable moving
expenses and outplacement expenses
that meet the requirement for exclusion
from coverage under section 409A, and
to rights to payments that do not exceed
the limit on elective deferrals under
section 402(g) and accordingly qualify
for the limited payment exception, may
all be excluded from coverage under
section 409A due to application of the
various exceptions.
The final regulations continue to
provide that any amount, or entitlement
to any amount, that acts as a substitute
for, or replacement of, amounts deferred
under a separate nonqualified deferred
compensation plan constitutes a
payment of deferred compensation or
deferral of compensation under the
separate nonqualified deferred
compensation plan. Commentators
asked how this would apply where the
service provider would otherwise forfeit
a payment upon separation from service
but a payment is made anyway, in
whole or in part.
The regulations provide that if a
separation from service is voluntary, it
is presumed that the payment results
from an acceleration of vesting followed
by a payment of the deferred
compensation that is subject to section
409A. Accordingly, any change in the
payment schedule to accelerate or defer
the payments would be subject to the
rules of section 409A. The presumption
that a right to a payment is not a new
right, but is instead a right substituted
for an existing nonvested right, may be
rebutted by demonstrating that the
service provider’s right to the payment
after the separation from service would
have existed regardless of the forfeiture
of the nonvested right. Factors
indicating that a right would have
existed regardless of the forfeiture
include that the amount to which the
service provider obtains a right is
materially less than the present value of
the forfeited amount multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the
period of service the service provider
actually completed, and the
denominator of which is the full period
of service the service provider would
have been required to complete to
receive the full amount of the payment.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Another factor is that the payment
consists of a type of payment
customarily made to service providers
who separate from service with that
service recipient and do not forfeit
nonvested rights to deferred
compensation (for example, a payment
of accrued but unused leave or a
payment for a release of potential
claims).
2. Separation Pay Due Solely to
Involuntary Separation From Service or
Participation in a Window Program
The final regulations generally
continue the exception from coverage
under section 409A in the proposed
regulations for rights to payments
available only upon an involuntary
separation from service or participation
in a window program, payable no later
than the end of the second taxable year
of the service provider following the
year of the separation from service, and
limited to an amount that is generally
the lesser of two times the service
provider’s annual compensation or two
times the limit on compensation set
forth in section 401(a)(17). This
exception only applies where the
payment is available solely due to an
involuntary separation from service of
the service provider, or the service
provider’s participation in a window
program, and not to a plan providing for
a payment upon a voluntary separation
from service or other event. For a
discussion of when a separation from
service for good reason may be treated
as an involuntary separation from
service, see section III.J.3 of this
preamble.
Commentators requested that the
exclusion continue to apply to
payments up to the limit, even where
the entire amount of the separation
payments exceeds the limit. The final
regulations adopt this rule. Accordingly,
where a service provider is entitled to
a payment that qualifies for the
exception except that it exceeds the
limit, only the excess over the limit will
be subject to section 409A. The right to
the payment up to the applicable limit
will not be subject to section 409A,
including the requirement that the
payment be delayed for six months in
the case of a specified employee,
provided that such limited payment is
otherwise required to be made, and is
made, no later than the end of the
second taxable year following the
service provider’s taxable year in which
the separation from service occurs.
The final regulations clarify that for
purposes of applying the section
401(a)(17) limit, the statutory limit
applicable for the year of the separation
from service occurs applies. The final
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
regulations also clarify that for purposes
of determining the service provider’s
annual rate of pay for the taxable year
preceding the taxable year in which the
separation from service occurs, an
annual rate of pay based upon the
service provider’s taxable year
immediately preceding the service
provider’s taxable year in which the
separation from service occurs is used,
adjusted for any increase during the
year that was expected to continue
indefinitely if the service provider had
not separated from service. One
commentator requested that the limit be
set at twice the amount of compensation
set forth under section 401(a)(17),
regardless of the service provider’s
actual income. This suggestion has not
been adopted in the final regulations.
3. Definition of Involuntary Separation
From Service
The proposed regulations provided an
exclusion from coverage under section
409A that applied only to certain
amounts paid solely because of an
actual involuntary separation from
service or participation in a window
program. Many comments asked how to
determine whether a separation from
service is involuntary for this purpose.
The final regulations contain a
definition of involuntary separation
from service and also apply this
definition for purposes of the definition
of a substantial risk of forfeiture,
pursuant to which a payment that will
not be made unless the service provider
experiences an involuntary separation
from service is subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture for purposes of section
409A. (See section V of this preamble.)
The final regulations provide that
whether a separation from service is
involuntary is determined based on all
the facts and circumstances. For this
purpose, any characterization of the
separation from service as voluntary or
involuntary by the service provider and
the service recipient in the
documentation relating to the separation
from service is rebuttably presumed to
properly characterize the nature of the
separation from service. For example, if
a separation from service is
characterized as voluntary, the
presumption may be rebutted by
demonstrating that absent the voluntary
separation from service the service
recipient would have terminated the
service provider’s services, and that the
service provider had knowledge that the
service provider would be so
terminated.
Commentators requested that a
separation from service for good reason
be treated as an involuntary separation
from service. The final regulations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
provide that where the right to a
payment is contingent upon a voluntary
separation from service following an
occurrence that constitutes good reason
for the service provider to terminate his
or her services, the right may be treated
as payable only upon an involuntary
separation from service where the good
reason condition is such that the service
provider’s separation from service
effectively is an involuntary separation
for purposes of section 409A. To be
treated as an involuntary separation for
purposes of section 409A, the avoidance
of the requirements of section 409A
must not be a purpose of the inclusion
of any good reason condition in the plan
or of the actions by the service recipient
in connection with the satisfaction of a
condition. In addition, such good reason
condition must require actions taken by
the service recipient resulting in a
material negative change in the
employment relationship, such as a
material negative change in the duties to
be performed, the conditions under
which such duties are to be performed,
or the compensation to be received.
Additional factors that may be relevant
to whether a purported separation from
service for good reason is the result of
a bona fide good reason condition not
having as a principal purpose the
avoidance of section 409A include the
extent to which the payments upon a
separation from service for good reason
are in the same amount and are made
at the same time and in the same form
as payments available upon an actual
involuntary separation from service, and
whether the service provider is required
to give the service recipient notice of the
existence of the good reason condition
and a reasonable opportunity to remedy
the condition. Where a good reason
condition is sufficient to be treated for
purposes of section 409A as a condition
requiring an involuntary separation
from service, an amount payable on
account of a separation from service for
good reason will be treated the same as
an amount payable on account of an
actual involuntary separation from
service.
The final regulations also provide a
safe harbor under which a provision for
a payment upon a voluntary separation
from service for good reason will be
treated for purposes of section 409A as
providing for a payment upon an actual
involuntary separation from service.
Those conditions include that the
amount be payable only if the service
provider separates from service within a
limited period of time not to exceed one
year following the initial existence of
the good reason condition, and that the
amount, time and form of payment upon
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19247
a voluntary separation from service for
good reason be identical to the amount,
time and form of payment upon an
involuntary separation from service. In
addition, the service provider must be
required to provide notice of the
existence of the good reason condition
within a period not to exceed 90 days
of its initial existence, and the service
recipient must be provided a period of
at least 30 days during which it may
remedy the good reason condition. For
these purposes, a good reason condition
may consist of one or more of the
following conditions arising without the
consent of the service provider: (1) A
material diminution in the service
provider’s base compensation; (2) a
material diminution in the service
provider’s authority, duties, or
responsibilities; (3) a material
diminution in the authority, duties, or
responsibilities of the supervisor to
whom the service provider is required
to report, including a requirement that
a service provider report to a corporate
officer or employee instead of reporting
directly to the board of directors of a
corporation (or similar entity with
respect to an entity other than a
corporation); (4) a material diminution
in the budget over which the service
provider retains authority; (5) a material
change in geographic location at which
the service provider must perform the
services; or (6) any other action or
inaction that constitutes a material
breach of the terms of an applicable
employment agreement.
4. Collectively Bargained Plans
Commentators requested an exception
from coverage under section 409A to
address certain plans providing for
payments upon a voluntary separation
from service, in the context of a
collective bargaining agreement
covering services performed for
multiple employers. The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe these
issues are better addressed in the
definition of separation from service.
See section VII.C.2.b of this preamble.
5. Treatment as a Separate Plan
For purposes of the plan aggregation
rules, the final regulations provide for
separate treatment of plans providing
for separation pay solely due to an
involuntary separation from service or
participation in a window program.
This exception is intended to apply only
where the amounts are payable solely
due to an involuntary separation from
service or participation in a window
program, and not where the amounts
may also become payable for some other
reason, even where such payments
actually are made due to an involuntary
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19248
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
separation from service or participation
in a window program. Accordingly, any
amount that would be paid as a result
of a voluntary separation from service
will not be included in this category. An
arrangement that does not provide for
deferred compensation will not be
aggregated with a deferred
compensation plan under this rule,
merely because the arrangement not
providing for deferred compensation
accelerates vesting or payment upon an
involuntary separation from service (for
example, the acceleration of the vesting
of a stock option or stock appreciation
right that is excluded from coverage
under section 409A).
6. Reimbursement and Fringe Benefit
Plans
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
a. In General
The proposed regulations provided
that certain plans under which a service
recipient reimburses certain types of
expenses (for example, reasonable
moving expenses or reasonable
outplacement expenses directly related
to a termination of the service provider’s
services) actually incurred by a service
provider (including certain in-kind
benefits provided to the service
provider) following a separation from
service are not nonqualified deferred
compensation plans for purposes of
section 409A, if such reimbursements
are available only for expenses incurred,
and the reimbursements are made
during a limited period (generally not
after the second taxable year of the
service provider following the
separation from service).
In response to questions from
commentators, the final regulations
clarify that a right to a benefit that is
excludible from income will not be
treated as a deferral of compensation for
purposes of section 409A. Accordingly,
for example, an arrangement to provide
health coverage excludible from income
under section 105 generally would not
be subject to section 409A.
Many commentators requested
increased flexibility to provide for
reimbursement arrangements upon a
separation from service, including
certain requests to exempt broad
categories of such arrangements, such as
the continuation of any plan in which
the service provider participated while
performing services. The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that an
exemption from coverage under section
409A is not appropriate in such
circumstances, because such plans may
provide for rights to significant amounts
of deferred compensation over lengthy
periods of time. However, the final
regulations extend the limited period
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
during which taxable reimbursements of
medical expenses may be provided, to
cover the period during which the
service provider would be entitled (or
would, but for such arrangement, be
entitled) to continuation coverage under
a group health plan of the service
recipient under section 4980B (COBRA)
if the service provider elected such
coverage and paid the applicable
premiums. In addition, the final
regulations contain several provisions
governing reimbursement plans
(including plans providing in-kind
benefits) that constitute nonqualified
deferred compensation plans for
purposes of section 409A, so that
taxpayers will be able to design such
arrangements to comply with the
payment timing requirements of section
409A. For a discussion of these
provisions, see section VII.B.2 of this
preamble.
b. Specific Exceptions for PostSeparation Reimbursement Plans
The final regulations continue to
exclude from coverage under section
409A the reimbursement of certain
expenses such as reasonable
outplacement expenses and reasonable
moving expenses for a limited period of
time due to a separation from service,
whether the separation from service is
voluntary or involuntary. The final
regulations, like the proposed
regulations, require that the eligible
expense must be incurred by the service
provider no later than the end of the
second year following the year in which
the separation from service occurs. In
response to questions from
commentators, the final regulations
clarify that the exception applies to the
qualifying reimbursements available
during the limited period of time, even
if the plan extends beyond the limited
period of time.
Several commentators requested that
the limited period of time refer solely to
the time the expense is incurred, and
not the time the expense is reimbursed,
to reflect the need for time to process
the reimbursement request. Although
the final regulations do not adopt this
suggestion, the final regulations extend
the period during which a service
provider can receive a reimbursement
payment by providing that such
payments must be made not later than
the end of the third year following the
separation from service. This extension
applies only to reimbursements of
expenses incurred by the service
provider. Where the service recipient
provides in-kind benefits (as defined in
the regulations), or the service recipient
pays a third party to provide in-kind
benefits, such benefits must be provided
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by the end of the second year following
the separation from service.
Commentators also requested that the
final regulations clarify the treatment of
rights to a reimbursement of any loss
incurred due to a sale of a residence.
The regulations clarify that for this
purpose, reasonable moving expenses
include the reimbursement of an
amount related to a loss incurred due to
a sale of a primary residence, provided
that the reimbursement does not exceed
the loss actually incurred.
7. Limited Payments of Separation Pay
The final regulations provide that, if
not otherwise excluded, a taxpayer may
treat a right or rights under a separation
pay plan to a payment or payments of
an aggregate amount not to exceed the
applicable dollar amount under section
402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the
separation from service as not providing
for a deferral of compensation.
Commentators raised questions
concerning the calculation of the
excluded amount, and requested an
increase in the amount. The limited
payment exception is intended to avoid
the application of section 409A to
incidental benefits often provided upon
a separation from service, where the
parties may not realize that the benefits
are nonqualified deferred compensation.
The exception is not intended to
address extended or significant benefits.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not
substantially increase the amount of the
exclusion. However, to permit the
excluded amount to automatically
reflect cost-of-living increases, the
maximum exclusion now equals the
maximum amount of an elective deferral
permitted under section 402(g) for the
year of the separation from service.
The aggregate amount refers to the
aggregate amount of payments to which
the service provider has a right or rights.
The exclusion may be applied to any
type of separation pay plan, but may
apply only once with respect to
amounts paid by a service recipient to
a service provider. So, for example, if a
service provider treats a right to a
payment of separation pay equal to the
applicable limit under section 402(g) in
the first year following a separation
from service as an excluded right, the
right to the amount is not treated as a
deferral of compensation regardless of
when the amount is actually paid
(though other provisions of the Code
and the constructive receipt doctrine
continue to apply). However, once the
right is treated as excluded, the service
provider may not treat any other right
with respect to the service recipient,
such as an additional right to a payment
equal to the applicable limit under
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
section 402(g) in the second year
following the separation from service, as
excluded under this exception.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
K. Non-Taxable Benefits
The final regulations clarify that a
legally binding right to receive a
nontaxable benefit does not provide for
a deferral of compensation for purposes
of section 409A, unless the service
provider has received the right in
exchange for, or has the right to
exchange the right for, an amount that
will be includible in income (other than
due to participation in a cafeteria plan
described in section 125). In addition,
because such benefits do not provide for
a deferral of compensation, the plan
aggregation rules will not result in
taxation of other benefit plans merely
because the terms of such nontaxable
benefit arrangements would not comply
with section 409A if the arrangement
were covered by section 409A. For a
discussion of the requirements for a
taxable reimbursement plan to satisfy
the payment timing requirements of
section 409A, see section VII.B.2. of this
preamble.
L. Legal Settlements
Commentators requested clarification
of the application of section 409A to
amounts paid pursuant to litigation
between the service provider and
service recipient, including both court
awards and bona fide settlements, and
including amounts characterized as
wages or otherwise treated as replacing
compensation. The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that
section 409A was not intended to
govern settlements or awards resolving
bona fide legal claims based on
wrongful termination, employment
discrimination, the Fair Labor Standards
Act, or worker’s compensation statutes,
regardless of whether such claims arise
under Federal, state, local, or foreign
laws, even where settlements or awards
pursuant to such claims are treated as
compensation for Federal tax purposes.
The final regulations generally treat
such arrangements as not providing for
deferred compensation for purposes of
section 409A. In addition, the final
regulations generally provide that
section 409A does not apply to the
payment of, or reimbursement for,
attorney’s fees incurred in connection
with the enforcement of such a claim.
However, the exception covers only
rights arising from the bona fide claim,
and is not intended to allow such
settlements or awards to act as
substitutes for, or to allow for the
restructuring of, preexisting deferred
compensation subject to section 409A.
For example, a change to the timing of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
the payment of a pre-existing amount of
deferred compensation as part of such a
settlement would be subject to the rules
governing accelerated payments and
subsequent deferral elections. In
addition, the payment of an amount
upon the execution of a waiver of any
or all of such claims does not
necessarily indicate that the amounts
are paid as an award or settlement of an
actual bona fide claim. Rather, to qualify
for the exception under this provision,
the amounts must be paid with respect
to an actual bona fide claim for damages
under the applicable law. For a
discussion of the treatment of
settlements of bona fide disputes
regarding the right to preexisting
deferred compensation subject to
section 409A, see section VIII.G of this
preamble.
M. Split-Dollar Life Insurance
Arrangements
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
N. Educational Benefits
Commentators requested an exclusion
from coverage under section 409A for
promises to provide future taxable
educational benefits to service
providers. These benefits typically
would be provided as an inducement to
provide a period of services.
Commentators expressed concern that
the amount and timing of the payment
of such benefits would be difficult to
ascertain, because the amount and
timing of the payments would depend
upon the service provider’s decisions
with respect to further education. The
final regulations generally provide an
exception from coverage under section
409A for rights to educational benefits,
where the benefits consist solely of
educational assistance (as defined for
purposes of section 127(c)) provided
solely for the education of the service
provider.
IV. Definition of Plan
Some commentators requested that
split-dollar life insurance arrangements
be excluded from coverage under
section 409A. Split-dollar life insurance
arrangements are often used as a method
of providing deferred compensation and
there is no indication in the statute or
legislative history of any legislative
intent that such arrangements be
excluded from coverage under section
409A. In addition, like a promise to
transfer property in the future, a
promise to transfer an economic benefit
in the future may provide for deferred
compensation. Accordingly, a splitdollar life insurance arrangement may
provide for deferred compensation, and
whether a split-dollar life insurance
arrangement provides for deferred
compensation must be determined
through application of the general rules
defining deferred compensation and a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. In response to requests for
additional guidance, the Treasury
Department and the IRS anticipate
issuing a notice addressing the
application of section 409A to splitdollar life insurance arrangements.
Commentators raised issues
concerning the interplay between the
modifications that may be needed to
satisfy the requirements of section 409A
and the effective date rules applicable to
split-dollar life insurance arrangements
under § 1.61–22(j). Commentators
pointed out that the modifications
necessary to meet the requirements of
section 409A and these regulations may
cause the arrangement to be treated as
a new arrangement under § 1.61–22(j)
and requested relief. The notice will
also address this issue.
PO 00000
19249
A. Plan Aggregation Rules
The proposed regulations generally
provided that all amounts deferred with
respect to a service provider under all
plans of a service recipient falling
within a particular category would be
treated as deferred under a single plan.
The enumerated categories included
amounts deferred under account
balance plans, amounts deferred under
nonaccount balance plans, amounts
deferred under separation pay plans
providing payments due solely to an
involuntary termination or participation
in a window program, and amounts
deferred under any other plan. The final
regulations adopt these provisions,
subject to certain modifications
described in this preamble.
The final regulations provide that the
bifurcation rules applicable to plans
under § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(1)(iii)(B),
which are permissive for purposes of
the application of section 3121(v)(2),
must be applied for purposes of the plan
aggregation rules under section 409A.
Accordingly, a portion of a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan is a
separate account balance plan if that
portion otherwise qualifies as an
account balance plan and the amount
payable to service providers under that
portion is determined independently of
the amount payable under the other
portion of the plan.
The final regulations also provide
additional categories of plans for
purposes of the aggregation rules. One
category covers split-dollar life
insurance arrangements. Another
category is comprised of reimbursement
plans, providing for the reimbursement
of expenses incurred or the provision of
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19250
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
in-kind benefits (as defined in the
regulations), to the extent the right to
such benefits or reimbursements,
separately or in the aggregate, does not
constitute a substantial portion of the
overall compensation earned by the
service provider for performing services
for the service recipient, or the overall
compensation received due to a
separation from service. Stock rights
that constitute nonqualified deferred
compensation for purposes of section
409A also comprise a separate category.
The final regulations further provide
for account balance plans to be
subdivided into a category for elective
plans and a category for nonelective
plans. Plans will only be subdivided in
this manner to the extent the amounts
deferred under an elective deferral
arrangement (and earnings on such
amounts) may be separately identified.
For this purpose, a right to a match on
an elective deferral will not be treated
as an elective deferral arrangement.
In an additional category, any
amounts deferred under a foreign plan
may be treated as deferred under a
separate plan from any amounts
deferred under a domestic plan,
provided that the deferrals under the
plan are deferrals of amounts that would
be treated as modified foreign earned
income (meaning foreign earned income
as defined under section 911(b)(1)
without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) if paid to the service
provider at the time the amount is first
deferred, and provided further that the
foreign plan is not substantially
identical to a domestic plan in which
the service provider participates. For
this purpose, a foreign plan is a plan
that the service recipient provides
primarily to nonresident aliens or
resident aliens classified as resident
aliens solely under section
7701(b)(1)(A)(ii) (and not section
7701(b)(1)(A)(i)).
B. Written Plan Requirement
Commentators requested clarification
and simplification of the provisions
required to be included in writing in
plan documents to comply with section
409A. As a general rule, the final
regulations provide that to satisfy the
requirement that a plan be in writing,
the document or documents constituting
the plan must specify, at the time an
amount is deferred, the amount to
which the service provider has a right
to be paid (or, in the case of an amount
determinable under an objective,
nondiscretionary formula, the terms of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
such formula), and the payment
schedule or payment triggering events
that will result in a payment of the
amount.
A plan must provide for the sixmonth delay requirement applicable to
payments to specified employees upon
a separation from service no later than
the time the provision may become
applicable to a separation from service
of the specified employee. Accordingly,
the plan must contain the provision by
the time at which the employee
becomes a specified employee (either
because the stock of a component of the
service recipient becomes publicly
traded, or because the specified
employee effective date has been
reached for a list of specified employees
that includes the employee). A
provision applicable to a plan
sponsored by a service recipient or a
plan in which a specified employee
participates is effective with respect to
a specified employee only to the extent
the provision is binding on the
employee.
With respect to a deferral election,
whether an initial or subsequent
deferral election, the plan must specify
no later than the time by which that
election is required to be irrevocable the
conditions under which that election
may be made. With respect to permitted
accelerations of a payment, the plan
need not specify the conditions under
which the accelerated payment will be
made except as explicitly required in
these regulations. However, the taxpayer
must demonstrate that the acceleration
of the payment complies with the
requirements of section 409A and these
regulations.
Commentators also requested
clarification regarding whether the
requirement that a plan be in writing
also means that the plan must be
contained in a single document. For
purposes of this rule, the plan consists
of all documents that together define the
service provider’s rights to the
compensation. Accordingly, the terms of
a plan document may be contained in
more than one document including, for
example, a deferral election document.
Commentators asked whether a
savings clause would be sufficient to
ensure compliance with section 409A,
where the savings clause provides that
each provision of the plan will be
interpreted to be consistent with the
requirements of section 409A and that
any provision of the plan that does not
satisfy such requirements will be of no
force or effect. The final regulations
provide that for purposes of determining
the terms of a plan, general provisions
of the plan that purport to nullify
noncompliant plan terms, or to supply
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
required specific plan terms, are
disregarded. Accordingly, if a plan
contains terms that do not meet the
requirements of section 409A and these
regulations, or fails to contain a plan
term necessary to meet the requirements
of section 409A and these regulations,
the plan will violate the requirements of
section 409A and these regulations
regardless of whether the plan contains
such a savings clause.
Several commentators requested that
the Treasury Department and the IRS
publish model amendments. Due to the
complex and varied universe of deferred
compensation plans, the Treasury
Department and the IRS do not believe
that it is feasible to publish model
amendments at this time.
V. Definition of Substantial Risk of
Forfeiture
A. In General
The final regulations generally adopt
the definition of substantial risk of
forfeiture set forth in the proposed
regulations. Several commentators
requested that the definition of
substantial risk of forfeiture be the same
as the definition of substantial risk of
forfeiture in § 1.83–3(c). However, the
definition of substantial risk of
forfeiture for purposes of compensatory
transfers of property under section 83
reflects different policy concerns from
those involved in section 409A, and
there are also practical differences
between transfers of restricted property
and promises to pay deferred
compensation. This is reflected in the
provisions of section 409A(e)(5),
directing the Secretary of the Treasury
Department to issue regulations
disregarding a substantial risk of
forfeiture in cases where necessary to
carry out the purposes of section 409A.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not
adopt this suggestion.
A right to an amount deferred may be
subject to the satisfaction of two or more
different conditions that each
independently would be a substantial
risk of forfeiture. In that case, the
substantial risk of forfeiture generally
would continue until all of such
conditions had been met. Alternatively,
a right to an amount deferred may be
subject to the satisfaction of any of two
or more different conditions that each
independently would constitute a
substantial risk of forfeiture. In that
case, the substantial risk of forfeiture
generally would lapse as soon as one of
the conditions had been met.
The final regulations explicitly
provide that a payment conditioned on
an involuntary separation from service
without cause may be treated as subject
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
to a substantial risk of forfeiture if there
is a substantial risk that the service
provider will not be involuntarily
separated from service without cause.
Many of the comments relating to the
definition of a substantial risk of
forfeiture requested also that a benefit
available only upon a separation from
service for good reason be treated as
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
Under the definition of an involuntary
separation from service provided in the
final regulations, the right to a payment
upon a separation for service for good
reason may, in certain circumstances, be
treated as a right to a payment upon an
involuntary separation from service. For
a discussion of the definition of an
involuntary separation from service, see
section III.J.3 of this preamble.
Commentators requested that a
requirement that an employee sign a
release of claims to receive a benefit be
treated as a substantial risk of forfeiture.
Generally, conditions under the
discretionary control of the service
provider (other than the decision
whether or not to continue providing
services) are not treated as creating a
substantial risk of forfeiture.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not
adopt this suggestion.
One commentator suggested that any
right to a payment be treated as subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture until
the amount of the payment is readily
determinable, at least where the
payment could be zero. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not believe
that this standard is appropriate.
B. Election Between Vested and
Nonvested Rights
The final regulations provide that an
amount will not be considered subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture after
the date or time at which the recipient
otherwise could have elected to receive
the amount of compensation, unless the
present value of the amount purportedly
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
(disregarding, in calculating the present
value, the risk of forfeiture) is materially
greater than the present value of the
vested amount the recipient otherwise
could have elected to receive. For
example, if a service provider can elect
to receive, in lieu of a payment of
current compensation, a bonus based
upon a formula that would otherwise
subject the bonus to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, the bonus will be subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture for
purposes of section 409A only if the
present value of the amount of the
bonus (disregarding the risk of
forfeiture) is materially greater than the
present value of the current
compensation amount.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
Some commentators asked whether
this exception addressed the extension
of a substantial risk of forfeiture as part
of the negotiated extension of an
employment contract. Commentators
argued that rights a service provider
obtains under a new or extended
employment contract could be viewed
as a right to an amount materially
greater than the amount the service
provider otherwise could have received.
The final regulations clarify that for
purposes of this rule, compensation the
service provider would receive for
continuing to perform services
regardless of whether the service
provider elected to receive the vested
payment is not taken into account for
purposes of determining whether the
present value of the right to the
nonvested payment is materially greater.
VI. Initial Deferral Election Rules
A. In General
The final regulations adopt the
provisions contained in the proposed
regulations relating to initial deferral
elections, subject to the modifications
described in this preamble.
The proposed regulations generally
provided that in a nonelective plan, a
service recipient may designate the time
and form of payment on or before the
date the service provider obtains a
legally binding right to the payment.
Commentators requested clarification of
how the service recipient’s discretion to
designate a time and form of payment
related to the requirement in the
proposed regulations that a service
provider’s deferral election be
irrevocable by the applicable deadline.
Specifically, commentators requested
that a deferral election by a service
provider be treated as irrevocable, even
if during the period during which the
service recipient could have set the time
and form of payment (that is, through
the date the service recipient grants the
service provider a legally binding right
to the payment), the service recipient
retains the right to override the service
provider’s deferral election and provide
for deferral of a lesser or greater amount.
The final regulations do not adopt this
suggestion. If a service provider may
make an initial deferral election,
including an election as to the time and
form of payment, the election must be
irrevocable as of the date required under
the rules governing such service
provider elections. Accordingly, a plan
may not provide for such an override,
unless such override cannot occur after
the deadline by which the service
provider’s election must be effective.
Many commentators requested a
clarification of the rules with respect to
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19251
a deferral of a discretionary bonus,
where the legally binding right to the
bonus does not arise until a year
subsequent to the year in which services
are performed. For example, an
employer announces in 2010 that it will
be awarding discretionary bonuses for
services performed in 2011, and will
decide which employees will receive
bonuses and in what amounts at the
beginning of 2012. Section 409A(a)(4)
generally provides that compensation
for services performed during a taxable
year may be deferred at the service
provider’s election only if the election
to defer such compensation is made not
later than the close of the taxable year
preceding the year in which the services
are rendered. Accordingly, even where
the bonus is discretionary such that the
legally binding right to the bonus does
not arise until after the period of
services for which the bonus is paid has
begun, a service provider’s deferral
election must occur before the year in
which the period of services begins
absent some other applicable exception
(such as, for example, the deferral
election rules related to performancebased compensation). The
determination of the period of services
for which compensation is earned is
based on all the facts and
circumstances, but may include periods
of service before the date the service
provider obtains a legally binding right
to the compensation. Although not
necessarily determinative, one of the
factors taken into account in that
determination is a designation by the
service recipient of the period of
services for which the compensation is
earned.
B. Nonelective Deferrals
Commentators pointed out that under
the proposed regulations, a service
recipient might be required to designate
a time and form of payment with respect
to a nonelective deferral at an earlier
date than the service provider would
have to make such a designation if an
election had been provided to the
service provider. Commentators
requested that the service recipient be
provided the same flexibility as the
service provider in such cases. The final
regulations generally adopt this
suggestion, so that if the service
provider has no election as to the time
and form of payment of an amount of
deferred compensation, the service
recipient may set the time and form of
payment on any date on or before the
later of the latest date the service
provider would have been permitted
under these regulations to elect such
time and form of payment if an election
had been provided to the service
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19252
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
provider, or the date the service
recipient grants the legally binding right
to the compensation. So, for example,
where compensation is performancebased compensation, and the service
recipient retains the discretion to
establish the time and form of the
payment, the plan generally could
permit the service recipient to establish
the time and form of the payment on or
before the date six months before the
end of the relevant performance period.
C. Performance-Based Compensation
The final regulations generally adopt
the definition of performance-based
compensation contained in the
proposed regulations, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble. The final regulations clarify
that where a portion of an award would
qualify as performance-based
compensation if the portion were the
sole amount available under the plan,
that portion of the award will not fail to
qualify as performance-based
compensation merely because another
portion of the award does not qualify as
performance-based compensation, if the
portion that would qualify as
performance-based compensation is
designated separately or otherwise
separately identifiable under the terms
of the plan and each portion is
determined independently of the other.
Commentators asked whether in order
to use the deferral rules regarding
performance-based compensation, a
service provider must be required to
perform services during the entire
performance period, or from the date the
performance criteria are set through the
end of the performance period.
Commentators argued that because a
payment cannot be substantially certain
to be made at the time of the deferral
election under the deferral election
rules applicable to performance-based
compensation, a service provider’s
ability to manipulate the timing of
income inclusion under a performancebased compensation arrangement is
limited. The final regulations require
only that the service provider provide
services from the later of the date the
performance period starts or the date the
performance criteria are established
through the date the initial deferral
election is made.
Commentators suggested that a
provision in a plan for automatic
payment to occur upon death, disability,
or a change in control event (as defined
for purposes of section 409A) should
not result in a failure of the arrangement
to qualify as performance-based
compensation. The final regulations
adopt this suggestion, provided that
where such an event occurs before a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
deferral election has been made, the
right to the payment will no longer be
treated as performance-based
compensation so that a deferral election
may not be effective unless made in
accordance with another applicable
deferral election rule.
In response to comments, the
requirement that a deferral election
under the rule applicable to
performance-based compensation be
made before the compensation has
become substantially certain to be paid
has been modified, and now requires
that the election be made before the
amount is readily ascertainable. Where
the right to a specified amount is subject
to a performance requirement being met
(for example, a right to a payment of
$10,000 if a certain profit level is
attained), the amount is treated as
readily ascertainable when it is
substantially certain that the
performance requirement will be met.
With respect to the right to an amount
of compensation that varies based upon
the level of performance, the payment,
or any portion of the payment, is treated
as readily ascertainable to the extent the
amount or the payment is calculable
and the performance requirement is
substantially certain to be met. For this
purpose, a right to a payment is
bifurcated between the amount that is
readily ascertainable and the amount
that is not readily ascertainable.
Accordingly, any minimum amount that
is calculable and for which the
performance requirement entitling the
service provider to the payment is
substantially certain to be met generally
will be treated as readily ascertainable.
For example, a service recipient
agrees to pay $100 for every additional
widget meeting certain quality
requirements that is produced in a
calendar year in excess of 100 widgets.
At the end of the six months, 125
widgets have been produced and no
election to defer has been made. As of
that date, the performance-based
compensation with respect to which an
election to defer can be made does not
include the $2500 ((125–100) multiplied
by $100) that is calculable and for
which the performance requirement is
substantially certain to be met. In
addition, the performance-based
compensation does not include any
additional amount that the service
provider is substantially certain to earn
based on the number of additional
widgets that the service provider is
substantially certain to produce before
the end of the year. However, the
payment is bifurcated so that any
additional amount that is not
substantially certain to be paid may be
treated as performance-based
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compensation such that an election to
defer such compensation may be made.
Commentators requested clarification
of the circumstances under which
compensation, the amount of which is
determined by reference to the value of
service recipient stock, may qualify as
performance-based compensation. The
fair market value of stock at any given
time generally incorporates the market’s
perception of the probability that the
stock will increase or decrease in value.
Accordingly, compensation payable for
a service period that is equal to the
value of a predetermined number of
shares of stock, and is variable only to
the extent that the value of such shares
appreciates or depreciates, generally
will not be performance-based
compensation. However, if the right to
such compensation is subject to a
performance-based vesting requirement,
such compensation may be
performance-based compensation. Also,
the attainment of a prescribed value for
the service recipient (or a portion
thereof), or a share of stock of the
service recipient, may be used as a
performance-based criterion, if it is a
condition for receiving the
compensation and the other
requirements are met.
D. Initial Eligibility
Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(ii) provides that
in the case of the first year in which a
service provider becomes eligible to
participate in the plan, an initial
deferral election may be made within 30
days after the date the service provider
becomes eligible to participate in the
plan, with respect to compensation for
services to be performed subsequent to
the election. The final regulations adopt
the provisions implementing the initial
eligibility deferral election rules set
forth in the proposed regulations,
subject to the following modifications.
Many of the commentators on the
initial eligibility deferral election rule
expressed concerns about the
application of the plan aggregation
rules. The proposed regulations
provided that the plan aggregation rules
would apply in determining whether a
service provider was newly eligible for
a plan, so that if a service provider was
already participating in an arrangement
that is required to be aggregated with
the arrangement for which the service
provider is initially eligible, the service
provider would not be able to take
advantage of the initial eligibility
deferral election rule. Some
commentators requested that the plan
aggregation rules not apply for this
purpose. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that
such a rule would result in the potential
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
for the adoption of serial plans as a
means to claim repeated initial
eligibility and the ability thereby to
make late deferral elections. In addition,
such a rule would require difficult
determinations of whether one plan was
sufficiently dissimilar from another plan
to qualify as a separate plan.
Other commentators requested that
the plan aggregation rules apply, but
that plans allowing elections between
current and deferred compensation, or
the part of a plan allowing such
elections, be treated separately from
nonelective plans or nonelective
benefits in each category. The final
regulations generally adopt this rule
through the modifications to the plan
aggregation rules described in section
IV.A of this preamble.
Other comments focused on the
application of the initial eligibility
deferral election rule in the case of a
rehire or a change in position within a
service recipient. Commentators pointed
out that under the standard in the
proposed regulations, if an employee
had not received a distribution after the
initial termination of employment, or
had transferred to a position not
participating in the plan without
receiving a distribution and then
transferred back to a position
participating in the plan, the rehired or
returning employee would still retain
the right to benefits under the plan and
thus would not be able to use the initial
eligibility deferral election rules. The
final regulations provide that the initial
eligibility deferral election rules are
applicable to a service provider
provided that the service provider has
not been an active participant in the
plan (applying the plan aggregation
rules) for at least 24 months. For this
purpose, a service provider is an active
participant in the plan if, under the
plan’s terms and without further
amendment or action by the plan
sponsor, the service provider is eligible
to accrue benefits under the plan (even
if the service provider has elected not to
participate in the plan), other than
earnings on amounts previously
deferred.
Commentators requested relief with
respect to the timing rules for initial
elections establishing the time and
schedule of payments under nonelective
excess benefit plans. Commentators
noted that under such plans, a service
provider often automatically becomes a
participant when the service provider’s
benefits under the qualified plan
become limited under the rules
governing qualified plans. Because
determining whether a service provider
is a participant requires calculations,
commentators observed that both the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
service provider and the service
recipient may be unaware that the
service provider has become a
participant in the plan for some time
after the service provider actually first
becomes eligible. The final regulations
generally provide that with respect to a
nonelective excess benefit plan, a
service provider is treated as initially
eligible to participate in the plan as of
the first day of the service provider’s
taxable year immediately following the
first year the service provider accrues a
benefit under such plan, so that an
initial deferral election with respect to
the time and form of payment may be
effective for benefits accrued under the
plan based on services performed
during the taxable year immediately
preceding the year in which the election
is made. This rule may only be used
once with respect to a service provider’s
participation in a plan.
E. Initial Deferral Elections With
Respect to Certain Forfeitable Rights
The proposed regulations provided a
rule for initial deferral elections with
respect to certain forfeitable rights,
generally intended to address ad hoc
awards. Under the rule in the proposed
regulations, if a legally binding right to
a payment in a subsequent year is
subject to a forfeiture condition
requiring the service provider’s
continued services for a period of at
least 12 months from the date the
service provider obtains the legally
binding right, an election to defer such
compensation may be made on or before
the 30th day after the service provider
obtains the legally binding right to the
compensation, provided that the
election is made at least 12 months in
advance of the earliest date at which the
forfeiture condition could lapse. The
final regulations retain this rule, subject
to the modifications described in this
preamble.
Commentators suggested that the
requirement of at least a 12-month
service period following the deferral
election during which the right could be
forfeited due to a separation from
service be shortened to 11 months,
because the combination of the 30-day
election period plus the 12-month
service period requirement generally
resulted in a requirement of at least a
13-month performance period. The
requirement of a 12-month service
period after an election is made ensures
that the election occurs while at least an
entire year (12 months) of services is
still required. This conforms in many
respects to the general rule that the
deferral election must be made in the
year before the year in which the
services are performed. Any shorter
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19253
period would permit service providers
to make deferral elections in the same
taxable year in which all of the services
are performed. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not believe
that such a rule is consistent with the
legislative intent.
The final regulations also provide that
this rule is available even if the right to
the compensation may vest earlier than
12 months following the election due to
the service provider’s death or
disability, or due to a change in control
event (as defined for purposes of section
409A) with respect to the service
recipient. However, if death, disability,
or a change in control event occurs and
the condition lapses before the end of
such 12-month period, a deferral
election may be given effect only if the
deferral election is permitted under the
regulations without regard to this rule.
F. Initial Deferral Election With Respect
to Fiscal Year Compensation
The final regulations retain the initial
deferral election rule with respect to
fiscal year compensation that was in the
proposed regulations. The final
regulations clarify that the rule with
respect to the deferral of fiscal year
compensation is based upon the service
recipient’s taxable year, regardless of
whether the service recipient’s taxable
year is the calendar year or some other
period. Accordingly, where a service
recipient with a calendar year taxable
year is providing fiscal year
compensation to a service provider
based upon a calendar year, a service
provider with a non-calendar year
taxable year generally could take
advantage of the rule to defer such fiscal
year compensation on or before the
December 31 preceding the calendar
year upon which the fiscal year
compensation is based.
G. Initial Deferral Elections With
Respect to Commissions
The final regulations continue to
provide a special deferral election rule
with respect to commission payments.
These rules are intended to address
concerns that, for many commission
arrangements, it is difficult to determine
when the services related to a particular
commission payment began, so that it is
difficult to apply the general rule that
requires that a deferral election be made
before the year in which any services
are performed. This rule is not intended
to address whether, absent such a
deferral election, a particular
commission arrangement would result
in deferred compensation. Whether a
commission arrangement otherwise
provides for deferred compensation
must be determined through the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19254
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
application of the general rules defining
deferred compensation. However, where
a commission arrangement requires that
the service provider be providing
services at the time of the payment to be
entitled to the payment, the commission
is paid in the normal course, and
neither the service provider nor the
service recipient has a right to specify
a payment date, the arrangement
generally will not provide for the
deferral of compensation.
The final regulations generally adopt
the deferral election rule set forth in the
proposed regulations treating the
services related to a commission
payment as performed in the year in
which the customer remits payment to
the service recipient. For this purpose,
the proposed regulations provided that
commissions include only
compensation contingent upon the
service recipient receiving payment
from an unrelated customer for the
product or services provided.
Commentators asked that this rule be
extended to cover arrangements under
which the service recipient paid the
commission based upon consummation
of a transaction, regardless of whether
the customer paid the service recipient
for the service or good purchased from
the service recipient. For example,
commentators stated that in some
industries the service recipient pays a
salesperson commissions based on the
amount of sales recorded, even though
the customer is not obligated to pay the
service recipient until a later date. The
final regulations generally adopt this
suggestion by permitting the taxable
year in which the sale occurs to be
substituted for the year in which the
customer remits payment. However, to
avoid manipulation of the deferral
election timing rules, the taxable year of
the sale may be used only if it is applied
consistently to all similarly situated
service providers.
Commentators also asked that this
rule be extended to commissions earned
due to the increase in value, or
maintenance of overall value, of a pool
of assets or accounts. In response, the
final regulations provide that, for
purposes of the initial deferral election
rules, the services with respect to
investment commission compensation
are deemed to be performed over the 12
months immediately preceding the date
as of which the overall value of the
assets or asset accounts is determined
for purposes of the calculation of the
investment commission compensation.
For this purpose, investment
commission compensation means
compensation earned by a service
provider if a substantial portion of the
services provided by such service
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
provider to a service recipient consists
of sales of financial products or the
provision of other direct customer
services to an unrelated customer with
respect to customer assets or customer
asset accounts. For this purpose,
amounts will only be treated as
investment commission compensation if
the customer retains the right to
terminate the customer relationship and
transfer or withdraw the assets or asset
accounts without undue delay (which
may be subject to a reasonable notice
period), the compensation paid by the
service recipient to the service provider
consists of a portion of the value of the
overall assets or asset account balance,
an amount substantially all of which is
calculated by reference to the increase
in the value of the overall assets or
account balance during a specified
period, or both, and the value of the
overall assets or account balance and
investment commission compensation
is determined at least annually.
Commentators also requested that the
exception for commissions be expanded
to address arrangements involving
customers related to either the service
provider or the service recipient. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that where arrangements
involve related parties, there is the
potential for manipulation of the timing
of the payment and the commission, but
also understand that many of such
arrangements may not involve abuse.
Therefore, the final regulations provide
that the special rules with respect to
commissions apply to arrangements
involving a customer related to the
service provider or the service recipient
provided that substantial sales or
substantial services occur between the
service recipient and a significant
number of unrelated customers, and the
sales or service arrangement and the
commission arrangement with respect to
a customer related to either the service
recipient or the service provider are
bona fide and arise in the ordinary
course of business, and both the terms
and practices are substantially the same
as the terms and practices applicable to
customers to whom the service provider
and service recipient are not related,
and to whom, either individually or in
the aggregate, the service recipient has
made substantial sales or provided
substantial services.
H. Involuntary and Voluntary
Separations From Service
The final regulations provide that
with respect to separation pay paid
upon an actual involuntary separation
from service, where the service provider
had no prior right to such separation
pay, and where the separation pay is the
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subject of bona fide, arm’s length
negotiations, the initial deferral election
may be made at any time before the
service provider obtains a legally
binding right to the payment. The final
regulations expand this rule to include
voluntary separations from service as
well as involuntary separations, as long
as all of the other conditions in the
previous sentence are met. The
exception addresses both a choice
between a current and a deferred
payment, and the establishment of the
time and form of payment of deferred
compensation.
The exception is intended to address
legally binding rights to deferred
compensation arising as part of the
process of separating from service and
not based upon previously existing
legally binding rights. The exception is
intended to alleviate concern that where
such rights are expressed or calculated
based on prior compensation or service,
any election by the service provider as
to the timing of the payment during the
negotiation process could be viewed as
a late initial deferral election made
during or after the year in which the
services were performed, and to avoid
the potential for the plan aggregation
rules to eliminate the ability to make an
initial eligibility deferral election. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
become aware that certain taxpayers
have attempted to apply this provision
to existing deferred compensation plans,
believing that the exception allows new
elections provided that the separation
pay was the subject of bona fide
negotiations. This application is
inconsistent with the explicit provision
of the proposed regulations and these
final regulations. The provision does not
address preexisting legally binding
rights to deferred compensation,
including legally binding rights that are
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
Any change in the time and form of
payments under those arrangements
would be required to meet the rules
governing subsequent deferral elections
and accelerated payments (including
any applicable relief provided during
the transition period). For a discussion
of the treatment of benefits forfeitable
upon the separation from service, see
section III.J.1 of this preamble.
I. Elections To Annualize Recurring
Part-Year Compensation
Commentators asked how the deferral
election rules would apply to an
election by certain employees providing
services over less than a 12-month
period to receive payments for services
on an annualized basis. For example,
teachers performing services during a
school year running from September of
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
one year through June of the next year
often are provided an election to receive
the compensation on an annualized
basis over 12 months instead of during
only the school year. This raises issues
under the general initial deferral
election rules under section 409A
because the teacher is permitted to elect
after the beginning of the calendar year
to defer some of the compensation that
would be paid in September through
December of that year to a period in the
subsequent year.
The final regulations provide that
with respect to recurring part-year
compensation, an election to defer all or
a portion of the compensation to be
earned during a particular period of
service may be made at any time before
the period of service begins, provided
that no amounts are deferred under the
election to a date after the last day of the
13th month following the first day of the
performance period. For this purpose,
recurring part-year compensation is
defined as compensation paid for
services rendered in a capacity that the
service recipient reasonably anticipates
will continue in subsequent years on
similar terms and conditions, and will
require services to be provided over
successive service periods of less than
12 months, each of which begins in one
taxable year of the service provider and
ends in the next such taxable year. For
example, a teacher earning
compensation from September 15 of one
year through June 30 of the subsequent
year could elect to defer compensation
earned during such period on any date
on or before September 15 of the first
year, provided that no amount deferred
in accordance with this rule is deferred
beyond October 31 of the following
year. This exception may be applied to
a particular amount of compensation
only once, so that an amount deferred
under this exception may not be
deferred a second time through
treatment of the amount as earned in a
subsequent service period.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
J. USERRA
The final regulations provide that the
initial deferral election rules are deemed
satisfied to the extent that a deferral
election provided to a service provider
is necessary to satisfy the requirements
of the Uniformed Services Employment
and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994,
as amended, 38 U.S.C. 4301–4334.
Similar relief has been provided with
respect to changes in the time and form
of payment and accelerations of
payments.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
VII. Time and Form of Payment
A. In General
The final regulations clarify that
except as explicitly provided otherwise,
a single time and form of payment must
be designated with respect to each
payment that is payable upon a payment
event. For example, a plan must
designate how an amount will be paid
upon a change in control event, and
generally cannot provide one time and
form of payment upon a particular type
of change in control event, and another
time and form of payment upon another
type of change in control event. The
final regulations retain the rule,
however, that permits a plan to provide
for a different time and form of
payment, depending upon whether the
permissible payment event occurs
before or after a specified date. In
addition, the final regulations also
provide for a limited ability to designate
different times and forms of payment
based upon the conditions under which
a service provider’s separation from
service occurs. See section VII.C.5. of
this preamble for a discussion of
payments upon a separation from
service.
The proposed regulations provide that
for purposes of applying the payment
rules, a payment will be treated as made
on a fixed date or on a fixed schedule
if the payment or payments are made by
the end of the calendar year in which a
specified fixed payment date, or due
date of a payment under a fixed
schedule, occurs or, if later, the 15th
day of the third month following such
fixed date or due date. The final
regulations clarify that the same
flexibility applies to making a payment
on account of a payment event. So, for
example, where a payment is scheduled
to be made upon the death of a service
provider whose taxable year is the
calendar year, the payment is timely if
made on or before the later of December
31 of the calendar year in which the
death occurs, or the 15th day of the
third month following the date of death.
If the service provider’s taxable year is
not the calendar year, the final
regulations specify that the service
provider’s taxable year is used for
purposes of this rule.
Commentators also requested that
where a payment is scheduled to be
made on a fixed date, a service recipient
be permitted to pay at any preceding
date within the same calendar year.
Commentators argued that if the
regulations permitted a payment to be
made later within the same calendar
year because the amount would be
reflected on the same income tax return
in the case of an individual service
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19255
provider, then the same rationale should
permit payments to be made earlier in
the same calendar year. Because the
adoption of this provision would
conflict with the administration of the
rules governing subsequent deferrals,
the final regulations do not adopt this
suggestion.
The subsequent deferral rules require
that any election to extend the deferral
period must not be effective for at least
one year after the date the payment is
due. If a payment due on a specified
date during a calendar year could
always be made on January 1 or any
subsequent date during the calendar
year, then the one-year waiting period
would have to begin to run on the
previous January 1, regardless of the
actual payment date the plan specified.
For example, if a plan specified
December 31 as the payment date, but
the payment could be made on January
1, then any subsequent deferral election
would need to be made on or before
January 1 of the preceding calendar
year, making the deadline for a
subsequent deferral election almost two
years before the actual specified
payment date. Such a rule would
unduly burden service providers who
cannot actually receive a payment
before the date specified in the plan.
However, to lower the potential for
unintentional violations, the final
regulations provide that a payment will
be deemed made at the scheduled time
of payment if made not earlier than 30
days before the scheduled date,
provided that the service provider is not
permitted, directly or indirectly, to
designate the taxable year of the
payment.
In addition, the final regulations
continue to provide that a plan may
designate an entire taxable year of the
service provider, rather than a specific
date, as the specified date of payment.
If a plan provides only for the taxable
year of payment, the payment may be
made at any time during such year. For
purposes of the subsequent deferral
rules, the payment will be treated as
scheduled to be paid on the first day of
the service provider’s taxable year.
Commentators also requested
clarification of the treatment of
deadlines for payment, where the plan
does not designate a specific payment
date or taxable year of the service
provider. For example, commentators
asked whether a provision requiring
payment as soon as administratively
feasible but in no event later than the
15th day of the third month following
the end of the year would be treated as
having a fixed date of payment. The
final regulations provide that such a
provision will be a specified payment
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19256
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
date only if the period during which
such payment may be made is restricted
either to a specified taxable year of the
service provider or a period of not more
than 90 days and the service provider is
not provided an election as to the
taxable year of the payment. If a specific
payment date is not established, the first
possible date on which a payment could
be made under the plan is the specified
payment date for purposes of the rules
relating to subsequent deferral elections.
For example, a payment scheduled to be
made at any time on or after January 1,
2008, and on or before July 1, 2008, to
a service provider whose taxable year is
the calendar year will be deemed to
have a fixed payment date. For purposes
of the subsequent deferral rules, January
1, 2008, is the specified payment date.
By contrast, a payment scheduled to
be made to such a service provider at
any time on or before July 1, 2008,
would not be deemed to have a fixed
payment date, because the payment
could be made before January 1, 2008.
In addition, a payment scheduled to be
made to a service provider, for example,
within 180 days of a separation from
service generally will not provide for a
specified time and form of payment
under the final regulations, because it
specifies neither the taxable year of the
service provider in which the payment
must be made following the separation
from service, nor a period of 90 days or
less following the separation from
service in which the payment must be
made. Because such a payment schedule
would not provide an objective payment
date based upon the separation from
service event, the payment also would
not be eligible for the relief provided for
payments made by the later of the end
of the taxable year of the service
provider or the 15th day of the third
month following the specified payment
date. However, a plan provision
providing that the payment will be
made within 90 days of a separation
from service generally will be treated as
a specified payment date, and for
purposes of the subsequent deferral
rules the date of the separation from
service will be treated as the scheduled
payment date.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
B. Specified Time or Fixed Schedule of
Payments
1. In General
The final regulations generally adopt
the rules defining a specified time or
fixed schedule of payments, including
the ability to designate a service
provider’s taxable year as the year of
payment rather than a specific date. For
example, a plan provision providing for
payment within the service provider’s
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
taxable year that includes December 31,
2008, would be treated as a fixed date
of payment.
2. Reimbursement and In-Kind Benefit
Plans
Many commentators requested
additional guidance regarding ways in
which rights to taxable reimbursements
or in-kind benefits might be structured
to meet the definition of a fixed
schedule of payments. In response, the
final regulations provide that a right to
reimbursements or in-kind benefits will
meet the requirement of a fixed time
and form of payment if certain
requirements are satisfied. For this
purpose, a reimbursement plan must
provide for the reimbursement of
expenses incurred during an objectively
prescribed period (including a period
beginning or ending based upon a
service provider’s death), where the
amount of reimbursable expenses
incurred or in-kind benefits available in
one taxable year of the service provider
cannot affect the amount of
reimbursable expenses or in-kind
benefits available in a different taxable
year. In addition, the reimbursement
payment must be made by no later than
the end of the service provider’s taxable
year following the taxable year in which
the expense is incurred. Such
reimbursement or in-kind benefit rights
may not be subject to liquidation or
exchange for another benefit.
For example, a right to a
reimbursement of membership fees
incurred for each of three specified and
consecutive calendar years by a former
employee, where the former employee is
entitled to reimbursement of the
expenses incurred each year without
regard to the expenses incurred in a
different year, and where the former
employee cannot exchange the right for
cash or any other benefit, generally will
be treated as providing for a fixed time
and form of payment if the plan requires
that the reimbursement payment be
made by no later than the end of the
calendar year following the year in
which the expense is incurred. In
contrast, a right to reimbursement of
membership fees of up to $30,000 over
three years would not meet the
requirement of a fixed time and form of
payment, because the extent to which
the former employee incurred the
expense in the first year would affect
the amount available for reimbursement
in a subsequent year.
This rule applies similarly to the
provision of in-kind benefits, such as a
right to use a corporate vehicle or
aircraft. The final regulations also
provide a special rule for arrangements
reimbursing medical expenses to permit
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
certain aggregate limits on the benefits
provided, such as lifetime maximums.
3. Payment Schedules With Fixed or
Formula Payment Limitations
Commentators asked whether
payment schedules with fixed or
objective formula limitations on the
amount that may be paid during any
particular period would meet the
requirement of a fixed schedule or time
and form of payment. Where the fixed
or formula limitation is established on
or before the date the time and form of
payment is otherwise required to be set,
the fixed or formula limitation is based
on a fixed or nondiscretionary,
objectively determinable formula
limitation on the amount that may be
paid in a particular period where all the
factors relevant to the determination of
such limit are beyond the control of the
service provider and not subject to any
exercise of discretion by the service
recipient, and the plan specifies the
time and form of payment of any
additional amount due in excess of the
fixed or formula limitation amount, the
schedule will be deemed to be a fixed
schedule of payments because it is not
subject to manipulation. However, a
change in the limits or a change in the
allocation method for the payment of
the unpaid excess amounts that will be
paid after the original due dates due to
application of the limit may constitute
a subsequent deferral election or the
acceleration of a payment. Similarly,
where the total amount payable under a
plan with multiple participants is
limited, the time and form of payment
requirement may be met if the plan
specifies, from the date the time and
form of payment is otherwise required
to be set, the following: (1) A fixed or
nondiscretionary, objectively
determinable limit on the amount that
may be paid in a particular period such
that none of the factors relevant to the
determination of such limit is in the
control of the service provider or subject
to the exercise of any discretion by the
service recipient; (2) where there is an
overall limitation on the aggregate
amount that may be paid to a group of
service providers during a specified
period, a nondiscretionary, objectively
determinable method to allocate the
payments that can be made in
accordance with the limitation among
the service providers participating in
the plan over which neither the service
recipient nor any service provider
retains control or discretion; and (3) the
time and form of payment of any
amount that will be paid after its
original due date because of the formula
limitation.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
For example, a plan may provide that
all payments to all participants under
the plan in a given year may not exceed
$1 million, provided that the plan must
provide an objective, nondiscretionary
method of currently allocating the $1
million of payments if the amounts
otherwise payable exceed $1 million
(such as proportionately to each
participant based on the amount
otherwise payable to such participant
absent the limit), and specifies the time
and form of payment of any amount not
paid currently because of the limitation
(such as at the earliest time possible
without exceeding the applicable
limitation for any subsequent year).
However, a change in the limits or a
change in the allocation method may
constitute a subsequent deferral election
or an acceleration of a payment.
Commentators also asked whether the
same analysis would apply where the
limit on a payment is calculated
pursuant to a formula related to
business performance, such as a
specified percentage of cash flow for the
period. A payment schedule may be
conditioned on a formula limitation if
the formula limitation is specified at the
time the schedule of payments is
otherwise required to be set, the
limitation is nondiscretionary and
objectively determinable based on the
business performance of the service
recipient, and the service provider
retains no control over the
determination or application of the
formula limitation. For this purpose, a
formula limitation based on profits or
other indicia of general business
performance is not treated as
discretionary or in the control of the
service recipient. Thus, a plan providing
that the maximum payment during a
year will equal no more than a set
percentage of the service recipient’s
cash flow for the previous year generally
would meet the requirement of a fixed
time and form of payment. However, a
change in the formula limitation may
constitute a subsequent deferral election
or an acceleration of a payment. For a
discussion of schedules of payments
based upon the timing of payments
received by the service recipient, see
section VII.B.6 of this preamble.
4. Tax Gross-Up Payments
Commentators requested clarification
of how section 409A applies to a right
to a tax gross-up payment that provides
the service provider with the right to a
payment of taxes otherwise payable by
the service provider as well as any
additional taxes resulting from the
service recipient’s payment of the taxes.
The final regulations provide that a right
to a tax gross-up payment is a right to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
deferred compensation that satisfies the
requirement of a fixed time and form of
payment if the plan provides that the
tax gross up payment will be made, and
the payment is made, by the end of the
service provider’s taxable year next
following the service provider’s taxable
year in which the related taxes are
remitted to the taxing authority.
In addition, the final regulations
provide that a right to the
reimbursement of expenses incurred
due to a tax audit or litigation, whether
Federal, state, local, or foreign, satisfies
the requirement of a fixed time and form
of payment if the right to the
reimbursement provides that payment
will be made, and the payment is made,
by the later of the end of the service
provider’s taxable year next following
the year in which the taxes that are the
subject of the audit or litigation are
remitted to the taxing authority, or, if no
taxes are to be remitted, the end of the
service provider’s taxable year next
following the year in which the audit or
litigation is completed. Nothing in the
provisions relating to tax gross-up
payments modifies the application of
section 409A to any underlying
compensation arrangement that results
in the taxes that are subject to the tax
gross-up arrangement.
5. Payment Schedules Based on
Payments to the Service Recipient
Commentators requested guidance on
payment schedules contingent on the
receipt of certain payments by the
service recipient. For example,
commentators requested clarification
whether a plan requiring an annual
payment equal to a percentage of certain
accounts receivable collected during the
prior 12-month period would qualify as
a fixed time and form of payment. The
ability to schedule payments based
upon the time the service recipient
receives a customer’s payment raises
issues regarding the ability to, in effect,
create an impermissible event-based
payment through characterizing the
payment as a schedule (for example, a
payment ‘‘schedule’’ that pays an
amount every year if a specified
transaction occurs in that year actually
pays based on whether and when the
transaction occurs, which is not a
permissible payment event under
section 409A). In addition, these
arrangements raise issues regarding the
ability of the service recipient (or
service provider) to control the timing of
the payment of deferred compensation
through an ability to influence the
timing of the payment by the customer.
Accordingly, the final regulations
generally provide that a schedule based
upon the timing of payments to the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19257
service recipient is not a fixed schedule
of payments. However, the final
regulations also provide certain
parameters under which such a plan
may qualify as having a fixed time and
form of payment. First, if the service
recipient is comprised of more than one
entity, the payments must be due from
a person that is not one of such entities
(for example, not a payment due from a
subsidiary corporation to a parent
corporation). Second, the payments
must stem from bona fide and routine
transactions in the ordinary course of
business of the service recipient, and
the service provider must not at the time
such payments are due retain effective
control over the service recipient, the
person from whom the payments to the
service recipient are due, or the
collection of the payments. Third, the
payment schedule must provide for a
nondiscretionary, objective method of
identifying the customer payments to
the service recipient from which the
amount of the payment is determined,
and a nondiscretionary, objective
schedule under which payments of the
nonqualified deferred compensation
will be made (for example, a payment
every March 1 of 10 percent of the
accounts receivable collected during the
previous calendar year). Finally, the
sales to which the payment relates must
be of a type that the service recipient is
in the trade or business of making and
makes frequently, and either all such
sales must be taken into account or
there must be a legitimate, nontax
business purpose for limiting the sales
taken into account.
C. Separation From Service
1. In General
The final regulations generally adopt
the provisions in the proposed
regulations defining the circumstances
under which a separation from service
is deemed to occur, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble. Some commentators
requested that the parties to a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan be permitted to define when a
separation from service occurs, at least
if they apply the definition consistently.
The Treasury Department and IRS
believe that a definition of separation
from service that is objectively
determinable, nondiscretionary and
predictable, and not subject to
negotiations between the parties is
necessary to properly implement the
legislative intent behind section 409A.
The definitions of separation from
service suggested by the commentators
do not meet this standard. For example,
a plan that defines separation from
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19258
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
service as the date a service provider is
removed from a payroll would leave to
the parties the discretion to determine a
payment date by an action that may
have little practical significance,
especially when compared to the effect
on the service provider’s deferred
compensation amounts. The Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
believe that the definition of separation
from service should be based upon an
objective determination of whether the
service provider continues to provide
significant services to the service
recipient.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
2. Employees
a. In General
The proposed regulations provided
that an employee separated from service
with the employer if the employee died,
retired, or otherwise had a termination
of employment with the employer.
Whether a termination of employment
had occurred would be determined
based on the facts and circumstances.
The proposed regulations provided that
where the facts and circumstances
indicated that the employer and the
employee did not intend for the
employee to provide more than
insignificant future services, the
employee would be treated as having a
separation from service. For this
purpose, an employer and employee
would not be presumed to have
intended only insignificant services be
provided if the employee continued
providing services at a rate equal to at
least 20 percent of the rate of the
previous three years. Where an
employee continued providing services
in another capacity (for example, as an
independent contractor), the employee
would be deemed not to have a
separation from service if the service
provider continued providing services
at a rate equal to at least 50 percent of
the services provided during the
previous three years. Different rules
were provided for service providers who
were not employees.
Commentators criticized this standard
in various respects. The proposed
regulations applied one presumption
where an employee continued providing
services as an independent contractor,
and another where an employee
continued providing services as an
employee. Commentators asked why the
same presumptions did not apply
regardless of whether the employee
purports to continue service (or separate
from service) as an employee or
purports to continue service (or separate
from service) as an independent
contractor. Commentators also
suggested that the presumptions should
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
be based on the intent of the employer
and employee at the time of the
purported separation from service (or
purported continuation of services),
rather than the actual subsequent
conduct. Commentators also argued that
the employer and employee could be
found to have violated section 409A
based on subsequent actual conduct,
even where the parties had a bona fide
belief that a separation from service had
or had not occurred, but circumstances
changed.
In response to these comments, the
final regulations provide a simplified
standard, applicable whether an
employee continues to provide services
as an employee or as an independent
contractor. The general standard for
determining whether the employee has
terminated employment is based on
whether the facts and circumstances
indicate that the service recipient and
employee reasonably anticipated either
that no further services would be
performed after a certain date or that the
level of bona fide services the employee
would perform after such date (whether
as an employee or as an independent
contractor) would permanently decrease
to no more than 20 percent of the
average level of bona fide services
performed over the immediately
preceding 36-month period (or the full
period in which the employee provided
services to the employer (whether as an
employee or as an independent
contractor) if the employee has been
providing services for less than 36
months). For this purpose, periods
during which the employee is on an
unpaid bona fide leave of absence are
disregarded (including for purposes of
determining the relevant 36-month
period), and periods during which the
employee is on a paid bona fide leave
of absence are treated as periods during
which the employee provided services
at the level at which the employee
would have been required to perform
services to receive the compensation if
not on a bona fide leave of absence.
Facts and circumstances to be
considered in determining whether the
employee and employer reasonably
anticipated that the service provider’s
future services would be permanently
reduced to less than 20 percent of the
average level of bona fide service
provided during the previous 36-month
period include, but are not limited to,
whether the employee continues to be
treated as an employee for other
purposes (such as continuation of salary
and participation in employee benefit
programs), whether similarly situated
service providers have been treated
consistently, and whether the employee
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
is eligible to perform services for, and
realistically available to perform
services for, other employers in the
same line of business.
To assist in applying this standard,
certain rebuttable presumptions are
provided. An employee generally will
be presumed to have separated from
service where the level of bona fide
services performed (whether as an
employee or an independent contractor)
changes to a level equal to 20 percent
or less of the average level of services
provided during the previous 36 months
(whether as an employee or an
independent contractor). An employee
will be presumed not to have separated
from service where the level of bona
fide services rendered continues at a
level that is 50 percent or more of the
average level of services provided
during the previous 36 months. No
presumption applies to a change to a
level of services between 20 percent and
50 percent of the average level of
services provided during the previous
36 months. For purposes of the
presumption, the entire period during
which the employee has provided
services to the employer is substituted
for 36 months if the employee has been
providing services to the employer for
less than 36 months, and periods during
which the employee is on a bona fide
leave of absence are treated in the same
manner as such periods are treated for
the general rule.
The presumptions are rebuttable, by
demonstrating that the employer and
the employee reasonably anticipated
that as of a certain date the level of bona
fide services would be reduced
permanently to a level less than or equal
to 20 percent of the average level of
services provided during the
immediately preceding 36-month period
or full period in which the employee
has provided services if the employee
has been providing services to the
employer for a period of less than 36
months (or that the level of bona fide
services would not be so reduced). For
example, an employee may demonstrate
that the service recipient and employee
anticipated that the employee would
cease providing services, but that
(subsequent to the original cessation of
services) business circumstances such
as termination of the employee’s
replacement caused the employee to
return to employment. Although the
employee’s return to employment may
cause the employee to be presumed to
have continued in employment because
the rehired employee is providing
services at a rate equal to the rate at
which he was providing services before
the termination of employment, the
facts and circumstances in this case
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
would demonstrate that at the time the
employee terminated employment, the
employee and the service recipient
reasonably anticipated that the
employee would not provide any
services in the future.
Similarly, where the loss of a business
client of the employer results in a
permanent reduction in the level of
bona fide services performed by the
employee of more than 80 percent, so
that the employee would be presumed
to have separated from service, the
taxpayer may rebut the presumption
that a separation from service occurred
by showing that the employer and
employee reasonably anticipated that
the level of services would not be so
reduced. The separation from service
would then be deemed to occur at the
time that the employer and employee
reasonably anticipated that such
reduction would continue.
Commentators requested additional
flexibility to treat certain employees as
having experienced a separation from
service, even where the employee
continues to provide services in a
reduced capacity. This is often referred
to as a phased retirement, in which an
employee obtains retirement benefits
despite continuing to provide services
on a part-time or reduced basis. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that providing flexibility to alter
the definition of a separation from
service after an amount has been
deferred is inconsistent with the statute
and legislative intent, and could be
subject to manipulation.
However, the final regulations permit
certain flexibility for a plan to define a
separation from service as including a
change to a reduced level of bona fide
services, if the definition is specified no
later than the time and form of payment
are elected or otherwise specified.
Specifically, the final regulations
provide that rather than treating a
separation from service as requiring an
anticipated permanent reduction in the
level of bona fide services to 20 percent
or less of the average level of bona fide
services provided in the immediately
preceding 36 months, a plan may treat
another level of anticipated permanent
reduction in the level of bona fide
services as a separation from service,
provided that the level of permanent
reduction required must be set forth in
the plan as a specific percentage, and
the anticipated permanently reduced
level of bona fide services must be
greater than 20 percent but less than 50
percent of the average level of bona fide
services provided in the immediately
preceding 36 months. The plan must
specify the definition of separation from
service on or before the date at which
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
a separation from service is designated
as a time of payment of an amount
deferred, and once designated, any
change to the definition of separation
from service with respect to such
amount deferred will be subject to the
rules regarding subsequent deferrals and
the acceleration of payments.
For example, on or before the time at
which a plan must designate a time and
form of payment for a deferred amount,
the plan may specify that a separation
from service will be deemed to occur at
any time that the employee and
employer reasonably anticipate that the
bona fide level of services the employee
will perform (whether as an employee
or an independent contractor) will be
permanently reduced to a level that is
less than 50 percent of the average level
of bona fide services the employee
performed during the immediately
preceding 36 months (or the entire
period the employee has provided
services if the employee has been
providing services to the employer less
than 36 months).
b. Identification of the Service Recipient
Commentators requested that the
definition of the term service recipient
be expanded for purposes of
determining whether a separation from
service has occurred. The final
regulations generally adopt this
suggestion, so that for purposes of
determining whether a service provider
has separated from service with an
employer or other service recipient, the
service recipient is defined as including
all entities that would be treated as part
of the group of entities comprising the
service recipient under section 414(b)
and (c) and the accompanying
regulations, but substituting a 50
percent ownership level for the 80
percent ownership level in section
414(b) and (c) and the accompanying
regulations. A plan may specify that a
higher or lower percentage ownership
level will be used, provided that the
ownership level may not be higher than
80 percent or lower than 20 percent, and
provided further that an ownership
level of less than 50 percent may be
used only where such use is based on
legitimate business criteria. As
discussed, the plan must specify the
percentage on or before the date at
which a separation from service is
designated as a time of payment of the
amount deferred, and where a plan
changes the definition of separation
from service with respect to amounts
previously deferred, such a change will
be subject to the rules governing
changes to the time and form of
payment, including the anti-acceleration
provisions.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19259
Commentators also requested special
treatment with respect to the
identification of the service recipient in
instances where an amount is deferred
pursuant to a bona fide collective
bargaining agreement covering service
with multiple employers, and the
employee may be expected to perform
services covered by the bona fide
collective bargaining agreement for a
number of different employers.
Specifically, commentators expressed
concern that an employee not be treated
as having separated from service when
a particular period of service with an
employer is completed, if the employee
has made herself available to perform
services covered by the bona fide
collective bargaining agreement for
another employer. The final regulations
generally provide that where the
amount is deferred pursuant to a plan
provided under a bona fide collective
bargaining agreement covering services
with multiple employers, and where
service providers may reasonably
anticipate providing services for more
than one of the participating employers,
the plan may define a separation from
service in a manner that treats the
service provider as not having separated
from service when the service provider
stops performing services for one
employer covered by the agreement and
provides services for another employer
covered by the agreement. The final
regulations also provide that the plan
may not treat a service provider as
having separated from service during
periods where the service provider is
not providing services but has made
herself available to perform services for
a participating employer, provided that
the definition requires that the service
provider be deemed to have separated
from service no later than the end of any
12-month period in which the service
provider has not provided services
covered by the bona fide collective
bargaining agreement to any employer.
c. Bona Fide Leave
Many of the comments with respect to
the definition of separation from service
for an employee concerned the
treatment of bona fide leaves of absence.
For purposes of determining whether a
service provider has separated from
service (and not for purposes of
determining whether a vacation or sick
leave plan is a bona fide vacation or sick
leave plan), a bona fide leave of absence
refers to a leave of absence where there
is a reasonable expectation the service
provider will return to service with the
service recipient. The final regulations
provide that an employment
relationship is treated as continuing
while the individual is on sick leave, or
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19260
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
other bona fide leave of absence, if the
period of such leave does not exceed six
months, or if longer, so long as the
individual retains a right to
reemployment with the service recipient
under an applicable statute or by
contract. For example, where a tenured
professor takes a leave of absence, but
the professor retains a right to
reemployment with the university as
part of the professor’s tenured status,
the professor will not be deemed to have
terminated from employment merely
due to the leave of absence from the
university. If the period of leave exceeds
six months and the individual does not
retain a right to reemployment under an
applicable statute or by contract, the
employment relationship is deemed to
terminate on the first date immediately
following such six-month period.
However, the final regulations modify
the provisions in the proposed
regulations with respect to disability
leave. With respect to disability leave,
the employment relationship will be
treated as continuing for a period of up
to 29 months, unless otherwise
terminated by the employer or the
employee, regardless of whether the
employee retains a contractual right to
reemployment. For this purpose,
disability leave refers to leave due to the
employee’s inability to perform the
duties of his or her position of
employment or any substantially similar
position of employment by reason of
any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to
last for a continuous period of not less
than six months.
d. Salary Continuation Programs and
Terminal Leave
Commentators requested that salary
continuation programs be permitted to
delay the occurrence of a separation
from service, where an employee
continues to receive salary and benefits
and is otherwise treated as an employee,
although not required to perform any
further meaningful services. Some
commentators also requested this
treatment for terminal leave, or leave
intended to bridge a service provider to
a separation from service date that
would permit continuation of benefits
or accrual of additional benefits under,
for example, a qualified plan. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that these types of actions are
subject to manipulation and should not
delay the time when a service provider
is treated as having separated from
service for purposes of section 409A.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not
recognize extensions of leave or salary
and benefits as a means of delaying the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
date of separation from service for
purposes of section 409A. In addition,
terminal leave with no intent to return
generally would not be treated as bona
fide leave for purposes of the rule for
employees addressing bona fide leave.
Commentators expressed concern that
the service recipient may wish to
continue providing certain employee
benefits, including in-kind benefits and
reimbursement plans, during a salary
continuation or terminal leave period.
With respect to the application of
section 409A, such plans generally may
be structured to avoid providing for the
deferral of compensation, or to provide
deferred compensation in compliance
with the requirements of section 409A.
See sections III.J.6 and VII.B.2 of this
preamble. The definition of separation
from service for purposes of section
409A is not applicable for purposes of
other Code provisions, such as those
provisions governing qualified
retirement plans or non-taxable benefits.
e. Rehires and Suspensions of Benefits
Commentators also requested that the
regulations address rehires, and
specifically whether payments of
deferred compensation could be
suspended during a subsequent period
of employment or other service until a
subsequent separation from service.
Such a suspension generally would
violate the rules governing changes in
the time and form of payment because
payments would be delayed in a manner
that does not satisfy the rules applicable
to subsequent deferral elections. Neither
the statutory language of section 409A
nor the legislative history indicates any
intent to permit such additional
flexibility. Moreover, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that
suspension of benefits rules would add
significant complexity to the
administration of the Code section.
However, many of the desired results of
a suspension of benefits provision often
may be obtained through deferrals of
future compensation after rehire.
f. Mergers and Acquisitions
Comments with respect to the
application of the separation from
service standard in the case of a merger
or acquisition generally focused on two
areas. First, commentators requested
that the final regulations adopt
permissive use of the rule generally
referred to as the ‘‘same desk’’ rule,
allowing the parties to an asset purchase
agreement to decide whether employees
of the selling corporation that continue
in the same position with the purchaser
of the assets will be treated as separating
from service. The final regulations adopt
a rule providing that where as part of a
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sale of assets by one service recipient
(seller) to an unrelated service recipient
(buyer), a service provider of the seller
would otherwise experience a
separation from service with the seller,
the seller and the buyer may specify
whether a service provider providing
services to the seller immediately before
the asset purchase transaction and
providing services to the buyer after and
in connection with the asset purchase
transaction has experienced a separation
from service, provided that the asset
purchase transaction results from bona
fide, arm’s length negotiations, all
service providers providing services to
the seller immediately before the asset
purchase transaction and providing
services to the buyer after and in
connection with the asset purchase
transaction are treated consistently
(regardless of position at the seller) for
purposes of applying the provisions of
any nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, and such treatment is specified no
later than the closing date of the asset
purchase transaction. For this purpose,
a sale of assets refers to a transfer of
substantial assets, such as a plant or
division or substantially all of the assets
of a trade or business.
Second, commentators requested
clarification whether a spin-off of a
subsidiary could result in a separation
from service of an employee of the
subsidiary, where the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan defines a
separation from service as including any
action resulting in the employee no
longer being an employee of the
controlled group of corporations
including the parent corporation.
Generally such a transaction would not
result in a termination of employment
for an employee of the subsidiary,
because the employee is continuing
employment with the same employer
both before and after the transaction.
However, the rules that provide a
service recipient discretion to terminate
and liquidate a plan following a change
in control transaction afford taxpayers
the flexibility to pay out their deferred
compensation liabilities in particular
circumstances. See section VIII.B of this
preamble.
3. Directors
The final regulations provide
generally that where a service provider
provides services to a service recipient
both as an employee and as an
independent contractor, the service
provider must separate from service
both as an employee and as an
independent contractor to be treated as
having separated from service. But
where a service provider provides
services both as an employee and a
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
member of the board of directors of a
corporate service recipient, the services
provided as a director are not taken into
account for purposes of determining
whether the service provider has a
separation from service as an employee
for purposes of a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan in which the service
provider participates in his or her
capacity as an employee that is not
aggregated with any plan in which the
service provider participates as a
director. Accordingly, where an
employee-director participates in a
separate plan as an employee, his or her
termination of services as an employee
will constitute a separation from service
for purposes of the employee plan,
regardless of whether he or she
continues providing services as a
director (and vice versa). However, if a
non-employee director is also providing
additional services as an independent
contractor, he or she cannot have a
separation from service for purposes of
section 409A until he or she has
separated from service both as a director
and as an independent contractor.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
4. Delay for Specified Employees
Section 409A(a)(2)(B) provides that
with respect to a specified employee, a
payment of nonqualified deferred
compensation on account of separation
from service may not occur before the
date that is six months after the date of
separation from service (or, if earlier,
the date of death of the employee). For
this purpose, a specified employee is a
key employee of a corporation any stock
of which is publicly traded on an
established securities market or
otherwise. With respect to identifying
specified employees, the final
regulations generally adopt the
provisions set forth in the proposed
regulations, subject to the modifications
and clarifications described in this
preamble.
a. Identification of Specified Employees
Several commentators asked whether
an employee may be subject to the sixmonth delay requirement if the service
recipient stock is publicly traded only
on a foreign exchange or is traded on a
U.S. exchange only as American
depositary receipts or American
depositary shares (ADRs). The final
regulations define an established
securities market for purposes of the sixmonth delay rule by reference to the
rules in § 1.897–1(m), which generally
include foreign securities markets.
Accordingly, the six-month delay may
apply to an employee of a service
recipient the stock of which is publicly
traded solely on a foreign exchange, or
is traded on a U.S. exchange only as
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
ADRs. In the case of a service recipient
comprised of multiple entities, this rule
would apply if one of the entities had
stock that was publicly traded on a
foreign exchange.
Some commentators requested that
the final regulations provide that
specified employees are limited to
common law employees, and do not
include other individuals. Section
409A(a)(2)(B) defines a specified
employee as a key employee as defined
in section 416(i) (without regard to
section 416(i)(5)). Accordingly, where
an individual is treated as a key
employee for purposes of section 416(i),
that individual generally is a specified
employee for purposes of section 409A.
Commentators requested clarification
of how the definition of compensation
under section 415 applies for purposes
of identifying the key employees that
may ultimately be specified employees.
The final regulations clarify that the
general definition of compensation
under § 1.415(c)–2(a), applied as if the
service recipient were not using any safe
harbor provided in § 1.415(c)–2(d), any
of the special timing rules provided in
§ 1.415(c)–2(e), or any of the special
rules provided in § 1.415(c)–2(g), will be
treated as the general definition of
compensation for purposes of
identifying specified employees.
However, the final regulations also
provide that a service recipient may use
any available definition of
compensation under section 415 and the
accompanying regulations, including
any available safe harbor and any
available election under the timing rules
or special rules, provided that the
definition is applied consistently to all
employees of the service recipient for
purposes of identifying specified
employees. A service recipient may
elect to use such a definition of
compensation regardless of whether
another definition of compensation is
being used for purposes of a qualified
plan sponsored by the service recipient.
However, once a list of specified
employees has become effective, the
service recipient cannot change the
definition of compensation for purposes
of identifying specified employees for
the period with respect to which such
list is effective. For a discussion of the
methods for making an election
regarding the definition of
compensation, see section VII.C.4.e of
this preamble.
Commentators requested clarification
of the treatment of the compensation of
certain nonresident alien employees. As
discussed in the preceding paragraph,
for purposes of identifying key
employees, the general definition of
compensation under § 1.415(c)–2(a)
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19261
applies. A service recipient may elect to
apply the rule of § 1.415–2(g)(5)(ii) and
not treat as compensation certain
compensation excludible from an
employee’s gross income on account of
the location of the services or the
identity of the employer that is not
effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United
States. If no such election is made, the
provisions of § 1.415(c)–2(g)(5)(i) would
apply, requiring the treatment as
compensation of certain compensation
excludible from an employee’s gross
income due to the location of the
services or the identity of the service
recipient.
b. Alternative Methods for Applying the
Six-Month Delay Requirement
Commentators expressed concern that
an attempt to identify key employees
could result in an underinclusive list.
Rather than risk a violation,
commentators suggested that service
recipients be permitted to use an
alternative method for determining
employees subject to the six-month
delay requirement, even where such an
alternative method may result in an
over-inclusive list. A nonqualified
deferred compensation plan may
provide that all payments upon
separation from service will commence
six months after the separation from
service, regardless of whether the
service provider is a specified
employee. In addition, the final
regulations provide that a plan may use
an alternative method identifying the
service providers whose distributions
will be subject to a six-month delay,
provided that the alternative method is
reasonably designed to include all
specified employees, the alternative
method is an objectively determinable
standard providing no direct or indirect
election to any service provider
regarding the application of the rule,
and the alternative method results in no
more than 200 service providers being
identified in the class as of any date.
Use of such an alternative method to
delay a payment in accordance with the
rules governing the delay of payments to
a specified employee will not be treated
as a change in the time and form of
payment for purposes of the subsequent
deferral rules even if the service
provider is not a specified employee
when the payment is delayed. However,
if the list fails to include any individual
who is a specified employee and that
individual has a right to a payment of
deferred compensation upon a
separation from service without the
required six-month delay, the plan
providing such right to such individual
will not be in compliance with section
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19262
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
409A. For a discussion of the method of
initiating an alternative method
designation, see section VII.C.4.e of this
preamble.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
c. Specified Employee Effective Date
Issues
Under the proposed regulations, the
employees identified as of an
identification date would become
specified employees effective as of the
first day of the fourth month following
the identification date. Commentators
stated that service recipients who could
compile the list of specified employees
more quickly should be permitted to
make the list effective at an earlier date.
The final regulations provide that the
first day of the fourth month will be the
specified employee effective date if the
service recipient does not specify
another date. However, the final
regulations permit a service recipient to
specify a specified employee effective
date following the specified employee
identification date upon which the new
list of specified employees will become
effective, provided that the specified
employee effective date may not be later
than the first day of the fourth month
following the specified employee
identification date. For example, an
employer that designates December 31
as a specified employee identification
date for purposes of identifying key
employees for purposes of the sixmonth delay rule, may specify any
subsequent date on or before the
following April 1 as the first date of the
12-month period during which such list
of key employees will be treated as
specified employees. To prevent
manipulation, any change to the
specified employee effective date may
not become applicable until 12 months
following the change in such specified
employee effective date.
The final regulations also clarify that
the six-month delay requirement applies
only where the service provider is a
specified employee as of the date of
separation from service, and does not
become applicable if the service
provider is not a specified employee as
of the date of separation from service
even if the service provider
subsequently would have become a
specified employee if the separation had
not occurred.
d. Corporate Transactions
In response to comments, the final
regulations significantly alter the
proposed rules governing the
identification of specified employees
following a corporate transaction, such
as a merger or spin-off. Commentators
requested clarification of the
determination of the next applicable
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
specified employee identification date
following the corporate transaction. In
addition, commentators generally
objected to any rule that resulted in the
treatment of more than 50 employees as
specified employees due to a corporate
transaction (in addition to 1-percent and
5-percent owners treated as specified
employees). The final regulations
generally permit service recipients to
avoid this result, but also permit service
recipients to simply combine the pretransaction separate lists of specified
employees where it is determined that
such treatment would be
administratively less burdensome.
Service recipients can determine
whether to combine such lists on a caseby-case basis, if there are multiple
transactions during the same year.
With respect to mergers and
acquisitions, the final regulations
address combinations of two public
corporations, and combinations of a
public and a closely-held corporation.
For purposes of the discussion of the
rules regarding the treatment of the
identification of specified employees
following such a transaction, references
to specified employees include
specified employees determined under
any permissible method that the entities
participating in the transaction used
immediately before the transaction.
Where two public corporations merge
and become one public corporation, or
a public corporation becomes a
subsidiary of another public
corporation, the final regulations
provide that the resulting service
recipient’s next specified employee
identification date and the first
specified employee effective date
following the transaction is the
specified employee identification date
and specified employee effective date
that the acquiring service recipient
would have been required to use absent
the merger. For the period after the date
of the transaction and before the next
specified employee effective date, the
specified employee list of the resulting
service recipient consists of the 50 most
highly compensated service providers
appearing on the combined lists of the
two service recipients’ specified
employees in effect as of the date of the
transaction, ranking such specified
employees in order of the amount of
compensation used to determine each
specified employees’ status as a
specified employee, plus any 1-percent
and 5-percent owners not otherwise
included who would be treated as
specified employees. Alternatively,
however, the resulting service recipient
may use any other reasonable method to
determine its specified employees
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
immediately after the transaction,
provided that such method is adopted
not later than 90 days after the merger
and applied prospectively from the date
of adoption. For a discussion of the
procedures for adopting such a method,
see section VII.C.4.e of this preamble.
Where a public corporation and a
private corporation merge and become a
public corporation, or where a private
corporation becomes a subsidiary of a
public corporation, the resulting service
recipient’s next specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date following the
transaction will be the specified
employee identification date and
specified employee effective date that
the pre-transaction public corporation
would have been required to use absent
such transaction. For the time period
after the transaction and before the next
specified employee effective date, the
specified employees of the pretransaction public service recipient
immediately before the transaction will
continue to be the specified employees
of the resulting service recipient, and
service providers of the pre-merger
private service recipient will not
become specified employees until the
next specified employee effective date.
Consequently, the nonqualified deferred
compensation plans in which service
providers of the formerly private service
recipient participate will not be
required to contain a plan term delaying
a payment upon separation from service
of such service providers, or to delay
such a payment, until the next specified
employee effective date.
The final regulations also address
spin-off transactions. Where as part of a
corporate transaction, a public service
recipient becomes two separate public
service recipients, the final regulations
provide that the next specified
employee identification date and
specified employee effective date of
each of the post-transaction service
recipients is the specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date that the pretransaction service recipient would have
been required to use absent such
transaction. For the period after the date
of the transaction and before the next
specified employee effective date, the
specified employees of the pretransaction service recipient
immediately before the transaction
continue to be the specified employees
of the post-transaction service
recipients.
The final regulations provide
guidance on initial public offerings and
other corporate transactions where all or
part of a private service recipient
becomes one or more public service
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
recipients. In that case, except as
discussed in this paragraph, each posttransaction public service recipient will
have a December 31 specified employee
identification date and an April 1
specified employee date. Alternatively,
the new public service recipient may
establish a different specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date, provided that
the specified employee identification
date and specified employee effective
date must be established on or before
the date of the initial public offering or
other corporate transaction.
For the period between the date of the
initial public offering or other corporate
transaction and the first specified
employee effective date, the list of
specified employees of each posttransaction public service recipient is
comprised of the service providers that
at the time of the corporate transaction
or public offering would have been
classified as specified employees of the
former private service recipient, had
such service recipient adopted the same
specified employee identification date
and specified employee effective date as
selected by such post-transaction public
service recipient, and had such former
private service recipient been a public
service recipient as of such specified
employee identification date.
e. Alternatives for the Identification of
Specified Employees
As discussed in this preamble, the
final regulations provide certain default
definitions for purposes of identifying
specified employees, where the service
recipient has not adopted another
definition. These default rules include
the following provisions: the specified
employee identification date is
December 31; the specified employee
effective date is April 1; the general
definition of compensation under
§ 1.415(c)–2(a) will apply (without
giving effect to any use of the special
timing rules under § 1.415(c)–2(e) or of
a safe harbor definition of compensation
under § 1.415(c)–2(d)); and certain rules
regarding the identification of specified
employees after a merger of public
service recipients or an initial public
offering or other transaction involving a
formerly nonpublic service recipient
becoming a public service recipient will
apply.
Alternatively, the final regulations
also provide that the service recipient
may use other permissible rules and
definitions, provided that such
alternatives become effective only in
accordance with the rules and deadlines
set forth in the final regulations. In
addition, the final regulations permit a
service recipient to use an alternative
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
method for purposes of identifying
specified employees, with certain
limitations, and to make an election
under § 1.415(c)–2(g)(5)(i) regarding the
treatment as compensation of certain
compensation excludible from an
employee’s gross income due to the
location of the services or the identity
of the employer. For purposes of these
rules, a service recipient may use one of
these alternatives when all necessary
corporate action has been taken to make
such alternative binding for purposes of
all affected deferred compensation plans
in which service providers of the service
recipient participate. Accordingly, as a
practical matter, the service recipient
may find it expedient either to specify
the definition of specified employee in
all of its nonqualified deferred
compensation plans or to retain the
discretion in all such plans to make
such determinations and take any
necessary corporate action in
accordance with each such plan.
f. Application of the Six-Month Delay
Rule
The final regulations reflect the
statutory language that a plan may
provide that a payment will be made,
notwithstanding the six-month delay,
upon the service provider’s death. A
commentator requested similar
treatment for the occurrence of a
disability, unforeseeable emergency, or
change in control event during the six
months following the separation from
service. The Treasury Department and
the IRS do not believe that the statute
permits such flexibility, but rather
categorically prohibits any distribution
due to a separation from service during
the six months following the separation
from service except where the service
provider dies. Accordingly, where a
payment on account of a separation
from service has been delayed because
the service provider is a specified
employee, the payment may not be
accelerated due to disability, a change
in control event, or an unforeseeable
emergency. However, where a payment
is made to a specified employee on
account of disability, a change in
control event, or an unforeseeable
emergency (as defined for purposes of
section 409A), the payment need not be
delayed merely because the specified
employee separates from service after
incurring the disability or unforeseeable
emergency, or after the change in
control event.
Commentators further requested that
various types of periodic benefit
payments be excluded from the sixmonth delay requirement, even if such
payments constitute a payment of
deferred compensation. Commentators
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19263
argued that the requirement to delay
such payments would be excessively
burdensome and impracticable, given
the nature and amount of benefits
generally available under such
arrangements. The Treasury Department
and the IRS are not convinced that
periodic payment or reimbursement
plans should be excluded from the sixmonth delay rule; otherwise, deferred
compensation could simply be
converted to such programs to avoid the
delay. However, as clarified in the final
regulations, certain plans that provide
for reimbursements or in-kind benefits
during the six months following a
separation from service will not be
treated as nonqualified deferred
compensation plans under the rules
governing separation pay plans. See
section III.J.6 of this preamble.
The final regulations also provide that
the required delay of a payment to a
specified employee upon a separation of
service is not violated where the
payment is made before the end of the
six-month period due to an acceleration
of a payment in compliance with the
provisions of the regulations permitting
accelerated distributions due to a
domestic relations order, to satisfy a
Federal, state, local, or foreign ethics
law, or to pay certain employment taxes
(see section VIII of this preamble).
5. Different Times and Forms of
Payment on Separation From Service
Under Specified Circumstances
The final regulations continue to
provide that a time and form of payment
must be specified with respect to each
permissible payment event. Under the
proposed regulations, a second time and
form of payment could be established
for a payment due to a permissible
payment event where the distinction
was based upon the event occurring
before or after a certain date, such as the
service provider reaching a certain age.
Commentators requested that different
times and forms of payment be
permitted if based upon different types
of separations from service. The final
regulations generally provide that the
time and form of payment upon a
separation from service may vary
depending upon either or both of the
following: (1) Whether the separation
from service occurs during a limited
period of time not to exceed two years
following a change in control event as
defined for purposes of section 409A; or
(2) whether the separation from service
occurs before or after a specified date
(for example, the attainment of a
specified age), or before or after a
combination of a specified date and a
specified period of service determined
under a predetermined objective
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19264
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
formula or pursuant to the method for
crediting service under a qualified plan
sponsored by the service recipient. The
addition or deletion of such a different
time and form of payment applicable to
an existing deferral is subject to the
subsequent deferral election rules and
the anti-acceleration rules.
D. Disability
The final regulations generally adopt
the definition of disability and other
provisions related to the payment of an
amount upon a service provider
becoming disabled contained in the
proposed regulations, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble. For this purpose, a
participant is disabled if the participant
is unable to engage in any substantial
gainful activity by reason of any
medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to
last for a continuous period of not less
than 12 months, or is, by reason of any
medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to
last for a continuous period of not less
than 12 months, receiving income
replacement benefits for a period of not
less than 3 months under an accident
and health plan covering employees of
the participant’s employer. The
determination of whether a service
provider is disabled may be made by
any person, including the administrator
of a disability insurance program, and
the plan need not specify who will
make the determination. However, the
plan will be treated as complying with
section 409A only if the disability
required for a payment complies with
the definition of disability under the
regulations, and a payment due to a
disability will be deemed to comply
with section 409A if the service
provider has actually suffered a
qualifying disability. The final
regulations also provide that a plan may
provide that a service provider will be
deemed disabled if the service provider
is determined to be totally disabled by
the Social Security Administration or
the Railroad Retirement Board.
Commentators raised questions
concerning the ability to pay upon the
occurrence of a disability that does not
qualify as a disability under the statute,
where as a result of the disability the
service provider has a separation from
service. Such a payment would not
constitute a payment due to a disability
that complied with section 409A.
However, if the plan provided for a
payment due to the separation from
service, a payment would constitute a
payment due to a separation from
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
service regardless of whether the
separation from service resulted from
such a disability and regardless of
whether the service provider’s right to
receive such payment was conditioned
upon the service provider being
disabled under such disability
definition. For a discussion of the
ability to provide for different times and
forms of payment due to different types
of separations from service, including
separations from service due to certain
disabilities, see section VII.C.4 of this
preamble.
E. Death
Most of the comments with respect to
amounts that are payable due to the
death of a service provider related to
whether a beneficiary of the service
provider could be given the opportunity
to elect a time and form of payment
under a plan without violating section
409A. The final regulations clarify that
elections with respect to the time and
form of payment to a beneficiary are
subject to the general rules governing
subsequent deferrals and accelerated
payments, including elections by either
the service provider or the beneficiary
(with an exception for amounts payable
under a domestic relations order).
However, a change in a beneficiary will
not be treated as a change in the time
and form of payment, if the change in
the time of payment stems solely from
the different life expectancy of the new
beneficiary, such as in the case of a joint
and survivor annuity. Commentators
requested that beneficiaries be
permitted a limited period of time in
which to change the time and form of
payment without being subject to the
subsequent deferral and antiacceleration provisions. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not believe
that the statutory language supports this
type of late deferral election or payment
acceleration. Accordingly, these
suggestions are not adopted in the final
regulations.
F. Change in Ownership or Effective
Control of a Corporation
The final regulations generally adopt
the provisions contained in the
proposed regulations with respect to the
definition of a change in control event,
as well as certain special rules with
respect to payments upon a change in
control event, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble.
One commentator requested that the
threshold for a change in the effective
control of a corporation be lowered from
35 percent to 20 percent, especially for
a public corporation. The legislative
history of section 409A indicates that
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the definition of a change in control
event is to be based upon, but more
restrictive than, the definition provided
in section 280G. H.R. Conf. Rep. No.
108–755, at 730 (2004). Given that
§ 1.280G–1, Q&A–28(a)(1) provides for a
20 percent standard, the adoption of
that standard is not appropriate in light
of the legislative history. However, the
final regulations lower the threshold to
30 percent.
One commentator requested guidance
with respect to the application of the
change in control provisions to nonstock, non-profit corporations. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
considering whether such guidance is
appropriate, and if so what types of
changes could be treated as analogous to
a change in control event involving a
stock corporation. Until further
guidance, a non-stock, non-profit
corporation may apply the change in
effective control provisions in § 1.409A–
3(i)(5) (relating to a change in the
composition of the board of directors)
by analogy to changes in the
composition of its board of directors,
trustees, or other governing body.
The final regulations continue to
provide that in the case of a payment on
account of certain change in control
events (a change in ownership of a
corporation or a change in the
ownership of a substantial portion of a
corporation’s assets), compensation
payable pursuant to the service
recipient’s purchase of service recipient
stock or a service recipient stock right
held by a service provider, or payment
of amounts of deferred compensation
calculated by reference to the value of
service recipient stock, generally may be
treated as complying with the
requirements of section 409A if paid
under the terms and conditions that
govern the payments to shareholders or
the service recipient in connection with
the change in control event. The final
regulations continue to require that such
amounts be paid no later than five years
after the change in control event.
However, the final regulations also
provide that where such compensation
is made subject to a condition on
payment that constitutes a substantial
risk of forfeiture under section 409A
(without regard to the prohibition on
additions or extensions of forfeiture
conditions), and such compensation is
payable under the same terms and
conditions as apply to payments made
to shareholders generally with respect to
stock of the service recipient, or to the
service recipient itself, pursuant to the
change in control event, for purposes of
determining whether such
compensation is a short-term deferral
the requirements of the short-term
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
deferral rule are applied as if the legally
binding right to such compensation
arose on the date that it became subject
to the substantial risk of forfeiture. The
regulations also provide rules under
which certain pre-existing forfeiture
conditions may be extended or modified
in connection with such a change in
control event.
G. Unforeseeable Emergency
The final regulations apply the
provisions set forth in section
409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) regarding payments
upon an unforeseeable emergency. The
final regulations provide that a
distribution on account of unforeseeable
emergency may not be made to the
extent that such emergency is or may be
relieved through reimbursement or
compensation from insurance or
otherwise, by liquidation of the service
provider’s assets, to the extent the
liquidation of such assets would not
cause severe financial hardship, or by
cessation of deferrals under the plan.
The final regulations clarify that for
these purposes, the availability of
payments due to the unforeseeable
emergency under any other
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan as defined for purposes of section
409A, including plans that would be
nonqualified deferred compensation
plans for purposes of section 409A
except due to the effective date of the
statute, or under any qualified plan
(including any assets available by
obtaining a loan under a qualified plan),
need not be considered in determining
whether an emergency is or may be
relieved through other means.
Accordingly, a payment due to an
unforeseeable emergency may be made
pursuant to a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan that is subject to
section 409A even though the financial
need could be satisfied through an
available distribution or loan from a
qualified plan, from a grandfathered
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, or from another nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that is
subject to section 409A.
Section 826 of the Pension Protection
Act of 2006, Public Law 109–280 (120
Stat. 780) modified the rules governing
payments upon an unforeseeable
emergency. Specifically, section 826
requires that the Treasury Department
and the IRS modify the rules for
determining whether a service provider
has had an unforeseeable emergency for
purposes of section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) to
provide that if an event would
constitute a hardship under the plan if
it occurred with respect to the service
provider’s spouse or dependent, such
event will, to the extent permitted under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
a plan, constitute a hardship if it occurs
with respect to a person who is a
beneficiary under the plan with respect
to the service provider. The final
regulations reflect this modification.
H. Multiple Payment Events
The final regulations provide that a
plan may provide for a payment based
upon the earlier of, or the later of, a
series of events, provided that each
payment event would otherwise satisfy
the requirements of section 409A. The
final regulations also provide that for
purposes of the subsequent deferral and
acceleration rules, each payment event
will be viewed separately for purposes
of analyzing the effect of a change in the
time and form of payment. For a
discussion of the effect of the addition
or deletion of a permissible payment
event from such a list, see section IX.C
of this preamble.
I. Delay in Payment by the Service
Recipient
Commentators requested that a
service recipient be permitted to delay
a payment, where the delay is due to
bona fide business concerns such as
cash flow considerations. Where a
payment is delayed due to the operation
of a pre-specified objective,
nondiscretionary formula related to the
business performance of the service
recipient, the payment generally may be
delayed (for example, where payments
in any given year are limited to a certain
percentage of cash flow) provided that
the time for later payment is governed
by the objective, nondiscretionary
formula. See section VII.B.3 of this
preamble. In addition, the final
regulations provide that if at the time of
a specified payment date the making of
the payment would jeopardize the
ability of the service recipient to
continue as a going concern, the
payment will be treated as made upon
the specified payment date if the
payment is made during the first taxable
year of the service provider in which the
making of the payment would not have
such effect. This provision is not
required to be explicitly provided in the
plan.
Because this provision permits the
service recipient to delay any payment
the making of which would jeopardize
the ability of the service recipient to
continue as a going concern, the
provision in the proposed regulations
permitting a delay in payment required
to avoid a violation of a loan covenant
or similar contractual obligation, where
such violation would cause material
harm to the service recipient, has not
been adopted in the final regulations.
Rather, where the payment would result
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19265
in a violation of a loan covenant or
similar contractual obligation, and the
violation would jeopardize the ability of
the service recipient to continue as a
going concern, the payment can be
delayed under the general provision.
The final regulations adopt the
provision of the proposed regulations
that permits a delay in payment
necessary to avoid the application of the
deduction limitation under section
162(m), subject to the following
modifications. First, a plan is not
required to provide explicitly for such a
delay. However, the final regulations
require that where any payment in a
service recipient’s taxable year is
delayed in accordance with this
provision, then all payments that could
be delayed in accordance with this
provision must be delayed (though some
payments may be delayed until after
separation from service and others until
the earliest taxable year in which the
deduction limitation no longer applies).
Second, except as provided in the next
sentence, the regulations provide that
the payment must be made either during
the service provider’s first taxable year
in which the service recipient
reasonably anticipates, or reasonably
should anticipate, that if the service
recipient makes such payment during
such year such payment will not fail to
be deductible because of section 162(m)
or, if later, during the period beginning
on the day the service provider
separates from service and ending on
the later of the last day of the service
provider’s taxable year in which the
separation from service occurs or the
15th day of the third month following
the separation from service. Finally, the
final regulations provide that where the
payment has been delayed until the
service provider’s separation from
service, the six-month delay
requirement for specified employees
may apply. Although commentators
argued that the six-month delay rule
should not apply because the original
payment would not have been subject to
the rule, this same argument could be
made with respect to any deferral
election to have current compensation
paid instead at a separation from
service, and accordingly is not adopted
in the final regulations.
J. Disputed Payments and Refusals to
Pay
The final regulations adopt the
provisions in the proposed regulations
with respect to disputed payments and
refusals to pay, subject to certain
modifications. If a payment is not made
due to a service recipient’s refusal to
pay an amount, the amount generally
will be treated as paid in a timely
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19266
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
manner if the service provider makes
reasonable, good faith efforts to collect
the payment. This provision is intended
to address not only intentional refusals
to pay, but also inadvertent delays (but,
in either case, only if there is no
collusion between the service provider
and service recipient). For example,
where through oversight a service
recipient fails to make a payment on the
required payment date, the payment
will be treated as made on the specified
date if the service provider makes
reasonable, good faith efforts to collect
the payment, generally through
providing timely notice to the service
recipient that the payment is due and
unpaid. For this purpose, efforts to
collect the payment will be presumed
not to be reasonable, good faith efforts
if notice is not given to the service
recipient within 90 days of the latest
date upon which the payment could
have been timely made in accordance
with the terms of the plan and the
regulations and, if not paid, further
measures to enforce the payment are not
taken within 180 days after such date.
For a discussion of payments that are
accelerated due to a settlement of a bona
fide dispute as to the service provider’s
right to the payment, see section VIII.G
of this preamble.
K. Back-to-Back Arrangements
The proposed regulations addressed
certain arrangements under which an
entity (the intermediate service
recipient) receives services from a
service provider and provides services
to a client (the ultimate service
recipient), and the time the intermediate
service recipient is entitled to receive a
payment for services rendered to the
ultimate service recipient is controlled
by the date on which the intermediate
service recipient is obligated to make a
payment of deferred compensation to
the service provider. For example,
assume an intermediate service
recipient provides investment
management services for a group of
investors. Pursuant to a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, the
intermediate service recipient has
agreed to pay its employee a sum certain
when the employee terminates
employment. Under the intermediate
service recipient’s agreement with the
investor group, the investors will pay
the same sum certain to the
intermediate service recipient when the
employee terminates employment. The
proposed regulations referred to these
types of arrangements as back-to-back
arrangements.
The final regulations adopt the
proposed provisions that addressed
back-to-back nonqualified deferred
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
compensation arrangements, subject to
the modifications described in this
section. The final regulations clarify that
the rules addressing back-to-back
arrangements apply regardless of
whether the arrangement between the
service provider and the intermediate
service recipient is actually subject to
section 409A, as long as each
arrangement that is part of the overall
back-to-back scheme complies with the
requirements of section 409A without
regard to whether such arrangement is
actually subject to section 409A.
Accordingly, the accommodations
afforded to back-to-back arrangements
are only applicable to the extent that
each arrangement satisfies the
requirements of section 409A as if those
requirements applied to each such
arrangement (modified in accordance
with the back-to-back rules).
Commentators also requested that,
with respect to taxpayers providing
management services that are not
eligible for the exception from coverage
for independent contractors with
multiple unrelated customers, the
exception from the general payment
timing rules permitting certain back-toback arrangements be expanded to
include not only arrangements where
the payment from an ultimate service
recipient to the intermediate service
recipient is based upon the timing of a
required payment under a section 409A
compliant plan from the intermediate
service recipient to a service provider (a
forward back-to-back arrangement), but
also where the payment to the service
provider is based upon a required
payment under a section 409A
compliant arrangement from the
ultimate service recipient to the
intermediate service recipient (a reverse
back-to-back arrangement). For example,
a service recipient that provides
investment management services to an
investor group may have an
arrangement whereby the investors are
required to pay all amounts due to the
investment manager service recipient if
the investor group terminates the client
relationship, and the investment
manager service recipient in turn has an
agreement with an employee to pay the
employee a certain percentage of the
amount the investor group pays to the
investment manager service recipient,
following termination of the client
relationship. The final regulations do
not provide an exception from the
requirements of section 409A for reverse
back-to-back arrangements, but the
Treasury Department and the IRS will
continue to study the matter.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
VIII. Prohibition of Accelerated
Payments
A. In General
Section 409A(a)(3) provides that a
plan may not permit the acceleration of
the time or schedule of any payment
under the plan, except as provided in
regulations by the Secretary. The final
regulations retain the provisions in the
proposed regulations relating to
accelerated payments, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble.
The final regulations generally
provide that a payment of an amount as
a substitute for a payment of deferred
compensation will be treated as a
payment of the deferred compensation,
including for purposes of the
prohibition on accelerated payments.
Where a payment of an amount results
in an actual or potential reduction of, or
an actual or potential current or future
offset to, an amount of deferred
compensation, or the service provider
receives a loan the repayment of which
is secured by or may be accomplished
through an offset of a nonqualified
deferred compensation benefit, then the
payment or loan is a substitute for the
deferred compensation and is treated as
a payment of the deferred compensation
itself. If a service provider’s rights to
deferred compensation are subject to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
attachment, or garnishment by creditors
of the service provider or the service
provider’s beneficiary, such amounts are
treated as having been paid to the
service provider.
The receipt of a payment of
compensation, or right to a payment of
compensation, proximate to the
purported forfeiture or voluntary
relinquishment of a right to deferred
compensation generally is treated as a
substituted payment for the payment of
the deferred compensation. For
example, where the right to an amount
of deferred compensation is purportedly
relinquished or forfeited, and
concurrently or subsequently the service
provider receives a current bonus
payment, the bonus payment will be
presumed to be a substitute payment for
the amount of deferred compensation.
The presumption is rebuttable by a
showing that the compensation paid
would have been paid regardless of the
relinquishment or forfeiture of the right
to the deferred compensation. For a
discussion of the application of this
provision to amounts forfeitable upon a
separation from service, see section
III.J.1 of this preamble.
A plan may not provide discretion to
a service provider regarding whether a
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
payment will be accelerated under one
of the rules permitting the acceleration
of payments under specified
circumstances (for example, to comply
with a domestic relations order),
including through the provision of an
election. However, where a plan
provides a service recipient discretion
to accelerate payments under one of the
rules permitting the acceleration of a
payment, the failure to accelerate such
a payment will not constitute a
subsequent deferral election.
B. Plan Termination and Liquidation
The proposed regulations contained
provisions permitting a service recipient
to terminate and liquidate a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, including when the service
recipient has declared bankruptcy,
when the service recipient has
participated in certain change in control
events, or at the discretion of the service
recipient, all subject to certain
restrictions and limitations.
Commentators expressed concern over
the restrictions and limitations. Some
comments reflected confusion as to the
meaning of these terms in the context of
section 409A. The termination and
liquidation of a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan involves both the
amendment of the plan to cease
deferrals under the plan and provide for
payment of all benefits accrued under
the plan, and the accelerated payment of
benefits accrued under the plan.
Several comments suggested that the
final regulations expand the
circumstances under which a service
recipient may terminate and liquidate a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. Generally these comments
requested discretion in case of a change
in business conditions or circumstances,
resulting in the service recipient’s desire
to terminate and liquidate the plan. The
final regulations expand the
circumstances under which a sale of
assets of a corporation will result in a
separation from service. See section
VII.C.2.f of this preamble. In addition,
the final regulations continue to allow
the service recipient to terminate and
liquidate a plan during a defined period
following a change in control event.
Outside of these particular business
events, the comments failed to provide
an objective standard or category of
changes in business conditions or
circumstances that would provide a
safeguard against the use of plan
termination and liquidation provisions
to circumvent the prohibition on
accelerations. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not expand the ability of
a service recipient to exercise its
discretion to terminate and liquidate a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
deferred compensation plan. However,
the period of time during which a
service recipient may not commence a
new plan after terminating and
liquidating a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan has been shortened
from five years to three years. Also, the
final regulations provide that a
discretionary plan termination and
liquidation will not qualify for this
exception if it is proximate to a
downturn in the financial health of the
service recipient.
The final regulations clarify the rules
under which a deferred compensation
plan may be terminated and liquidated
upon a change in control event. Under
the final regulations, the service
recipient must, within the 30 days
preceding or the 12 months following
the change in control event, take all
necessary action to terminate and
liquidate the plan and such action must
be irrevocable. In addition, for the plan
to be treated as terminated and
liquidated, all other arrangements that
would be classified with the plan as a
single plan if the same service provider
participated in the plan and all the other
arrangements must be terminated and
liquidated, so that all service providers
who are participants in the plan and all
such other arrangements required to be
terminated and liquidated must receive
all amounts of compensation deferred
under the terminated and liquidated
plan and other arrangements within 12
months of the date the service recipient
takes such irrevocable action to
terminate and liquidate the
arrangements. For purposes of the rule,
the entities comprising the service
recipient are determined immediately
following the change in control event,
and the rule only applies with respect
to service providers for whom a change
in control has occurred. For example,
where the change in control event
consists of a sale of a subsidiary
corporation such that the subsidiary
corporation is no longer treated as a
single service recipient with the
(former) parent corporation, the
requirement to terminate and liquidate
substantially similar arrangements
applies only to the purchaser service
recipient group of corporations that now
owns the subsidiary corporation. In
addition, the rule would apply only to
the service providers that had
experienced a change in control,
generally consisting only of the service
providers of the subsidiary corporation.
Where the change in control event
consists of an asset purchase, the
applicable service recipient with
discretion to terminate and liquidate the
plan is deemed to be the entity retaining
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19267
the deferred compensation liability after
the transaction.
Some commentators asked whether
the plan termination and liquidation
rules apply if a plan is terminated and
liquidated when the service provider
has no vested right to a payment, and
all payments are forfeited. Where the
service recipient retained the unfettered
discretion to terminate such a plan
without paying benefits, the service
provider may not have obtained a
legally binding right to a payment. In
addition, if a service provider forfeits
benefits under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan in exchange for
other taxable benefits, those benefits
may be treated as a payment of amounts
under the nonqualified deferred
compensation plan.
C. Conflicts of Interest and Ethics Rules
The proposed regulations contained a
special accelerated payment rule to
permit accelerated payments required to
be made by a certificate of divestiture.
Notice 2006–64, 2006–29 IRB 88, see
§ 601.601(d)(2), expanded this exception
to address situations in which a letter is
received from the Office of Government
Ethics that divestiture of the deferred
compensation is required. Several
commentators requested an expansion
of these rules.
The final regulations provide that a
payment may be accelerated where
necessary for a Federal officer or
employee in the executive branch to
comply with an ethics agreement with
the Federal government. The final
regulations also provide that a payment
may be accelerated where reasonably
necessary to avoid the violation of a
Federal, state, local, or foreign conflict
of interest law or ethics law (including
where such payment is reasonably
necessary to permit the service provider
to participate in activities in the normal
course of his or her position in which
the service provider would otherwise
not be able to participate under an
applicable law). For this purpose, a
payment will be reasonably necessary to
avoid such a violation if the making of
the payment is a necessary part of a
combination of actions resulting in
compliance with the applicable law. A
payment may be considered necessary
to avoid such a violation even though
actions other than making the payment
could also result in compliance with the
applicable law. For example, as
requested by several commentators, this
provision would provide a public
accounting firm the ability to accelerate
payments where reasonably necessary to
satisfy conflict of interest rules
prescribed by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. This paragraph
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19268
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
is intended to address payments to
service providers, as well as payments
to a spouse or minor children where
such payments are reasonably necessary
to comply with the applicable law. For
this purpose, foreign law is considered
to be applicable only to foreign earned
income from sources within the foreign
country that promulgated such law.
D. State and Local Taxes, RRTA Tax and
Foreign Taxes
Commentators stated that certain state
and local jurisdictions tax nonqualified
deferred compensation plans under a
different set of rules than the Federal
income tax rules, typically by reference
to the rules applicable to FICA taxes.
Commentators also requested that
accelerations be permitted to cover
applicable RRTA taxes. Finally,
commentators requested that
accelerated payments be permitted to
account for the tax laws of foreign
jurisdictions that may not be consistent
with the Federal income tax rules. The
final regulations adopt the suggestions
with respect to state and local taxes,
RRTA taxes, and foreign taxes.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
E. Minimum Distributions Under
Section 280H(d)
One commentator suggested that
acceleration be permitted to allow a
personal service corporation to make
minimum distributions to avoid
taxation under section 280H(d). The
Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that such a provision would give
taxpayers excessive control over the
payment of deferred amounts that
would be inconsistent with the
purposes of section 409A. Therefore,
this suggestion was not adopted.
F. Top Hat Plan Rules
Some commentators requested that
the final regulations permit a service
recipient to accelerate payments or
cancel deferral elections with respect to
a service provider who is not part of a
select group of management or highly
compensated employees for purposes of
the exclusion from coverage under
certain provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
relating to top hat plans. See, for
example, 29 U.S.C. 1051(2). Given the
current lack of clarity with respect to
the scope of coverage of the top hat plan
rules, and the actions required when a
plan participant no longer satisfies the
requirement to qualify for the top hat
plan rules, the Treasury Department and
the IRS are not confident that an
exception to the anti-acceleration
provisions based upon these rules is
feasible. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
G. Settlements of Bona Fide Disputes
Regarding the Right to a Payment
Commentators requested relief for
certain payments made as a settlement
of a dispute as to a service provider’s
right to a deferred amount. For example,
assume that a plan provides for a
payment of deferred compensation upon
a termination of an employee’s
employment other than for cause and
the employee and employer have a bona
fide dispute as to whether the employee
was terminated for cause, and thus
whether the service provider is entitled
to any payment under the plan. The
final regulations provide that payments
may be accelerated, including
acceleration to payment as a lump sum,
where the right to such payments arises
as part of a settlement between the
service provider and the service
recipient of a bona fide dispute as to the
service provider’s right to the deferred
amount. The provision applies only to
a deferred amount, the right to which is
the subject of an arm’s length settlement
of a bona fide dispute between the
service provider and the service
recipient, and only to the portion of the
deferred amount that is the subject of
the bona fide dispute. The provision
does not apply to disputes that relate
only to when (and not whether) a
payment is due. Whether a payment
qualifies for the exception is based on
the particular facts and circumstances.
A payment will be presumed not to
meet this exception unless the payment
is subject to a substantial reduction in
the value of the payment made in
relation to the amount that would have
been payable had there been no dispute
as to the service provider’s right to the
payment. For this purpose, a reduction
that is less than 25 percent of the
present value of the deferred amount in
dispute generally is not a substantial
reduction. In addition, a payment will
be presumed not to meet this exception
if the payment is made proximate to a
downturn in the financial health of the
service recipient.
H. Cashout Rules
Commentators requested various
modifications to the cashout rules
generally expanding the conditions
under which a service recipient may
exercise discretion to cash out a service
provider’s entire amount deferred under
a plan. The final regulations generally
provide that a service recipient may
exercise such discretion at any time that
a service provider’s amount deferred
under the plan is less than the
applicable dollar amount under section
402(g)(1)(B) for that calendar year. For
this purpose, the plan aggregation rules
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
apply, so a service recipient may not use
this rule to cash out an amount under
one arrangement but not another
arrangement where the two
arrangements would be treated as one
plan. The final regulations, unlike the
proposed regulations, do not require
that a service provider have separated
from service for the service recipient to
cash out the amount deferred. In
addition, the plan does not need to be
amended to provide this discretion to
the service recipient. Finally, the
amount has been changed from $10,000
to the limit on elective deferrals under
section 402(g) to permit the amount to
be adjusted for changes in the cost of
living.
The final regulations also provide that
a plan under which amounts are to be
paid in installments may provide for
immediate payment of all remaining
installments if the present value of the
deferred amount to be paid in the
remaining installments falls below a
predetermined amount, and such
immediate payment will not constitute
an accelerated payment for purposes of
§ 1.409A–3(j)(1), provided that such
feature (including the predetermined
amount) is established no later than the
latest time at which the time and form
of payment is otherwise required to be
established, and provided further that
any change in such feature including
the predetermined amount must comply
with the requirements for a change in
the time and form of payment.
I. Other Acceleration Issues
Commentators requested that a
service recipient be permitted to cancel
a service provider’s deferral elections in
two situations. First, commentators
asked that such a cancellation be
allowed when the service provider is
transferred to a position that is not
eligible to participate in the plan. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
not confident that a standard can be
established that would clearly
distinguish a bona fide transfer to an
ineligible position from a pro forma
transfer designed to avoid the
prohibition on accelerated payments,
especially when the underlying plan is
specific to the service provider, as in the
case of an individual employment
agreement, and accordingly the final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
Second, commentators asked that a
service provider’s deferral election be
cancelled if the service provider
becomes disabled. The final regulations
permit the cancellation of the service
provider’s deferral election due to a
disability, provided that for this purpose
a disability is defined as any medically
determinable physical or mental
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
impairment resulting in the service
provider’s inability to perform the
duties of his or her position or any
substantially similar position, where
such impairment can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last
for a continuous period of not less than
six months.
IX. Subsequent Changes in the Time
and Form of Payment
A. In General
The final regulations clarify that the
rules governing changes in the time and
form of payment apply both to service
providers and service recipients.
Accordingly, a service provider, a
service recipient, or both a service
provider and a service recipient may
have and exercise discretion to defer a
deferred compensation payment after
the time and form of payment have been
specified, provided that such discretion
is limited to changes that comply with
the requirements of these regulations
addressing subsequent changes in the
time and form of payment.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
B. Annuities
Many commentators requested
clarification and expansion of the rules
that allow taxpayers to treat actuarially
equivalent life annuities as one form of
payment, thereby allowing elections
among such annuity forms at any time
before the initial annuity payment
without regard to the rules on
subsequent deferral elections. The final
regulations clarify the circumstances
under which two actuarially equivalent
life annuities may be treated as one form
of payment.
The final regulations generally
provide that certain specified features
are ignored for purposes of determining
whether a particular annuity is treated
as a life annuity for purposes of the form
of payment rules (but not for purposes
of determining whether a life annuity
with such a feature is actuarially
equivalent to a life annuity without
such a feature). The specified features
include: (1) Term certain features (under
which annuity payments continue for
the longer of the life of the annuitant or
a fixed period of time); (2) pop-up
provisions (under which payments
increase upon the death of the
beneficiary or another event that
eliminates the right to a survivor
annuity); (3) cash refund features (under
which payment is provided upon the
death of the last annuitant in an amount
that is not greater than the excess of the
present value of the annuity at the
annuity starting date over the total of
payments before the death of the last
annuitant); (4) Social Security or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
Railroad Retirement leveling features
(including leveling features related to
early retirement, survivor or disability
benefits); and (5) features applying a
permissible cost-of-living index.
Accordingly, a life annuity with any of
the specified features may be treated as
a life annuity without regard to the fact
that the features cause the annuity to
fail to satisfy the general definition for
life annuities, for example, because the
periodic payments are not substantially
equal. However, the life annuity with
such a feature may only be treated as the
same form of payment as a life annuity
without such a feature if the two life
annuities are actuarially equivalent
(taking into account the feature) and
have the same initial payment date.
Commentators also raised issues
concerning the availability of subsidized
joint and survivor annuities. The final
regulations provide that for purposes of
the definition of a time and form of
payment, a subsidized joint and
survivor annuity is treated as actuarially
equivalent to a single life annuity
provided that, neither the annual
lifetime annuity benefit nor the annual
survivor benefit available under the
joint and survivor annuity is greater
than the annual lifetime annuity benefit
available under the single life annuity.
For example, a single life annuity
providing $100 a month for the lifetime
of the service provider may be treated as
actuarially equivalent to a joint and
survivor annuity providing up to $100
a month for the lifetime of the service
provider and up to $100 a month to the
surviving joint annuitant.
Commentators asked whether the
actuarial assumptions and methods
used to determine actuarial equivalency
must be applied consistently. The final
regulations clarify that in determining
whether two life annuities are
actuarially equivalent, the same
actuarial assumptions and methods
must be used in valuing each life
annuity. This requirement applies over
the entire term of the service provider’s
participation in the plan, such that the
annuities must be actuarially equivalent
at all times for the annuity options to be
treated as one time and form of
payment. However, provided the
actuarial methods and assumptions are
reasonable, there is no requirement that
consistent actuarial assumptions and
methods be used over the term of the
service provider’s participation in the
plan. Accordingly, the plan may change
the actuarial assumptions and methods
used to determine the life annuity
payments, provided that all of the
actuarial assumptions and methods are
reasonable. In addition, there is no
requirement that the actuarial
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19269
assumptions and methods used under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan be the same as those used in a
qualified plan sponsored by the service
recipient.
C. Application to Multiple Payment
Events
The final regulations continue to
provide that the subsequent deferral and
anti-acceleration rules generally will
apply to the addition or deletion of a
permissible payment event.
Commentators asked for clarification of
how these rules apply.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that a failure to provide for a
payment event at death, disability or an
unforeseeable emergency generally will
result from oversight, and that the
addition of such a provision generally
would not be abusive. Accordingly, the
final regulations provide that the
addition of death, disability, or an
unforeseeable emergency as a
potentially earlier payment event is a
permissible acceleration. This provision
does not apply to the addition of death,
disability, or an unforeseeable
emergency as a potentially later
payment event, such as through the
addition of death as a payment event to
a plan providing for a payment of
deferred compensation on a fixed date,
so that after the change the payment
would be due on the later of the fixed
date or death. Nor, for example, would
it apply to an amendment of a plan to
substitute a service provider’s death as
a new payment event, instead of a fixed
payment date. In those cases, the rules
governing subsequent deferral elections
apply. In addition, the substitution of
death as a payment event for an amount
that is deferred compensation will not
cause the plan to be treated as a death
benefit plan not subject to section 409A,
but the substitution or addition of a
payment event other than death as a
payment event in a death benefit plan
may result in the plan being treated as
providing for deferred compensation.
The anti-acceleration provisions
apply to the addition of a specified date
or fixed schedule, a change in control
event, or separation from service as a
potentially earlier payment event,
including the substitution of one of
these payment events for another
payment event. In addition, the antiacceleration provisions apply where a
payment event is removed from a plan
term requiring payment upon the latest
of two or more payment events. The
provisions governing subsequent
deferral elections apply to all changes in
the time and form of payment, whether
resulting from the addition, deletion or
substitution of another payment event.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19270
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Commentators requested clarification of
how this provision would apply where
the events were not specified dates,
such as the substitution of a change in
control payment event for a separation
from service event. In such a situation,
to satisfy the rules governing subsequent
deferrals, this substitution would only
be permissible if the change were not
effective for one year, and provided that
the payment would only occur upon the
later of a change in control event or at
least five years following a separation
from service.
D. Application to Domestic Relations
Orders
The final regulations provide that the
rules governing changes in the time and
form of payment do not apply to
changes in the time and form of
payment under the terms of a domestic
relations order, to the extent the change
in the time and form of payment applies
to a payment that will be made to the
alternate payee and not the service
provider. Accordingly, for example, a
domestic relations order generally may
provide for a new time and form of
payment to a spouse or former spouse
of the service provider, or provide such
spouse or former spouse discretion to
determine the time and form of payment
to such spouse or former spouse.
X. Application to Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plans Linked to Qualified
Plans and Other Arrangements
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
A. Plans Linked to Qualified Plans and
Certain Broad-Based Foreign Retirement
Plans
The final regulations generally adopt
the relief provided in the proposed
regulations with respect to the electiontiming and the anti-acceleration rules
for changes in the amount of benefits
under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan that result from an
election (or failure to elect) by a service
provider, or an amendment by a service
recipient, in respect of a subsidized or
ancillary benefit under a qualified plan.
In response to comments, this relief is
similarly extended to certain broadbased foreign retirement plans. In
addition, this relief is extended for
benefit formulas that include a
reduction for amounts credited to the
service provider’s account under a taxqualified plan (which may include
matching contributions) or certain
broad-based foreign retirement plans
that provide benefits expressed as an
account balance.
In response to comments, the final
regulations also clarify that the linked
plan relief provided for elective
deferrals (including designated Roth
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
contributions) and matching type
contributions, each up to the section
402(g) dollar limit on elective deferrals,
are separate, additive limits and are not
a single, coordinated limit. In addition,
the final regulations clarify that the
section 402(g) dollar limits are increased
by the limit on catch-up contributions
under section 414(v) for any year in
which the service provider qualifies for
such increase.
Commentators raised issues
concerning other types of plans under
which a service provider must
participate in a qualified plan to receive
nonqualified deferred compensation.
Specifically, commentators asked
whether a plan could comply with
section 409A if it provided that an
employee must defer the maximum
amount permissible under a qualified
plan in order to defer any amount under
a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. Where the service provider can
change the service provider’s election to
defer the maximum amount permissible
under the qualified plan during the
taxable year, and thereby change or
discontinue deferrals under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the service provider can
effectively make a late election to defer
(or not defer) amounts under the
nonqualified plan. The final regulations
generally do not provide any additional
relief with respect to this type of plan.
However, where the additional amounts
deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan reflect only
matching contributions that would be
available under the qualified plan
absent the restrictions in the qualified
plan intended to reflect limits on
qualified plan contributions under
sections 401(m) and 401(a)(17), the final
regulations provide relief but solely
with respect to the matching amount
that could have been contributed to the
qualified plan absent such limits.
Commentators also stated that the
rules in the proposed regulations did
not adequately address the impact of
after-tax contributions. Specifically,
commentators requested relief for
service providers who change their
after-tax contributions (other than
designated Roth contributions) under a
qualified plan during a year where such
decrease causes a corresponding change
in nonqualified plan elective deferrals.
The final regulations provide some
additional relief concerning matching or
other contributions contingent upon the
making of an after-tax contribution.
However, other suggestions were not
adopted in the final regulations, because
the Treasury Department and the IRS
are concerned that such plans may give
the service provider excessive control
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
over amounts deferred under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, contrary to the statutory intent.
B. Plans Linked to Cafeteria Plans
Commentators expressed concern that
changes to elections under a section 125
cafeteria plan could change the amount
of eligible compensation used for
purposes of a benefit formula under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan and thereby create an
impermissible deferral election or
acceleration of payment under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. The final regulations provide relief
from the deferral election-timing and
anti-acceleration rules for changes to
section 125 elections properly made in
accordance with the rules under section
125, to the extent that the change in the
amount deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan results
solely from the application of the
change in amount of eligible
compensation resulting from the
election change under the cafeteria plan
to a benefit formula based upon the
service provider’s eligible
compensation, and only to the extent
that such change applies in the same
manner as any other increase or
decrease in the eligible compensation
would apply to such benefit formula.
C. Offsets
i. In General
Some commentators requested
clarification whether an arrangement
under which a specified amount paid by
a service recipient to a service provider
reduces or offsets an amount that is
payable to the service provider under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan will be treated as providing for an
acceleration of a payment under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. As an example, one commentator
stated that a plan may require that any
payout at separation from service of
accrued leave that is determined to be
in excess of the correct amount of such
payment will be deducted from the
amount due under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, rather than
repaid separately by the service
provider. One commentator suggested
that offsets be permitted for all service
provider debts of a kind and in amounts
customarily incurred in the ordinary
course of the business relationship
between the service provider and the
service recipient.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that the unfettered discretion to
settle debts between a service recipient
and a service provider through offsets
from payments of nonqualified deferred
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
compensation is not consistent with the
intent of the statute, because it creates
opportunities to disguise accelerated
payments of deferred compensation.
Accordingly, amounts that currently or
in the future may be offset against
nonqualified deferred compensation are
treated as payments of deferred
compensation and may violate the antiacceleration rules under section 409A.
See section VIII.A of this preamble.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS agree that the ability to offset
small routine debts against amounts
payable under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan is useful so that
service recipients can avoid the
administrative burden involved in
paying deferred compensation amounts
to a service provider while at the same
time attempting to collect small
amounts owed by the same service
provider. Accordingly, the final
regulations provide that payments of
deferred compensation may be offset by
amounts owed to the service recipient
by the service provider, where such debt
is incurred in the ordinary course of the
service relationship, to the extent the
entire offset in any taxable year does not
exceed $5,000 and the offset is taken at
the same time and in the same amount
as the debt otherwise would have been
due from the service provider.
ii. Social Security Benefits and
Disability Benefits
Commentators requested clarification
of the treatment of nonqualified
deferred compensation plans that offset
benefits with payments received as
Social Security benefits and disability
benefits. A plan provision providing for
a direct, dollar-for-dollar reduction of
payments due under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan by the
amount of payments received or
receivable as Social Security benefits
will not fail to provide for a fixed
schedule of payments. However, the
rule relates solely to direct reductions in
deferred compensation benefits to
reflect eligibility for, or payment of,
Social Security benefits, and does not
permit other changes in the time and
form of benefit based upon a service
provider’s eligibility or elections related
to Social Security benefits. A reduction
in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan benefit equal to the
amount receivable under a service
recipient sponsored disability plan
generally will be treated similarly,
provided that a substantial number of
service providers participate in the
disability plan. However, to allow the
payment schedule to qualify as a fixed
schedule, the disability plan must be
established before the date the service
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
provider becomes disabled. In addition,
any subsequent amendment to the
disability plan or other change in the
benefit payable under the disability plan
may result in an acceleration of a
payment or a subsequent deferral under
the nonqualified deferred compensation
plan unless the facts and circumstances
establish otherwise (for example,
because the amendment or change
results from actions taken by an
independent third party, such as an
unrelated insurer that issued a disability
insurance policy for such disability
plan, over which the service recipient
and service provider have no control, or
an action of the service recipient with
respect to the disability plan that is
generally applicable to a substantial
number of other service providers who
participate in such disability plan and
has a material effect on the disability
benefits of such other service providers).
XI. Statutory Effective Dates
A. Effective Dates—Earned and Vested
Amounts
As provided in section 885(d) of the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004,
section 409A generally is effective for
amounts deferred after December 31,
2004. The final regulations adopt the
definition set forth in the proposed
regulations of an amount deferred on or
before December 31, 2004, for purposes
of the effective date, subject to the
modifications described in this
preamble. The final regulations clarify
that the grandfathered amount includes
any account balance that is earned and
vested, as well as the present value of
any earned and vested right to future
account credits, even if such amounts
had not been credited to the account as
of December 31, 2004. For example, if
a service provider had a vested right on
December 31, 2004, to have a bonus
amount added to the service provider’s
account balance in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, the service
provider’s grandfathered amount would
include the amount of such bonus even
though such amount was not calculated
and credited to the account until some
time in 2005.
B. Effective Dates—Calculation of
Grandfathered Amount
One commentator requested that the
grandfathered amount in a nonaccount
balance plan be expressed in terms of
the form of benefit under the plan. So,
for example, where the normal benefit
was expressed in the form of an annuity
payable at a certain age, that is how the
amount of the grandfathered benefit
would also be expressed. The final
regulations do not adopt this suggestion,
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19271
but reach a similar result by providing
that any actuarial assumptions and
methods that were reasonable to use as
of December 31, 2004, may continue to
be used in subsequent years for
purposes of determining the
grandfathered amount.
C. Material Modifications
Section 885(d)(2) of the American
Jobs Creation Act of 2004 provides
generally that amounts deferred in
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2005, are treated as amounts deferred
in a taxable year beginning on or after
such date if the plan under which the
deferral is made is materially modified
after October 3, 2004. The final
regulations adopt the definition set forth
in the proposed regulations of a material
modification for these purposes, subject
to the changes described in this
preamble.
For purposes of the definition of a
material modification under the
effective date rules, the final regulations
incorporate the exclusions from the
definition of a modification for purposes
of the rules governing stock rights. For
example, a change to a discounted
grandfathered stock right that could be
covered by section 409A if materially
modified under the effective date rules,
will not be treated as materially
modified and subject to section 409A if
the change would not be treated under
the rules governing stock rights as a
modification resulting in treatment as a
new grant of a stock right or an
extension resulting in treatment of the
stock right as having had a deferral
feature from the date of grant.
The final regulations provide that
neither the amendment of a plan to
include a provision allowing for a
payment to a person other than the
service provider due to the application
of a domestic relations order, nor the
making of a payment in compliance
with a domestic relations order where a
plan did not address the ability to make
such a payment, is treated as a material
modification for purposes of the
grandfathering rules.
Commentators also requested that a
grandfathered plan be permitted to
remove a provision requiring a
cancellation of deferrals for a prescribed
period of time under all nonqualified
deferred compensation plans to receive
a distribution from the grandfathered
plan, without resulting in a material
modification. Commentators argued that
because the enforcement of such a
provision by cancelling a current
deferral election generally would result
in an immediate violation of section
409A, the inability to remove the
requirement that the deferral election be
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19272
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
cancelled effectively nullifies the
grandfathered right. Under the final
regulations, an amendment to a
grandfathered plan that changes such a
provision to require a cancellation of
deferrals for the equivalent period of
time beginning with the first possible
date that such a cancellation would not
result in a prohibited accelerated
payment (generally the beginning of the
subsequent calendar year for a service
provider with a calendar year taxable
year) will not constitute a material
modification. For example, taxpayers
may amend an early distribution
provision that requires the immediate
cessation of deferrals for 12 months to
apply only to deferrals over the first 12
month period with respect to which the
service provider can make a timely
deferral election, for example, by
prohibiting deferrals of compensation
attributable to services performed
during the service provider’s next
taxable year.
Commentators requested clarification
of the effect of a material modification
of a plan. The specific consequences of
a material modification of a plan are
being considered as part of the
anticipated guidance related to income
inclusion and calculation. However, the
final regulations provide that for
amounts deferred in taxable years
beginning before January 1, 2005, under
a plan that is materially modified after
October 3, 2004, whether the plan
complies with the requirements of
section 409A is determined by reference
to the terms of the plan in effect, and
any actions taken under the plan, on
and after the date of the material
modification. Accordingly, where the
materially modified plan is compliant
with section 409A and these regulations
immediately following the material
modification, the material modification
generally will not itself result in a
violation.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
XII. Effective Date of Final Regulations
A. Existing Transition Relief
Nothing in this preamble or the final
regulations is intended to restrict the
otherwise applicable transition relief.
For a description of the applicable
transition relief, see Notice 2006–79,
2006–43 IRB 763 (extension of certain
transition relief through 2007), Notice
2006–64, 2006–29 IRB 88 (transition
relief applicable to certain accelerated
payments necessary to comply with
Federal ethics requirements), Notice
2006–33, 2006–15 IRB 754 (transition
rules with respect to section 409A(b)),
Notice 2006–4, 2006–3 IRB 307
(transition relief with respect to the
valuation standards applicable to stock
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
rights issued on or before the effective
date of the final regulations for purposes
of the exclusion from coverage under
section 409A for certain stock rights),
the preamble to the proposed
regulations (extension of certain
transition relief through 2006), and
Notice 2005–1, 2005–1 CB 274 (initial
transition relief). See § 601.601(d)(2).
B. Application of Final Regulations
The final regulations are generally
effective January 1, 2008. For periods
before January 1, 2008, the standards
and transition rules set forth in Notice
2006–79 continue to apply. For further
information regarding the transition
relief for periods before the effective
date of the final regulations, see Notice
2006–79 and section XI of the preamble
to the proposed regulations.
Commentators requested clarification
of the impact of the final regulations
becoming effective January 1, 2008, on
plans that continue to defer
compensation on or after January 1,
2008. Specifically, commentators asked
whether actions taken with respect to
nonqualified deferred compensation
plans that would not have resulted in
income inclusion under section 409A
before 2008 because such actions were
consistent with applicable guidance, but
would not be consistent with the final
regulations, would need to be modified
to avoid income inclusion under section
409A in 2008 and later years. The
following sections discuss the effect of
the final regulations with respect to the
requirements necessary to comply with
section 409A, including the various
requirements necessary for a plan to be
excluded from coverage under section
409A.
C. Stock Rights
Many of the comments related to
stock options and stock appreciation
rights. Some commentators requested
that section 409A not apply to any stock
rights issued before the effective date of
the final regulations. Neither the statute
nor the legislative history indicates an
intent for such a broad exception. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
understand that certain aspects of the
guidance on stock rights have changed.
However, the final regulations generally
expand the exclusion from coverage
under section 409A for certain stock
rights to eliminate many issues raised
by the proposed regulations. In
addition, with respect to certain types of
stock rights, such as discounted stock
options, the guidance has explicitly and
consistently indicated that either rights
that would be excluded from coverage
under section 409A must be substituted
for such rights or such rights must be
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
modified to comply with section 409A.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not
adopt a categorical exclusion from
coverage under section 409A of all stock
rights issued before the issuance of the
final regulations.
Commentators also asked whether a
stock option must be repriced to avoid
coverage under section 409A if the
exercise price would be treated as
having been set at fair market value
under section 409A under the
applicable guidance, but would not be
treated as having been set at fair market
value if the standard of the final
regulations had been applicable. For
this purpose, the guidance provided in
Notice 2006–4, 2006–3 IRB 307, see
§ 601.601(d)(2), remains in effect. Notice
2006–4 provided certain standards
applicable to stock rights issued before
January 1, 2005, for determining
whether the exercise price of such stock
right would be treated as having been
set at fair market value for purposes of
the exclusion from coverage under
section 409A for certain stock rights. As
provided in Notice 2006–4, for stock
rights issued before January 1, 2005, the
standards applicable to incentive stock
options under section 422 are
applicable. Generally this means that
where the sole reason the stock right
would fail to qualify for the exclusion
from coverage under section 409A is
due to the exercise price not being set
at or above fair market value, the
exercise price will be treated as set at or
above fair market value if based upon a
good faith attempt by the issuer to set
the exercise price at or above fair market
value. As further explained in Notice
2006–4, for stock rights issued on or
after January 1, 2005, but before January
1, 2008, the provisions of Notice 2005–
1 will apply, generally requiring that
fair market value for purposes of setting
the exercise price of a stock right must
be determined using a reasonable
valuation method. In addition, for stock
rights issued on any date before January
1, 2008, taxpayers may rely upon the
provisions of the proposed or final
regulations with regard to the
determination of the fair market value of
the underlying stock.
Commentators requested that
taxpayers not be required to bring stock
rights granted before January 1, 2008,
into compliance with section 409A if
such rights were properly treated as not
being subject to section 409A under the
applicable guidance, but instead be
permitted to keep such rights
outstanding and unmodified.
The final regulations significantly
expand the permissible classes of stock
and the permissible issuers of stock
under the service recipient stock rule,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
and taxpayers may rely on the final
regulations for periods before the
effective date of the final regulations. In
addition, with respect to stock rights
issued before April 10, 2007 on stock
that would have constituted service
recipient stock under a reasonable good
faith interpretation of the statute and
applicable guidance, but would not
constitute service recipient stock under
the final regulations, such stock will
continue to constitute service recipient
stock for purposes of applying section
409A to such stock right until the
exercise or termination of such right, or
until the stock right is modified in a
manner that is treated as the grant of a
new right. However, for a stock right
issued on or after April 10, 2007, stock
subject to such stock right will not be
treated as service recipient stock after
December 31, 2007, unless such stock
satisfies the requirements of the final
regulations, and if the stock does not
satisfy these requirements, such stock
right will be required to be modified
either to be excluded from coverage
under section 409A, or to comply with
the requirements of section 409A and
these regulations.
Commentators also expressed
concerns about modifications and
extensions of stock rights that occur
before January 1, 2008. Different
concerns and arguments arise
depending upon whether these
modifications and extensions occurred
on or before the enactment of the statute
(October 23, 2004), on or before the
issuance of Notice 2005–1 (December
20, 2004), on or before the issuance of
the proposed regulations (September 30,
2005) or on or before the effective date
of the final regulations (January 1,
2008). The final regulations significantly
expand the permissible types of
modifications and extensions that will
not result in treatment of the stock right
as a new grant or as having had a
deferral feature from the date of grant,
and taxpayers may rely on these
regulations for periods before the
effective date of the regulations. In
addition, any modifications or
extensions occurring before the
enactment of the statute (October 23,
2004) will not be considered in
determining whether the right is
excluded from coverage under section
409A. Finally, any extension granted
before April 10, 2007 solely in order to
give the holder of a stock right an
additional period of time within which
to exercise the stock right beyond the
time originally prescribed is disregarded
for purposes of the rules treating certain
extensions as deferral features from the
time of grant. See § 1.409A–1(b)(5)(v)(C).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
D. Initial Deferral Elections
Commentators asked whether and to
what extent the final regulations would
impact initial deferral elections made
before the effective date of the final
regulations. If a deferral election made
before January 1, 2008, was consistent
with the proposed regulations or the
applicable transition guidance, the
initial deferral election will be deemed
to comply with the provisions of section
409A, regardless of whether the period
of deferral extends beyond December
31, 2007.
In addition, commentators asked
whether and to what extent the final
regulations would impact programs
established before the effective date of
the final regulations, where initial
deferral elections have not been made
by January 1, 2008. For example,
commentators asked how section 409A
would apply if a service recipient has
interpreted a program as providing for
performance-based compensation and
permitted deferral elections to occur in
2008 or later in accordance with the
rules governing deferrals of
performance-based compensation, but
such compensation does not qualify as
performance-based compensation under
the final regulations. For a program
established before April 10, 2007 that
under a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of the statute and
applicable guidance would have
permitted an initial deferral election to
be made after December 31, 2007, and
on or before December 31, 2008, an
initial deferral election will be deemed
to comply with the initial deferral
election rules if made by the deadline
established in the plan. For a program
established before April 10, 2007 that
under a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of the statute and
applicable guidance would have
permitted an initial deferral election to
be made after December 31, 2008, an
initial deferral election will be deemed
to comply with the initial deferral
election rules if made by December 31,
2008.
E. Designation of Time and Form of
Payment
Notice 2005–1 and the preamble to
the proposed regulations consistently
provide that elections as to the time and
form of payment of deferred
compensation would need to be
compliant with the final regulations by
the time such regulations were effective.
Both Notice 2005–1 and the preamble to
the proposed regulations provide
detailed transition guidance, generally
permitting service providers and service
recipients to change the time and form
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19273
of payment at any time through the end
of the transition period. Accordingly, a
payment scheme that violates the
provisions of the final regulations will
need to be brought into compliance with
the final regulations in accordance with
the transition relief.
F. Service Providers in Pay Status
Commentators asked how the final
regulations apply to service providers
that are already in pay status, where the
payment trigger is based upon a
reasonable, good faith interpretation of
the statute and applicable guidance but
is not in compliance with the final
regulations. This may occur where the
service provider has already begun
receiving payments before January 1,
2008, or where all events necessary to
receive the payment have occurred
before January 1, 2008. For example, a
service provider may have been treated
as having separated from service before
January 1, 2008, under a reasonable,
good faith interpretation of the statute,
but would not be treated as having
separated from service under the final
regulations. Where payments have
commenced before January 1, 2008, the
plan may continue to make such
payments consistent with the
application of the plan terms at the time
the payments commenced, or may halt
such payments on or before December
31, 2007, and amend the time and form
of any remaining payments to comply
with the final regulations in accordance
with the transition guidance provided.
Where payments have not commenced
by January 1, 2008, but all the events
necessary to receive the payment have
occurred, the plan may make payments
in accordance with the application of
the plan terms on December 31, 2007, or
may amend the time and form of
payments to comply with section 409A
in accordance with the transition
guidance provided. Similarly, where
payments have not commenced on or
before December 31, 2007, because the
service provider was treated as not
having separated from service under a
reasonable, good faith interpretation,
but under the final regulations the
service provider would be treated as
having separated from service on or
before December 31, 2007, the plan
must treat the service provider as having
separated from service on a date on or
after April 10, 2007 and on or before
December 31, 2007. Nothing in this
paragraph is to be construed to permit
the continuation of any payment
schedule based upon an application of
section 409A on or before December 31,
2007, that failed to meet the
requirements of the applicable
transition guidance. In addition, nothing
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19274
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
in this paragraph is intended to waive
the application of the constructive
receipt doctrine or section 451 with
respect to any discretion provided to the
service provider (or former service
provider) with respect to the application
of these provisions.
In addition, commentators asked how
the final regulations would apply in the
case of the six-month delay for specified
employees of public corporations.
Where a separation from service occurs
on or before December 31, 2007, under
circumstances that under a reasonable,
good faith interpretation of the statute
and applicable guidance would not
result in application of the six-month
delay requirement for a payment to a
specified employee, the beginning or
continuation of payments of deferred
compensation on or after January 1,
2008, will not result in a violation of the
six-month delay requirement for a
payment to a specified employee.
XIII. Additional Transition Relief
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
A. Collectively Bargained Plans
Consistent with Notice 2006–79,
§ 3.05, the final regulations provide that
a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan maintained pursuant to one or
more collective bargaining agreements
in effect on October 3, 2004, is not
required to comply with the provisions
of section 409A on or before the earlier
of the date on which the last of such
collective bargaining agreements
terminates (determined without regard
to any extension of any agreement after
October 3, 2004) or December 31, 2009.
With respect to amounts deferred
under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan maintained pursuant
to one or more collective bargaining
agreements in effect on October 3, 2004,
the plan may provide, or be amended to
provide, for new payment elections with
respect to both the time and form of
payment of such amounts, and the
election or amendment will not be
treated as a change in the time or form
of payment under section 409A(a)(4) or
an acceleration of a payment under
section 409A(a)(3), provided that the
plan is so amended and elections are
made before the date on which section
409A first applies to such plan. A
deferral election may be made with
respect to an amount that is a short-term
deferral within the meaning of
§ 1.409A–1(b)(4), provided that the
election is made before the date on
which section 409A would apply to an
amount deferred under such plan and
before January 1 of the calendar year in
which the amount would otherwise
have been paid.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
B. Requirement To Amend Plans on or
Before December 31, 2007
Where there have been deferrals of
compensation under a plan as of
January 1, 2008 but the deferred
compensation has not been paid, the
plan must be made compliant with
section 409A on or before December 31,
2007, with respect to such deferred
compensation. These amendments are
required only to bring the document
into compliance effective January 1,
2008, and are not required to reflect any
amendments made or actions taken
under the transition rules to the extent
such amendments or actions do not
affect the plan’s compliance with
section 409A and these regulations for
periods on or after January 1, 2008. For
example, if a plan contains a haircut
provision permitting an immediate
distribution contingent on the forfeiture
of a certain portion of a deferred
amount, the haircut provision need not
be removed retroactively for periods
before January 1, 2008, where the plan
has been operated in compliance with
the applicable transition guidance (and
thus no payment pursuant to the haircut
provision has been made after December
31, 2004). In addition, a plan need not
be amended to be made compliant with
section 409A with respect to amounts
deferred under the plan that were paid
on or before December 31, 2007, in
compliance with the transition
guidance. However, the taxpayer must
be able to demonstrate that the plan was
operated in compliance with the
transition guidance, including
demonstrating that amounts were
deferred or paid in compliance with the
transition rules. For example, where
payments were made in conjunction
with elections of payment dates by
either the service recipient or service
provider during the transition period,
the taxpayer must be able to
demonstrate that the elections were
provided and made in accordance with
the transition rules.
XIV. Calculation and Timing of Income
Inclusion Amounts, Reporting and
Withholding
A. In General
These regulations do not address the
calculation and timing of amounts
required to be included in income under
section 409A(a). Nor do these
regulations address the reporting and
withholding requirements applicable to
service recipients providing
nonqualified deferred compensation
covered by section 409A. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to issue
further guidance, including such
transition guidance as may be
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
appropriate with respect to the reporting
and withholding requirements. See
Notice 2006–100, 51 IRB 1109, for
transition rules applicable to the
reporting and withholding requirements
for 2005 and 2006. See § 601.601(d)(2).
B. Operational Violations During the
Transition Period
Commentators on the proposed
regulations and Notice 2006–100 asked
whether a service provider whose
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan violated section 409A in operation
before January 1, 2008, would be
required to include an amount in
income under section 409A only in the
taxable year of the service provider in
which the operational failure occurred
(assuming this was the only year of an
operational failure), or in such year and
all prior years beginning after December
31, 2004. Commentators argued that for
years before the operational violation,
the taxpayer could be treated as
operating the plan in reasonable, good
faith compliance with the statute and
Notice 2005–1, and therefore should be
required to include an amount in
income under section 409A only for the
year in which the operational violation
occurred. For example, where a
taxpayer exercised a discounted stock
option covered by section 409A in 2006,
commentators argued that the taxpayer
should be treated as operating the plan
in reasonable, good faith compliance
with section 409A during 2005, so that
the taxpayer would be required to
include an amount in income as a result
of the section 409A violation only to
2006.
Where an operational failure occurs in
2006 or 2007, and no operational
failures occurred in any prior year, the
taxpayer (including the service
recipient) may report the amounts
required to be included in income under
section 409A as taxable income only in
the year of the operational failure. In
addition, where the violation results
from a payment, a taxpayer may include
the required amount in income only for
the year in which such violation occurs,
regardless of whether the portion of the
deferred compensation plan under
which such payment was made is ever
amended to comply with the
requirements of section 409A for
periods before such payment. For
example, where a taxpayer exercises a
discounted stock option subject to
section 409A in 2006, and there was no
operational violation in 2005, the
taxpayer may include an amount in
income under section 409A for 2006,
and the taxpayer will not be required to
include an amount in income with
respect to such stock option for 2005,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
even if the taxpayer does not amend the
stock option to comply with section
409A for 2005. However, where all or
part of the total amount deferred in the
year of the violation was also an amount
deferred in one or more prior years that
was not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture in such year, taxpayers are
also required to calculate and pay any
applicable tax under section
409A(a)(1)(B)(i)(I) (based on the amount
of interest determined under section
409A(a)(1)(B)(ii)). For example, if the
discounted stock right in the previous
example was not subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture as of December 31,
2005, the taxpayer would be required to
compute and report the additional tax
under section 409A(a)(1)(B)(i)(I) on the
taxpayer’s 2006 return. For purposes of
this paragraph, the service recipient
should treat the application of section
409A in the same manner for purposes
of income tax withholding and reporting
obligations.
C. Application of Plan Aggregation
Rules During the Transition Period
Notice 2006–100 provides that where
there is a required income inclusion
under section 409A in 2006, the plan
aggregation rules apply in determining
the amount includible in income.
Commentators asked whether the plan
aggregation rules would apply where
the taxpayer violates section 409A in
2006 with respect to one arrangement
(the first arrangement), but retains the
right to modify another arrangement
(the second arrangement) to exclude a
right to an amount provided under the
second arrangement from coverage
under section 409A, where the second
arrangement would otherwise be
aggregated with the first arrangement.
For this purpose, if the legally binding
right to the amount under the second
arrangement ultimately is modified
(including, where permitted by
applicable guidance, by the substitution
of another right for such right), so that
the right to the amount is excluded from
coverage under section 409A, then the
right to the amount is treated as always
having been excluded from coverage
under section 409A. Accordingly, the
amount payable under the second
arrangement would not be required to
be aggregated with the first arrangement
for purposes of determining the amount
includible in income under section
409A. However, if the right to the
amount under the second arrangement
is not timely modified to be excluded
from coverage under section 409A, the
right to the amount under the second
arrangement will remain subject to the
plan aggregation rules regardless of
whether the second arrangement is, or is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
amended to be, compliant with the
requirements of section 409A. In such a
case, because the right to the amount
under the second arrangement could
have been modified to be excluded from
coverage under section 409A, and
would not have been subject to the plan
aggregation rules, the violation with
respect to the second arrangement is not
treated as occurring until the first
taxable year of the service provider
during which the arrangement could not
have been so modified.
For example, assume a taxpayer with
a calendar year taxable year exercised a
discounted stock right during 2006 in
violation of section 409A and that the
taxpayer held another unexercised
discounted stock right described in
Notice 2006–79, § 3.07 (relating to
certain stock rights issued to corporate
insiders) that could have been modified
by December 31, 2006, to be excluded
from coverage (by exchanging such
stock right for another stock right
pursuant to the preamble to the
proposed regulations). If the
unexercised stock right was not so
modified by December 31, 2006, it
would violate section 409A on January
1, 2007. Alternatively, assume a second
taxpayer exercised a discounted stock
right in 2006 in violation of section
409A and that taxpayer held another
unexercised discounted stock right (not
described in Notice 2006–79, § 3.07)
that could have been modified by
December 31, 2007, to be excluded from
coverage. If the second taxpayer failed
to timely modify such unexercised stock
right, the unexercised stock right would
violate section 409A on January 1, 2008.
D. Failures to Amend During the
Transition Period to Comply With the
Rules of Section 409A
Commentators asked how section
409A and these regulations would apply
to a plan that was operated in
compliance with the transition guidance
through December 31, 2007, but is not
amended to become compliant with
section 409A and these regulations by
December 31, 2007. For these purposes,
the plan will be treated as failing to
comply with the requirements of section
409A and these regulations as of January
1, 2008, so that no amounts will be
required to be included in income under
section 409A with respect to such a
violation for any taxable year ending
before January 1, 2008. However, this
does not affect the application of the tax
imposed by section 409A(a)(1)(B)(i)(I) to
amounts that were deferred in taxable
years ending before January 1, 2008, to
the extent that such amounts were not
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19275
in one or more of such earlier taxable
years.
XV. Offshore Trusts and Arrangements
With Financial Triggers
These regulations do not address the
application of section 409A(b), generally
prohibiting the use of offshore trusts
associated with nonqualified deferred
compensation plans, and the use of
triggers whereby amounts held in a trust
or other arrangement become restricted
to the use for payment of nonqualified
deferred compensation upon an event
related to the financial health of the
service recipient. For transition
guidance related to the application of
section 409A(b) to certain outstanding
arrangements, see Notice 2006–33,
2006–15 IRB 754. See § 601.601(d)(2).
Taxpayers may continue to rely upon
Notice 2006–33 until further guidance is
issued.
Applicability Date
These regulations are applicable for
taxable years beginning on or after
January 1, 2008. Taxpayers may relay on
the provisions of these final regulations
for taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2008.
Effect on Other Documents
Notice 2005–1, 2005–1 CB 274, is
obsoleted for taxable years beginning on
or after January 1, 2008, except for the
following sections of the guidance
which remain effective as modified by
any other applicable guidance: Q&A–6
(application to arrangements covered by
section 457); Q&A–7 (application to
arrangements between a partnership and
a partner of the partnership); and Q&A–
24 through Q&A–38 (information
reporting and withholding guidance).
For a discussion of the effect of reliance
upon Notice 2005–1 or the proposed
regulations for taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2008, for arrangements
continuing into taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2008, see section
XII of this preamble. See § 601.601(d)(2).
Notice 2006–4, 2006–3 IRB 307,
addressing certain stock rights issued
before January 1, 2008, is superseded by
these final regulations with respect to
stock rights issued in taxable years of
the service provider beginning on or
after January 1, 2008. For a discussion
of the effect of reliance upon Notice
2005–1, Notice 2006–4, or the proposed
regulations for taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2008, for stock rights
remaining outstanding on or after
January 1, 2008, see section XII of this
preamble.
Notice 2006–33, 2006–15 IRB 754,
Notice 2006–79, 2006–43 IRB 763, and
Notice 2006–100, 2006–51 IRB 1109, are
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19276
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
not affected by these final regulations.
Notice 2006–64, 2006–29 IRB 88, is
superseded by the final regulations
effective for taxable years of a service
provider beginning on or after January 1,
2008. See § 601.601(d)(2).
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this
Treasury decision is not a significant
regulatory action as defined in
Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
has also been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations, and because the
regulation does not impose a collection
of information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice
of proposed rulemaking preceding these
regulations was submitted to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal author of these
regulations is Stephen Tackney of the
Office of Division Counsel/Associate
Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and
Government Entities). However, other
personnel from the IRS and the Treasury
Department participated in their
development.
List of Subjects 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
amended as follows:
I
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
I
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
I Par. 2. Sections 1.409A–0 through
1.409A–6 are added to read as follows:
§ 1.409A–0
Table of contents.
This section lists captions contained
in §§ 1.409A–1, 1.409A–2, 1.409A–3,
1.409A–4, 1.409A–5 and 1.409A–6.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
§ 1.409A–1
Definitions and covered plans.
(a) Nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
(1) In general.
(2) Qualified employer plans.
(3) Certain foreign plans.
(i) Participation addressed by treaty.
(ii) Participation by nonresident aliens,
certain resident aliens, and bona fide
residents of possessions.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(iii) Participation by U.S. citizens and lawful
permanent residents.
(iv) Plans subject to a totalization agreement
and similar plans.
(v) Broad-based foreign retirement plan.
(4) Section 457 plans.
(5) Certain welfare benefits.
(b) Deferral of compensation
(1) In general.
(2) Earnings.
(3) Compensation payable pursuant to the
service recipient’s customary payment
timing arrangement.
(4) Short-term deferrals.
(i) In general.
(ii) Certain delayed payments.
(iii) Examples.
(5) Stock options, stock appreciation rights,
and other equity-based compensation.
(i) Stock rights.
(A) Nonstatutory stock options not providing
for the deferral of compensation.
(B) Stock appreciation rights not providing
for the deferral of compensation.
(C) Stock rights that may provide for the
deferral of compensation.
(D) Feature for the deferral of compensation.
(E) Rights to dividends.
(ii) Statutory stock options.
(iii) Service recipient stock.
(A) In general.
(B) American depositary receipts.
(C) Mutual company units.
(D) Other entities.
(E) Eligible issuer of service recipient stock.
(1) In general.
(2) Investment vehicles.
(3) Corporate structures established or
transactions undertaken for purposes of
avoiding coverage under section 409A.
(4) Substitutions and assumptions by reason
of a corporate transaction.
(iv) Determination of the fair market value of
service recipient stock.
(A) Stock readily tradable on an established
securities market.
(B) Stock not readily tradable on an
established securities market.
(1) In general.
(2) Presumption of reasonableness.
(3) Use of alternative methods.
(v) Modifications, extensions, substitutions,
and assumptions of stock rights.
(A) Treatment of modified and extended
stock rights.
(B) Modification in general.
(C) Extensions.
(1) In general.
(2) Certain extensions before April 10, 2007.
(3) Examples.
(D) Substitutions and assumptions of stock
rights by reason of a corporate
transaction.
(E) Acceleration of date when exercisable.
(F) Discretionary added benefits.
(G) Change in underlying stock increasing
value.
(H) Change in the number of shares
purchasable.
(I) Rescission of changes.
(J) Successive modifications and extensions.
(K) Modifications and extensions in effect on
October 23, 2004.
(vi) Meaning and use of certain terms.
(A) Option.
(B) Date of grant of option.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(C) Stock.
(D) Exercise price.
(E) Exercise.
(F) Transfer.
(G) Readily tradable.
(H) Application to stock appreciation rights.
(6) Restricted property, section 402(b) trusts,
and section 403(c) annuities.
(i) In general.
(ii) Promises to transfer property.
(7) Arrangements between partnerships and
partners. [Reserved]
(8) Certain foreign plans.
(i) Plans with respect to compensation
covered by treaty or other international
agreement.
(ii) Plans with respect to certain other
compensation.
(iii) Tax equalization agreements.
(iv) Certain limited deferrals of a nonresident
alien.
(v) Additional foreign plans.
(vi) Earnings.
(9) Separation pay plans.
(i) In general.
(ii) Collectively bargained separation pay
plans.
(iii) Separation pay due to involuntary
separation from service or participation
in a window program.
(iv) Foreign separation pay plans.
(v) Reimbursements and certain other
separation payments.
(A) In general.
(B) Medical benefits.
(C) In-kind benefits and direct service
recipient payments.
(D) Limited payments.
(E) Limited period of time.
(vi) Window programs—definition.
(10) Certain indemnification and liability
insurance plans.
(11) Legal settlements.
(12) Certain educational benefits.
(c) Plan.
(1) In general.
(2) Plan aggregation rules.
(i) In general.
(ii) Dual status.
(3) Establishment of plan.
(i) In general.
(ii) Initial deferral election provisions.
(iii) Subsequent deferral election provisions.
(iv) Payment accelerations.
(v) Six-month delay for specified employees.
(vi) Plan amendments.
(vii) Transition rule for written plan
requirement.
(viii) Plan aggregation rules.
(d) Substantial risk of forfeiture.
(1) In general.
(2) Stock rights.
(3) Enforcement of forfeiture condition.
(i) In general.
(ii) Examples.
(e) Performance-based compensation.
(1) In general.
(2) Payments based upon subjective
performance criteria.
(3) Equity-based compensation.
(f) Service provider.
(1) In general.
(2) Independent contractors.
(i) In general.
(ii) Related person.
(iii) Significant services.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(iv) Management services.
(v) Services provided to related persons.
(g) Service recipient.
(h) Separation from service.
(1) Employees.
(i) In general.
(ii) Termination of employment.
(2) Independent contractors.
(i) In general.
(ii) Special rule.
(3) Definition of service recipient and
employer.
(4) Asset purchase transactions.
(5) Dual status.
(6) Collectively bargained plans covering
multiple employers.
(i) Specified employee.
(1) In general.
(2) Definition of compensation.
(3) Specified employee identification date.
(4) Specified employee effective date.
(5) Alternative methods of satisfying the sixmonth delay rule.
(6) Corporate transactions.
(i) Mergers and acquisitions of public service
recipients.
(ii) Mergers and acquisitions of nonpublic
service recipients.
(iii) Spinoffs.
(iv) Public offerings and other corporate
transactions.
(v) Alternative methods of compliance.
(7) Nonresident alien employees.
(8) Elections affecting the identification of
specified employees.
(j) Nonresident alien.
(k) Established securities market.
(l) Stock right.
(m) Separation pay plan.
(n) Involuntary separation from service.
(1) In general.
(2) Separations from service for good reason.
(i) In general.
(ii) Safe harbor.
(3) Special rule for certain collectively
bargained plans.
(o) Earnings.
(p) In-kind benefits.
(q) Application of definitions and rules.
§ 1.409A–2 Deferral elections.
(a) Initial elections as to the time and form
of payment.
(1) In general.
(2) Service recipient elections.
(3) General rule.
(4) Initial deferral election with respect to
short-term deferrals.
(5) Initial deferral election with respect to
certain forfeitable rights.
(6) Initial deferral election with respect to
fiscal year compensation.
(7) First year of eligibility.
(i) In general.
(ii) Eligibility to participate.
(iii) Application to excess benefit plans.
(8) Initial deferral election with respect to
performance-based compensation.
(9) Nonqualified deferred compensation
plans linked to qualified employer plans
or certain other arrangements.
(10) Changes in elections under a cafeteria
plan.
(11) Initial deferral election with respect to
certain separation pay.
(12) Initial deferral election with respect to
certain commissions.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(i) Sales commission compensation.
(ii) Investment commission compensation.
(iii) Commission compensation and related
persons.
(13) Initial deferral election with respect to
compensation paid for final payroll
period.
(i) In general.
(ii) Transition rule.
(14) Elections to annualize recurring partyear compensation.
(15) USERRA rights.
(b) Subsequent changes in time and form of
payment.
(1) In general.
(2) Definition of payments for purposes of
subsequent changes in the time and form
of payment.
(i) In general.
(ii) Life annuities.
(A) In general.
(B) Certain features disregarded.
(C) Subsidized joint and survivor annuities.
(D) Actuarial assumptions and methods.
(iii) Installment payments.
(iv) Transition rule.
(3) Beneficiaries.
(4) Domestic relations orders.
(5) Coordination with prohibition against
acceleration of payments.
(6) Application to multiple payment events.
(7) Delay of payments under certain
circumstances.
(i) Payments subject to section 162(m).
(ii) Payments that would violate Federal
securities laws or other applicable law.
(iii) Other events and conditions.
(8) USERRA rights.
(9) Examples.
(c) Special rules for certain resident aliens.
§ 1.409A–3 Permissible payments
(a) In general.
(b) Designation of payment upon a
permissible payment event.
(c) Designation of alternative specified dates
or payment schedules based upon date of
permissible event.
(d) When a payment is treated as made upon
the designated payment date.
(e) Designation of time and form of payment
with respect to earnings.
(f) Substitutions.
(g) Disputed payments and refusals to pay.
(h) Special rule for certain resident aliens.
(i) Definitions and special rules.
(1) Specified time or fixed schedule.
(i) In general.
(ii) Payment schedules with formula and
fixed limitations.
(A) Individual limitations.
(B) Limitations on aggregate payments to all
participants in substantially identical
plans.
(iii) Payment schedules determined by timing
of payments received by the service
recipient.
(iv) Reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans.
(A) General rule.
(B) Medical reimbursement arrangements.
(v) Tax gross-up payments.
(vi) Examples.
(2) Separation from service—required delay
in payment to a specified employee
pursuant to a separation from service.
(i) In general.
(ii) Application of payment rules to delayed
payments.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19277
(3) Unforeseeable emergency.
(i) Definition.
(ii) Amount of payment permitted upon an
unforeseeable emergency.
(iii) Payments due to an unforeseeable
emergency.
(4) Disability.
(i) In general.
(ii) Limited plan definition of disability.
(iii) Determination of disability.
(5) Change in the ownership or effective
control of a corporation, or a change in
the ownership of a substantial portion of
the assets of a corporation.
(i) In general.
(ii) Identification of relevant corporation.
(A) In general.
(B) Majority shareholder.
(C) Example.
(iii) Attribution of stock ownership.
(iv) Special rules for certain delayed
payments pursuant to a change in
control event.
(A) Certain transaction-based compensation.
(B) Certain nonvested compensation.
(v) Change in the ownership of a corporation.
(A) In general.
(B) Persons acting as a group.
(vi) Change in the effective control of a
corporation.
(A) In general.
(B) Multiple change in control events.
(C) Acquisition of additional control.
(D) Persons acting as a group.
(vii) Change in the ownership of a substantial
portion of a corporation’s assets.
(A) In general.
(B) Transfers to a related person.
(C) Persons acting as a group.
(6) Certain back-to-back arrangements.
(i) In general.
(ii) Example.
(j) Prohibition on acceleration of payments.
(1) In general.
(2) Application to multiple payment events.
(3) Beneficiaries.
(4) Exceptions.
(i) In general.
(ii) Domestic relations order.
(iii) Conflicts of interest.
(A) Compliance with ethics agreements with
the Federal government.
(B) Compliance with ethics laws or conflicts
of interest laws.
(iv) Section 457 plans.
(v) Limited cashouts.
(vi) Payment of employment taxes.
(vii) Payment upon income inclusion under
section 409A.
(viii) Cancellation of deferrals following an
unforeseeable emergency or hardship
distribution.
(ix) Plan terminations and liquidations.
(x) Certain distributions to avoid a
nonallocation year under section 409(p).
(xi) Payment of state, local, or foreign taxes.
(xii) Cancellation of deferral elections due to
disability.
(xiii) Certain offsets.
(xiv) Bona fide disputes as to a right to a
payment.
(5) Nonqualified deferred compensation
plans linked to qualified employer plans
or certain other arrangements.
(6) Changes in elections under a cafeteria
plan.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19278
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1.409A–4 Calculation of income inclusion
[Reserved]
§ 1.409A–5 Funding [Reserved]
§ 1.409A–6 Application of section 409A and
effective dates.
(a) Statutory application and effective dates
(1) Application to amounts deferred.
(i) In general.
(ii) Collectively bargained plans.
(2) Identification of date of deferral for
statutory effective date purposes.
(3) Calculation of amount of compensation
deferred for statutory effective date
purposes.
(i) Nonaccount balance plans.
(ii) Account balance plans.
(iii) Equity-based compensation plans.
(iv) Earnings.
(v) Definition of plan.
(4) Material modifications.
(i) In general.
(ii) Adoptions of new plans.
(iii) Suspension or termination of a plan.
(iv) Changes to investment measures—
account balance plans.
(v) Stock rights.
(vi) Rescission of modifications.
(vii) Definition of plan.
(b) Regulatory applicability date.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
§ 1.409A–1
Definitions and covered plans.
(a) Nonqualified deferred
compensation plan—(1) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a), the term nonqualified
deferred compensation plan means any
plan (within the meaning of paragraph
(c) of this section) that provides for the
deferral of compensation (within the
meaning of paragraph (b) of this
section). Whether a plan provides for
the deferral of compensation generally
is determined at the time the service
provider obtains a legally binding right
to the compensation under the plan, and
is not affected by any retroactive change
to the plan to characterize the right as
one that does not provide for the
deferral of compensation. For example,
amounts deferred under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan do not
become an excluded death benefit if the
plan is amended so that the amounts are
payable only upon the death of the
service provider. If a principal purpose
of a plan is to achieve a result with
respect to a deferral of compensation
that is inconsistent with the purposes of
section 409A, the Commissioner may
treat the plan as a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan for purposes of
section 409A and the regulations
thereunder.
(2) Qualified employer plans. The
term nonqualified deferred
compensation plan does not include a
qualified employer plan. The term
qualified employer plan means any of
the following plans:
(i) Any plan described in section
401(a) and a trust exempt from tax
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
under section 501(a) or that is described
in section 402(d).
(ii) Any annuity plan described in
section 403(a).
(iii) Any annuity contract described in
section 403(b).
(iv) Any simplified employee pension
(within the meaning of section 408(k)).
(v) Any simple retirement account
(within the meaning of section 408(p)).
(vi) Any plan under which an active
participant makes deductible
contributions to a trust described in
section 501(c)(18).
(vii) Any eligible deferred
compensation plan (within the meaning
of section 457(b)).
(viii) Any plan described in section
415(m).
(ix) Any plan described in § 1022(i)(2)
of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, Public Law 93–
406 (88 Stat. 829, 942) (Sept. 2, 1974)
(ERISA).
(3) Certain foreign plans—(i)
Participation addressed by treaty. With
respect to an individual for a taxable
year, the term nonqualified deferred
compensation plan does not include
any scheme, trust, arrangement, or plan
maintained with respect to such
individual, to the extent contributions
made by or on behalf of such individual
to such scheme, trust, arrangement, or
plan, or credited allocations, accrued
benefits, earnings, or other amounts
constituting income, of such individual
under such scheme, trust, arrangement,
or plan, are excludable by such
individual for Federal income tax
purposes pursuant to any bilateral
income tax convention to which the
United States is a party.
(ii) Participation by nonresident
aliens, certain resident aliens, and bona
fide residents of possessions. With
respect to an alien individual for a
taxable year during which such
individual is a nonresident alien, a
resident alien classified as a resident
alien solely under section
7701(b)(1)(A)(ii) (and not section
7701(b)(1)(A)(i)), or a bona fide resident
of a possession (within the meaning of
section 937(a)), the term nonqualified
deferred compensation plan does not
include any broad-based foreign
retirement plan (within the meaning of
paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section).
(iii) Participation by U.S. citizens and
lawful permanent residents. With
respect to an individual for a given
taxable year during which such
individual is a U.S. citizen or a resident
alien classified as a resident alien under
section 7701(b)(1)(A)(i), other than an
individual who is also a bona fide
resident of a possession (within the
meaning of section 937(a)), the term
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not include a broad-based
foreign retirement plan (within the
meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this
section), but only with respect to a plan,
or a portion of a plan where such
portion may be distinguished, providing
for nonelective deferrals of modified
foreign earned income, and earnings
with respect to such nonelective
deferrals, and only to the extent that the
amounts deferred under all such plans
of the service recipient, or all portions
of such plans, in which the service
provider participates in such taxable
year, do not exceed the applicable limits
under section 415(b) (applied to
nonaccount balance plans as defined in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C) of this section) and
section 415(c) (applied to account
balance plans as defined in paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(A) of this section) that would be
applicable if such plans were plans
subject to section 415 and the modified
foreign earned income of such
individual were treated as
compensation for purposes of applying
section 415(b) and (c). For purposes of
this paragraph (a)(3)(iii), the term
modified foreign earned income means
foreign earned income as defined in
section 911(b)(1) without regard to
section 911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without
regard to the requirement that the
income be attributable to services
performed during the period described
in section 911(d)(1)(A) or (B). The
provisions of this paragraph (a)(3)(iii) do
not apply to any individual with respect
to any taxable year in which the
individual is simultaneously eligible to
participate in a broad-based foreign
retirement plan and a qualified
employer plan described in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section. For purposes of
this paragraph (a)(3)(iii), an individual
is eligible to participate in a qualified
employer plan if under the terms of the
plan and without further amendment or
action by the plan sponsor, the
individual is eligible to make or receive
contributions or accrue benefits under
the plan (regardless of whether the
individual has elected to participate in
the plan).
(iv) Plans subject to a totalization
agreement and similar plans. The term
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not include any social
security system of a jurisdiction to the
extent that benefits provided under or
contributions made to the system are
subject to an agreement entered into
pursuant to section 233 of the Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. 433) with any
foreign jurisdiction. In addition, the
term nonqualified deferred
compensation plan does not include a
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
social security system of a foreign
jurisdiction to the extent that benefits
are provided under or contributions are
made to a government-mandated plan as
part of that foreign jurisdiction’s social
security system.
(v) Broad-based foreign retirement
plan. The term broad-based foreign
retirement plan means a scheme, trust,
arrangement, or plan (regardless of
whether sponsored by a U.S. person)
that is written and that, in the case of
an employer-maintained plan, satisfies
the following conditions:
(A) The plan is nondiscriminatory
insofar as the employees who, under the
terms of the plan (alone or in
combination with other comparable
plans) and without further amendment
or action by the employer, are eligible
to make or receive contributions or
accrue benefits under the plan other
than earnings (regardless of whether the
employee has elected to participate in
the plan), are a wide range of
employees, substantially all of whom
are nonresident aliens, resident aliens
classified as resident aliens solely under
section 7701(b)(1)(A)(ii) (and not section
7701(b)(1)(A)(i)), or bona fide residents
of a possession (within the meaning of
section 937(a)), including rank and file
employees.
(B) The plan (alone or in combination
with other comparable plans) actually
provides significant benefits for a
substantial majority of such covered
employees.
(C) The benefits actually provided
under the plan to such covered
employees are nondiscriminatory.
(D) The plan contains provisions or is
the subject of tax law provisions or
other legal restrictions that generally
discourage employees from using plan
benefits for purposes other than
retirement or restrict access to plan
benefits before separation from service,
including (but not limited to), restricting
in-service distributions except in events
similar to an unforeseeable emergency
(as defined in § 1.409A–3(i)(3)(i)) or
hardship (as defined for purposes of
section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV)), or for
educational purposes or the purchase of
a primary residence.
(4) Section 457 plans. A nonqualified
deferred compensation plan under
section 457(f) may constitute a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan for purposes of this paragraph (a).
The rules of section 409A apply to
nonqualified deferred compensation
plans separately and in addition to any
requirements applicable to such plans
under section 457(f). In addition,
nonelective deferred compensation of
non-employees described in section
457(e)(12) and a grandfathered plan or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
arrangement described in § 1.457–
2(k)(4) may constitute a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan for
purposes of this paragraph (a). The term
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not include a length of service
award to a bona fide volunteer under
section 457(e)(11)(A)(ii). For purposes of
the application of section 409A to a plan
to which section 457 applies, a payment
under the plan generally means the
provision of cash or property to the
service provider, provided that for
purposes of the application of the shortterm deferral rule set forth in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section, the inclusion in
income of an amount under section
457(f) is treated as a payment of the
amount.
(5) Certain welfare benefits. The term
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not include any bona fide
vacation leave, sick leave, compensatory
time, disability pay, or death benefit
plan. For these purposes, the term
‘‘disability pay’’ has the same meaning
as provided in § 31.3121(v)(2)–
1(b)(4)(iv)(C) of this chapter, and the
term death benefit plan refers to a plan
providing death benefits as defined in
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(b)(4)(iv)(C) of this
chapter, provided that for purposes of
this paragraph, such disability pay and
death benefits may be provided through
insurance and the lifetime benefits
payable under the plan are not treated
as including the value of any taxable
term life insurance coverage or taxable
disability insurance coverage provided
under the plan. The term nonqualified
deferred compensation plan also does
not include any Archer Medical Savings
Account as described in section 220,
any Health Savings Account as
described in section 223, or any other
medical reimbursement arrangement,
including a health reimbursement
arrangement, that satisfies the
requirements of section 105 and section
106 such that the benefits or
reimbursements provided under such
arrangement are not includible in
income.
(b) Deferral of compensation—(1) In
general. Except as otherwise provided
in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(12) of
this section, a plan provides for the
deferral of compensation if, under the
terms of the plan and the relevant facts
and circumstances, the service provider
has a legally binding right during a
taxable year to compensation that,
pursuant to the terms of the plan, is or
may be payable to (or on behalf of) the
service provider in a later taxable year.
Such compensation is deferred
compensation for purposes of section
409A, this section and §§ 1.409A–2
through 1.409A–6. A legally binding
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19279
right to an amount that will be excluded
from income when and if received does
not constitute a deferral of
compensation, unless the service
provider has received the right in
exchange for, or has the right to
exchange the right for, an amount that
will be includible in income (other than
due to participation in a cafeteria plan
described in section 125). A service
provider does not have a legally binding
right to compensation to the extent that
compensation may be reduced
unilaterally or eliminated by the service
recipient or other person after the
services creating the right to the
compensation have been performed.
However, if the facts and circumstances
indicate that the discretion to reduce or
eliminate the compensation is available
or exercisable only upon a condition, or
the discretion to reduce or eliminate the
compensation lacks substantive
significance, a service provider will be
considered to have a legally binding
right to the compensation. Whether the
discretion to reduce or eliminate the
compensation lacks substantive
significance depends on all the relevant
facts and circumstances. However,
where the service provider to whom the
compensation may be paid has effective
control of the person retaining the
discretion to reduce or eliminate the
compensation, or has effective control
over any portion of the compensation of
the person retaining the discretion to
reduce or eliminate the compensation,
or is a member of the family (as defined
in section 267(c)(4) applied as if the
family of an individual includes the
spouse of any member of the family) of
the person retaining the discretion to
reduce or eliminate the compensation,
the discretion to reduce or eliminate the
compensation will not be treated as
having substantive significance. For this
purpose, compensation is not
considered subject to unilateral
reduction or elimination merely because
it may be reduced or eliminated by
operation of the objective terms of the
plan, such as the application of a
nondiscretionary, objective provision
creating a substantial risk of forfeiture.
Similarly, a service provider does not
fail to have a legally binding right to
compensation merely because the
amount of compensation is determined
under a formula that provides for
benefits to be offset by benefits provided
under another plan (including a plan
that is qualified under section 401(a)),
or because benefits are reduced due to
actual or notional investment losses, or,
in a final average pay plan, subsequent
decreases in compensation.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19280
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Earnings. References to the
deferral of compensation or deferred
compensation include references to
earnings. When the right to earnings is
specified under the terms of the plan,
the legally binding right to earnings
arises at the time of the deferral of the
compensation to which the earnings
relate. A plan may provide that the time
and form of payment of earnings is
treated separately from the time and
form of payment of the underlying
compensation, so that, provided that the
rules of section 409A are otherwise met,
a plan may provide that earnings will be
paid at a separate time or in a separate
form from the payment of the
underlying compensation. For the
application of the deferral election rules
to current payments of earnings and
dividend equivalents, see § 1.409A–3(e).
(3) Compensation payable pursuant to
the service recipient’s customary
payment timing arrangement. A deferral
of compensation does not occur solely
because compensation is paid after the
last day of the service provider’s taxable
year pursuant to the timing arrangement
under which the service recipient
normally compensates service providers
for services performed during a payroll
period described in section 3401(b), or
with respect to a non-employee service
provider, a period not longer than the
payroll period described in section
3401(b) or if no such payroll period
exists, a period not longer than the
earlier of the normal timing arrangement
under which the service provider
normally compensates non-employee
service providers or 30 days after the
end of the service provider’s taxable
year.
(4) Short-term deferrals—(i) In
general. A deferral of compensation
does not occur if the plan under which
a payment (as defined in § 1.409A–
2(b)(2)) is made does not provide for a
deferred payment and the service
provider actually or constructively
receives such payment on or before the
last day of the applicable 21⁄2 month
period. The following rules apply for
purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)(i):
(A) The applicable 21⁄2 month period
is the period ending on the later of the
15th day of the third month following
the end of the service provider’s first
taxable year in which the right to the
payment is no longer subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture or the 15th
day of the third month following the
end of the service recipient’s first
taxable year in which the right to the
payment is no longer subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture.
(B) A payment is treated as actually or
constructively received if the payment
is includible in income, including if the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
payment is includible in income under
section 83, the economic benefit
doctrine, section 402(b), or section
457(f).
(C) A right to a payment that is never
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
is considered to be no longer subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture on the
first date the service provider has a
legally binding right to the payment.
(D) A plan provides for a deferred
payment if the plan provides that any
payment will be made or completed on
or after any date, or upon or after the
occurrence of any event, that will or
may occur later than the end of the
applicable 21⁄2 month period, such as a
separation from service, death,
disability, change in control event,
specified time or schedule of payment,
or unforeseeable emergency, regardless
of whether an amount is actually paid
as a result of the occurrence of such a
payment date or event during the
applicable 21⁄2 month period. If a plan
provides that the service provider or
service recipient may make an election
under the plan (including an election
under § 1.409A–2(a)(4)) of a different
payment date, schedule, or event, such
right is disregarded for this purpose. In
such cases, whether a plan provides for
a deferred payment is determined based
on the payment date, schedule, or event
that would apply if no such election
were made, except that if the plan
would not provide for a deferred
payment absent such an election, and
the service provider or service recipient
makes such an election, whether the
plan provides for a deferred payment is
determined based upon the payment
date, schedule, or event that the service
provider or service recipient in fact
elected.
(E) A stock right provides for a
deferred payment if such right includes
any provision pursuant to which the
holder of the stock right will or may
have the right to exercise the stock right
after the applicable 21⁄2 month period.
(F) This paragraph (b)(4)(i) is applied
separately to each payment (as defined
in § 1.409A–2(b)(2)) required to be made
under a plan.
(G) If a plan provides for a deferred
payment with respect to part of a
payment (for example a life annuity or
a series of installment amounts treated
as a single payment), the plan provides
for a deferred payment with respect to
the entire payment.
(ii) Certain delayed payments. A
payment that otherwise qualifies as a
short-term deferral under paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section but is made after
the applicable 21⁄2 month period may
continue to qualify as a short-term
deferral if the taxpayer establishes that
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
it was administratively impracticable to
make the payment by the end of the
applicable 21⁄2 month period and, as of
the date upon which the legally binding
right to the compensation arose, such
impracticability was unforeseeable, or
the taxpayer establishes that making the
payment by the end of the applicable
21⁄2 month period would have
jeopardized the ability of the service
recipient to continue as a going concern,
and provided further that the payment
is made as soon as administratively
practicable or as soon as the payment
would no longer have such effect. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)(ii), an
action or failure to act of the service
provider or a person under the service
provider’s control, such as a failure to
provide necessary information or
documentation, is not an unforeseeable
event. In addition, a payment that
otherwise qualifies as a short-term
deferral under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this
section but is made after the applicable
21⁄2 month period may continue to
qualify as a short-term deferral if the
taxpayer establishes that the service
recipient reasonably anticipated that the
service recipient’s deduction with
respect to such payment otherwise
would not be permitted by application
of section 162(m), and, as of the date the
legally binding right to the payment
arose, a reasonable person would not
have anticipated the application of
section 162(m) at the time of the
payment, and provided further that the
payment is made as soon as reasonably
practicable following the first date on
which the service recipient anticipates
or reasonably should anticipate that, if
the payment were made on such date,
the service recipient’s deduction with
respect to such payment would no
longer be restricted due to the
application of section 162(m). For
additional rules applicable to certain
transaction-based compensation, see
§ 1.409A–3(i)(5)(iv)(A).
(iii) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the provisions of
this paragraph (b)(4). In these examples,
except as otherwise noted, each
employee and each employer has a
calendar year taxable year and each
employee is an individual who is
employed by the specified employer.
Example 1. On November 1, 2008,
Employer Z awards a bonus to Employee A
such that Employee A has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008,
that is not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. The bonus plan does not provide
for a payment date or a deferred payment.
The bonus plan will not be considered to
have provided for a deferral of compensation
if the bonus is paid or made available to
Employee A on or before March 15, 2009.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Example 2. Employer Y has a taxable year
ending August 31. On November 1, 2008,
Employer Y awards a bonus to Employee B
so that Employee B has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008,
that is not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. The bonus plan does not provide
for a payment date or a deferred payment.
The bonus plan will not be considered to
have provided for a deferral of compensation
if the bonus is paid or made available to
Employee B on or before November 15, 2009.
Example 3. On November 1, 2008,
Employer X awards a bonus to Employee C
such that Employee C has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008.
Under the bonus plan, Employee C will
forfeit the bonus unless Employee C
continues performing services through
December 31, 2010. The right to the payment
is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
through December 31, 2010. Employee C has
the right to make a written election not later
than December 31, 2009, to receive the bonus
on or after December 31, 2015, but Employee
C does not make such election. The bonus
plan does not provide for a default payment
date or a deferred payment in the absence of
an election by Employee C. The bonus plan
will not be considered to have provided for
a deferral of compensation if the bonus is
paid or made available to Employee C on or
before March 15, 2011 (and generally any
payment before June 1, 2011 would
constitute an impermissible acceleration of a
payment).
Example 4. On November 1, 2008,
Employer W awards a bonus to Employee D
such that Employee D has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008.
Under the bonus plan, the bonus will be
determined based on services performed
during the period from January 1, 2009
through December 31, 2010. The bonus is
scheduled to be paid as a lump sum payment
on February 15, 2011. Under the bonus plan,
Employee D will forfeit the bonus unless
Employee D continues performing services
through the scheduled payment date
(February 15, 2011). Provided that at all
times before the scheduled payment date
Employee D is required to continue to
perform services to retain the right to the
bonus, and the bonus is paid on or before
March 15, 2012, the bonus plan will not be
considered to have provided for a deferral of
compensation.
Example 5. On November 1, 2008,
Employer V awards a bonus to Employee E
such that Employee E has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008.
Under the bonus plan, Employee E will
forfeit the bonus unless Employee E
continues performing services through
December 31, 2010. Under the bonus plan,
the bonus is scheduled to be paid as a lump
sum payment on July 1, 2011. By specifying
a payment date after the applicable 21⁄2
month period, the bonus plan provides for a
deferred payment. The bonus plan provides
for a deferral of compensation, and will not
qualify as a short-term deferral regardless of
whether the bonus is paid or made available
on or before March 15, 2011.
Example 6. On November 1, 2008,
Employer U awards a bonus to Employee F
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
such that Employee F has a legally binding
right to the payment as of November 1, 2008,
that is not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. The bonus plan provides for a
lump sum payment upon Employee F’s
separation from service. Because the
separation from service is an event that may
occur after the applicable 21⁄2 month period,
the bonus plan provides for a deferred
payment and therefore provides for a deferral
of compensation. Accordingly, the bonus
plan will not qualify as a short-term deferral
regardless of whether Employee F separates
from service and the bonus is paid or made
available on or before March 15, 2009.
Example 7. On November 1, 2008,
Employer T grants Employee G a legally
binding right to the payment of a life annuity
with the first annuity payment on November
1, 2013, provided that Employee G continues
performing services for Employer T
continuously through November 1, 2013.
Because the life annuity is treated as a single
payment, and because all payments of the life
annuity may not occur during the applicable
21⁄2 month period, the plan provides for a
deferred payment and none of the amounts
payable under the annuity will qualify as a
short-term deferral, so that section 409A
applies to all amounts that are payable under
the plan.
Example 8. On November 1, 2008,
Employer S grants Employee H a stock right
providing for an exercise price less than the
fair market value of the underlying stock on
November 1, 2008. The stock right is subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture requiring
services through November 1, 2010. The
stock right becomes exercisable when the
substantial risk of forfeiture lapses and
expires on November 1, 2013. Employee H
continues providing services through
November 1, 2010, at which time the
substantial risk of forfeiture lapses. The stock
right provides for a deferred payment and
will not qualify as a short-term deferral
regardless of whether Employee H exercises
the stock right on or before March 15, 2011.
(5) Stock options, stock appreciation
rights, and other equity-based
compensation—(i) Stock rights—(A)
Nonstatutory stock options not
providing for the deferral of
compensation. An option to purchase
service recipient stock does not provide
for a deferral of compensation if—
(1) The exercise price may never be
less than the fair market value of the
underlying stock (disregarding lapse
restrictions as defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on
the date the option is granted and the
number of shares subject to the option
is fixed on the original date of grant of
the option;
(2) The transfer or exercise of the
option is subject to taxation under
section 83 and § 1.83–7; and
(3) The option does not include any
feature for the deferral of compensation
other than the deferral of recognition of
income until the later of the following:
(i) The exercise or disposition of the
option under § 1.83–7.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19281
(ii) The time the stock acquired
pursuant to the exercise of the option
first becomes substantially vested (as
defined in § 1.83–3(b)).
(B) Stock appreciation rights not
providing for the deferral of
compensation. A right to compensation
based on the appreciation in value of a
specified number of shares of service
recipient stock occurring between the
date of grant and the date of exercise of
such right (a stock appreciation right)
does not provide for a deferral of
compensation if—
(1) Compensation payable under the
stock appreciation right cannot be
greater than the excess of the fair market
value of the stock (disregarding lapse
restrictions as defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on
the date the stock appreciation right is
exercised over an amount specified on
the date of grant of the stock
appreciation right (the stock
appreciation right exercise price), with
respect to a number of shares fixed on
or before the date of grant of the right;
(2) The stock appreciation right
exercise price may never be less than
the fair market value of the underlying
stock (disregarding lapse restrictions as
defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on the date the
right is granted; and
(3) The stock appreciation right does
not include any feature for the deferral
of compensation other than the deferral
of recognition of income until the
exercise of the stock appreciation right.
(C) Stock rights that may provide for
the deferral of compensation. An option
to purchase stock other than service
recipient stock, or a stock appreciation
right with respect to stock other than
service recipient stock, generally will
provide for the deferral of compensation
within the meaning of this paragraph
(b). If under the terms of an option to
purchase service recipient stock (other
than an incentive stock option described
in section 422 or a stock option granted
under an employee stock purchase plan
described in section 423), the exercise
price is or could become less than the
fair market value of the stock
(disregarding lapse restrictions as
defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on the date of
grant, the grant of the option generally
will provide for the deferral of
compensation within the meaning of
this paragraph (b). If under the terms of
a stock appreciation right with respect
to service recipient stock, the
compensation payable under the stock
appreciation right is or could be any
amount greater than, with respect to a
predetermined number of shares, the
excess of the fair market value of the
stock (disregarding lapse restrictions as
defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on the date the
stock appreciation right is exercised
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19282
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
over the fair market value of the stock
(disregarding lapse restrictions as
defined in § 1.83–3(i)) on the date of
grant of the stock appreciation right, the
grant of the stock appreciation right
generally will provide for a deferral of
compensation within the meaning of
this paragraph (b).
(D) Feature for the deferral of
compensation. To the extent a stock
right provides a right other than the
right to receive cash or stock on the date
of exercise and such additional right
would otherwise allow compensation to
be deferred beyond the date of exercise,
the entire arrangement (including the
underlying stock right) provides for the
deferral of compensation. For purposes
of this paragraph (b)(5)(i), neither the
right to receive substantially nonvested
stock (as defined in § 1.83–3(b)) upon
the exercise of a stock right, nor the
right to pay the exercise price with
previously acquired shares, constitutes a
feature for the deferral of compensation.
(E) Rights to dividends. For purposes
of this paragraph (b)(5)(i), the right,
directly or indirectly contingent upon
the exercise of a stock right, to receive
an amount equal to all or part of the
dividends or other distributions (other
than stock dividends described in
paragraph (b)(5)(v)(H) of this section)
declared and paid on the number of
shares underlying the stock right
between the date of grant and the date
of exercise of the stock right constitutes
an offset to the exercise price of the
stock option or an increase in the
amount payable under the stock
appreciation right (generally causing
such stock right to be subject to section
409A). A plan providing a right to
dividends or other distributions
declared and paid on the number of
shares underlying a stock right, the
payment of which is not contingent
upon, or otherwise payable on, the
exercise of the stock right, may provide
for a deferral of compensation, but the
existence of the right to receive such an
amount will not be treated as a
reduction to the exercise price of (or an
increase to the compensation payable
under) the stock right. Thus, a right to
such dividends or distributions that is
not contingent, directly or indirectly,
upon the exercise of a stock right will
not cause the related stock right to fail
to satisfy the requirements of the
exclusion from the definition of a
deferral of compensation provided in
paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) and (B) of this
section.
(ii) Statutory stock options. The grant
of an incentive stock option as
described in section 422, or the grant of
an option under an employee stock
purchase plan described in section 423
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(including the grant of an option with
an exercise price discounted in
accordance with section 423(b)(6) and
the accompanying regulations), does not
constitute a deferral of compensation.
However, the exclusion for statutory
stock options under this paragraph
(b)(5)(ii) does not apply to a
modification, extension, or renewal of a
statutory option that is treated as the
grant of a new option that is not a
statutory option. See § 1.424–1(e). In
such event, the option is treated for
purposes of this paragraph (b) as if it
had been a nonstatutory stock option
from the date of the original grant.
Accordingly, if such modification,
extension, or renewal of the stock
option would have been treated as the
grant of a new option or as causing the
option to have had a deferral feature
from the date of grant under paragraph
(b)(5)(v) of this section, the
modification, extension, or renewal of
the stock option is treated as the grant
of a new option or as causing the option
to have had a deferral feature from the
date of grant for purposes of this
paragraph (b)(5).
(iii) Service recipient stock—(A) In
general. Except as otherwise provided
in paragraphs (b)(5)(iii)(B), (C), and (D)
of this section, the term service recipient
stock means a class of stock that, as of
the date of grant, is common stock for
purposes of section 305 and the
regulations thereunder of a corporation
that is an eligible issuer of service
recipient stock (as defined in paragraph
(b)(5)(iii)(E) of this section).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
service recipient stock does not include
a class of stock that has any preference
as to distributions other than
distributions of service recipient stock
and distributions in liquidation of the
issuer. The term service recipient stock
also does not include any stock that is
subject to a mandatory repurchase
obligation (other than a right of first
refusal), or a put or call right that is not
a lapse restriction as defined in § 1.83–
3(i), if the stock price under such right
or obligation is based on a measure
other than the fair market value
(disregarding lapse restrictions as
defined in § 1.83–3(i)) of the equity
interest in the corporation represented
by the stock.
(B) American depositary receipts. An
American depositary receipt or
American depositary share may
constitute service recipient stock, to the
extent that the stock traded on a foreign
securities market to which the American
depositary receipt or American
depositary share relates qualifies as
service recipient stock.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(C) Mutual company units. Mutual
company units may constitute service
recipient stock. For this purpose, the
term mutual company unit means a
fixed percentage of the overall value of
a non-stock mutual company or
association. For purposes of
determining the value of the mutual
company unit, the unit may be valued
in accordance with the rules set forth in
paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(B) of this section
governing valuation of service recipient
stock the shares of which are not traded
on an established securities market,
applied as if the mutual company were
a stock corporation with one class of
common stock and the number of shares
of such stock determined according to
such fixed percentage. For example, an
appreciation right based on the
appreciation of 10 mutual company
units, where each unit is defined as one
percent of the overall value of the
mutual company, would be valued as if
the appreciation right were based upon
10 shares of a corporation, with 100
shares of common stock (and no other
class of stock), the shares of which are
not readily tradable on an established
securities market.
(D) Other entities. An interest in an
entity other than a corporation or nonstock mutual company or association
may constitute service recipient stock to
the extent designated by the
Commissioner in revenue procedures,
notices, or other guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(E) Eligible issuer of service recipient
stock—(1) In general. The term eligible
issuer of service recipient stock means
only the corporation for which the
service provider provides direct services
on the date of grant of the stock right (if
the entity receiving such services is a
corporation), and any corporation in a
chain of corporations or other entities in
which each corporation or other entity
has a controlling interest in another
corporation or other entity in the chain,
ending with the corporation or other
entity that has a controlling interest in
the corporation or other entity for which
the service provider provides direct
services on the date of grant of the stock
right. For this purpose, the term
controlling interest has the same
meaning as provided in § 1.414(c)–
2(b)(2)(i), provided that the language ‘‘at
least 50 percent’’ is used instead of ‘‘at
least 80 percent’’ each place it appears
in § 1.414(c)–2(b)(2)(i). In addition,
where the use of such stock with respect
to the grant of a stock right to such
service provider is based upon
legitimate business criteria, the term
controlling interest has the same
meaning as provided in § 1.414(c)–
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
2(b)(2)(i), provided that the language ‘‘at
least 20 percent’’ is used instead of ‘‘at
least 80 percent’’ each place it appears
in § 1.414(c)–2(b)(2)(i). For purposes of
determining ownership of an interest in
an organization, the rules of §§ 1.414(c)–
3 and 1.414(c)–4 apply. The
determination of whether a grant is
based on legitimate business criteria is
based on the facts and circumstances,
focusing primarily on whether there is
a sufficient nexus between the service
provider and the issuer of the stock right
so that the grant serves a legitimate nontax business purpose other than simply
providing compensation to the service
provider that is excluded from the
requirements of section 409A. For
example, stock of a corporation that
owns an interest in a joint venture
involving an operating business, used
with respect to stock rights granted to
service providers of the joint venture
who are former service providers of
such corporation, generally will
constitute use of service recipient stock
based upon legitimate business criteria,
and therefore could constitute service
recipient stock with respect to such
service providers if the corporation
owns at least 20 percent of the joint
venture and the other requirements of
this paragraph (b)(5)(iii) are met.
Similarly, the legitimate business
criteria requirement generally would be
met if the corporate venturer issued
such a right to an employee of the joint
venture who it reasonably expected
would in the future become an
employee of the corporate venturer.
However, where a service provider has
no real nexus with a corporate venturer,
such as generally happens when the
corporate venturer is a passive investor
in the service recipient joint venture, a
stock right issued to that employee on
the investor corporation’s stock
generally would not be based upon
legitimate business criteria. Similarly,
where a corporation holds only a
minority interest in an entity that in
turn holds a minority interest in the
entity for which the service provider
performs services, such that the
corporation holds only an insubstantial
indirect interest in the entity receiving
the services, legitimate business criteria
generally would not exist for issuing a
stock right on the corporation’s stock to
the service provider.
(2) Investment vehicles.
Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(E)(1) of this section,
except as to a service provider providing
services directly to such corporation, for
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), an
eligible issuer of service recipient stock
does not include any corporation whose
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
primary purpose is to serve as an
investment vehicle with respect to the
corporation’s minority ownership
interests in entities other than the
service recipient.
(3) Corporate structures established or
transactions undertaken for purposes of
avoiding coverage under section 409A.
Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(E)(1) of this section,
an eligible issuer of service recipient
stock does not include any corporation
within a group of entities treated as a
single service recipient if a purpose of
the establishment of the structure of the
ownership, or a purpose of a significant
transaction between or among two or
more entities comprising a single
service recipient, is to provide deferred
compensation not subject to the
application of section 409A. If an entity
becomes a member of a group of
corporations or other entities treated as
a single service recipient, and the
primary source of income or value of
such entity arises from the provision of
management services to other members
of the service recipient group, it is
presumed that such structure was
established for purposes of avoiding the
application of section 409A if any stock
rights are issued with respect to such
entity.
(4) Substitutions and assumptions by
reason of a corporate transaction. If the
requirements of paragraph (b)(5)(v)(D) of
this section are met such that the
substitution of a new stock right
pursuant to a corporate transaction for
an outstanding stock right, or the
assumption of an outstanding stock
right pursuant to a corporate
transaction, would not be treated as the
grant of a new stock right or a change
in the form of payment for purposes of
this section and §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–6, the stock underlying the
stock right that replaced the stock right
that is substituted or assumed will be
treated as service recipient stock for
purposes of applying this paragraph
(b)(5) to the replacement stock rights if
such underlying stock otherwise
satisfies the requirements of paragraph
(b)(5)(iii)(A) of this section. For
example, if by reason of a spinoff
transaction (under which the stock of a
subsidiary corporation is distributed to
the stockholders of a distributing
corporation), a stock option to purchase
distributing corporation stock is
replaced with a stock option to purchase
distributing corporation stock and a
stock option to purchase the spun off
subsidiary corporation’s stock (each
otherwise satisfying the requirements of
paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(A) of this section),
and where such substitution is not
treated as a modification of the original
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19283
stock option pursuant to paragraph
(b)(5)(v)(D) of this section, both the
distributing corporation stock and the
subsidiary corporation stock are treated
as service recipient stock for purposes of
applying this paragraph (b)(5) to the
replacement stock options.
(iv) Determination of the fair market
value of service recipient stock—(A)
Stock readily tradable on an established
securities market. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section, in the
case of service recipient stock that is
readily tradable on an established
securities market, the fair market value
of the stock may be determined based
upon the last sale before or the first sale
after the grant, the closing price on the
trading day before or the trading day of
the grant, the arithmetic mean of the
high and low prices on the trading day
before or the trading day of the grant, or
any other reasonable method using
actual transactions in such stock as
reported by such market. The
determination of fair market value also
may be determined using an average
selling price during a specified period
that is within 30 days before or 30 days
after the applicable valuation date,
provided that the program under which
the stock right is granted, including a
program with a single participant, must
irrevocably specify the commitment to
grant the stock right with an exercise
price set using such an average selling
price before the beginning of the
specified period. For this purpose, the
term average selling price refers to the
arithmetic mean of such selling prices
on all trading days during the specified
period, or the average of such prices
over the specified period weighted
based on the volume of trading of such
stock on each trading day during such
specified period. To satisfy this
requirement, the service recipient must
designate the recipient of the stock
right, the number and class of shares of
stock that are subject to the stock right,
and the method for determining the
exercise price including the period over
which the averaging will occur, before
the beginning of the specified averaging
period. Notwithstanding the forgoing
provisions of this paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(A), where applicable foreign
law requires that a compensatory stock
right be priced based upon a specific
price averaging method and period, a
stock right granted in accordance with
such applicable foreign law will be
treated as meeting the requirements of
this paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(A), provided
that the averaging period does not
exceed 30 days.
(B) Stock not readily tradable on an
established securities market—(1) In
general. For purposes of paragraph
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19284
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(b)(5)(i) of this section, in the case of
service recipient stock that is not readily
tradable on an established securities
market, the fair market value of the
stock as of a valuation date means a
value determined by the reasonable
application of a reasonable valuation
method. The determination whether a
valuation method is reasonable, or
whether an application of a valuation
method is reasonable, is made based on
the facts and circumstances as of the
valuation date. Factors to be considered
under a reasonable valuation method
include, as applicable, the value of
tangible and intangible assets of the
corporation, the present value of
anticipated future cash-flows of the
corporation, the market value of stock or
equity interests in similar corporations
and other entities engaged in trades or
businesses substantially similar to those
engaged in by the corporation the stock
of which is to be valued, the value of
which can be readily determined
through nondiscretionary, objective
means (such as through trading prices
on an established securities market or
an amount paid in an arm’s length
private transaction), recent arm’s length
transactions involving the sale or
transfer of such stock or equity interests,
and other relevant factors such as
control premiums or discounts for lack
of marketability and whether the
valuation method is used for other
purposes that have a material economic
effect on the service recipient, its
stockholders, or its creditors. The use of
a valuation method is not reasonable if
such valuation method does not take
into consideration in applying its
methodology all available information
material to the value of the corporation.
Similarly, the use of a value previously
calculated under a valuation method is
not reasonable as of a later date if such
calculation fails to reflect information
available after the date of the calculation
that may materially affect the value of
the corporation (for example, the
resolution of material litigation or the
issuance of a patent) or the value was
calculated with respect to a date that is
more than 12 months earlier than the
date for which the valuation is being
used. The service recipient’s consistent
use of a valuation method to determine
the value of its stock or assets for other
purposes, including for purposes
unrelated to compensation of service
providers, is also a factor supporting the
reasonableness of such valuation
method.
(2) Presumption of reasonableness.
For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(B), the use of any of the
following methods of valuation is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
presumed to result in a reasonable
valuation, provided that the
Commissioner may rebut such a
presumption upon a showing that either
the valuation method or the application
of such method was grossly
unreasonable:
(i) A valuation of a class of stock
determined by an independent appraisal
that meets the requirements of section
401(a)(28)(C) and the regulations as of a
date that is no more than 12 months
before the relevant transaction to which
the valuation is applied (for example,
the date of grant of a stock option).
(ii) A valuation based upon a formula
that, if used as part of a nonlapse
restriction (as defined in § 1.83–3(h))
with respect to the stock, would be
considered to be the fair market value of
the stock pursuant to § 1.83–5, provided
that such stock is valued in the same
manner for purposes of any nonlapse
restriction applicable to the transfer of
any shares of such class of stock (or any
substantially similar class of stock) to
the issuer or any person that owns stock
possessing more than 10 percent of the
total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the issuer (applying
the stock attribution rules of § 1.424–
1(d)), other than an arm’s length
transaction involving the sale of all or
substantially all of the outstanding stock
of the issuer, and such valuation
method is used consistently for all such
purposes, and provided further that this
paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(B)(2)(ii) does not
apply with respect to stock subject to a
stock right payable in stock, where the
stock acquired pursuant to the exercise
of the stock right is transferable other
than through the operation of a
nonlapse restriction.
(iii) A valuation, made reasonably and
in good faith and evidenced by a written
report that takes into account the
relevant factors described in paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, of illiquid
stock of a start-up corporation. For this
purpose, illiquid stock of a start-up
corporation means service recipient
stock of a corporation that has no
material trade or business that it or any
predecessor to it has conducted for a
period of 10 years or more and has no
class of equity securities that are traded
on an established securities market (as
defined in paragraph (k) of this section),
where such stock is not subject to any
put, call, or other right or obligation of
the service recipient or other person to
purchase such stock (other than a right
of first refusal upon an offer to purchase
by a third party that is unrelated to the
service recipient or service provider and
other than a right or obligation that
constitutes a lapse restriction as defined
in § 1.83–3(i)), and provided that this
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(B)(2)(iii) does not
apply to the valuation of any stock if the
service recipient or service provider
may reasonably anticipate, as of the
time the valuation is applied, that the
service recipient will undergo a change
in control event as described in
§ 1.409A–3(i)(5)(v) or § 1.409A–
3(i)(5)(vii) within the 90 days following
the action to which the valuation is
applied, or make a public offering of
securities within the 180 days following
the action to which the valuation is
applied. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(5)(iv)(B)(2)(iii), a valuation will not
be treated as made reasonably and in
good faith unless the valuation is
performed by a person or persons that
the corporation reasonably determines
is qualified to perform such a valuation
based on the person’s or persons’’
significant knowledge, experience,
education, or training. Generally, a
person will be qualified to perform such
a valuation if a reasonable individual,
upon being apprised of such knowledge,
experience, education, and training,
would reasonably rely on the advice of
such person with respect to valuation in
deciding whether to accept an offer to
purchase or sell the stock being valued.
For this purpose, significant experience
generally means at least five years of
relevant experience in business
valuation or appraisal, financial
accounting, investment banking, private
equity, secured lending, or other
comparable experience in the line of
business or industry in which the
service recipient operates.
(3) Use of alternative methods. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5), a
different valuation method may be used
for each separate action for which a
valuation is relevant, provided that a
single valuation method is used for each
separate action and, once used, may not
retroactively be altered. For example,
one valuation method may be used to
establish the exercise price of a stock
option, and a different valuation method
may be used to determine the value at
the date of the repurchase of stock
pursuant to a put or call right. However,
once an exercise price or amount to be
paid has been established, the exercise
price or amount to be paid may not be
changed through the retroactive use of
another valuation method. In addition,
notwithstanding the foregoing, where
after the date of grant, but before the
date of exercise or transfer, of the stock
right, the service recipient stock to
which the stock right relates becomes
readily tradable on an established
securities market, the service recipient
must use the valuation method set forth
in paragraph (b)(5)(iv)(A) of this section
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
for purposes of determining the
payment at the date of exercise or the
purchase of the stock, as applicable.
(v) Modifications, extensions,
substitutions, and assumptions of stock
rights—(A) Treatment of modified and
extended stock rights. A modification of
the terms of a stock right within the
meaning of paragraph (b)(5)(v)(B) of this
section is considered to be the grant of
a new stock right. The new stock right
may or may not constitute a deferral of
compensation under paragraph (b)(5)(i)
of this section, determined at the date of
grant of the new stock right. If there is
an extension of a stock right (within the
meaning of paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C) of this
section), the stock right is treated as
having had an additional deferral
feature from the original date of grant of
the stock right, and therefore will be
treated as a plan providing for the
deferral of compensation from the
original grant date for purposes of this
paragraph (b).
(B) Modification in general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph
(b)(5)(v) of this section, the term
modification means any change in the
terms of the stock right (or change in the
terms of the plan pursuant to which the
stock right was granted or in the terms
of any other agreement governing the
stock right) that may provide the holder
of the stock right with a direct or
indirect reduction in the exercise price
of the stock right regardless of whether
the holder in fact benefits from the
change in terms. A change in the terms
of the stock right shortening the period
during which the stock right is
exercisable is not a modification. It is
not a modification to add a feature
providing the ability to tender
previously acquired stock for the stock
purchasable under the stock right, or to
withhold or have withheld shares of
stock to facilitate the payment of the
exercise price or the employment taxes
or required withholding taxes resulting
from the exercise of the stock right. In
addition, it is not a modification for the
grantor to exercise discretion
specifically reserved under a stock right
with respect to the transferability of the
stock right.
(C) Extensions—(1) In general. An
extension of a stock right refers to the
provision to the holder of an additional
period of time within which to exercise
the stock right beyond the time
originally prescribed under the terms of
the stock right, the conversion or
exchange of a stock right for a legally
binding right to compensation in a
future taxable year, or the addition of
any feature for the deferral of
compensation not permitted in
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A)(3) of this section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(in the case of a stock option) or not
permitted in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B)(3) of
this section (in the case of a stock
appreciation right) to the terms of the
stock right, other than at a time when
the exercise price of the stock right
equals or exceeds the fair market value
of the service recipient stock that could
be purchased (in the case of an option)
or the fair market value of the service
recipient stock used to determine the
payment to the service provider (in the
case of a stock appreciation right), and
includes a renewal of such right that has
such effect. It is not an extension if the
exercise period of a stock right is
extended to a date no later than the
earlier of the latest date upon which the
stock right could have expired by its
original terms under any circumstances
or the 10th anniversary of the original
date of grant of the stock right. If the
exercise period of a stock right is
extended at a time when the exercise
price of the stock right equals or exceeds
the fair market value of the service
recipient stock that could be purchased
(in the case of an option) or the fair
market value of the service recipient
stock used to determine the payment to
the service provider (in the case of a
stock appreciation right), it is not an
extension of the original stock right.
Instead, in such a case, the original
stock right is treated as modified rather
than extended and a new stock right is
treated as having been granted for
purposes of this section. In addition, it
is not an extension of a stock right if the
expiration of the stock right is tolled
while the holder cannot exercise the
stock right because such an exercise
would violate an applicable Federal,
state, local, or foreign law, or would
jeopardize the ability of the service
recipient to continue as a going concern,
provided that the period during which
the stock right may be exercised is not
extended more than 30 days after the
exercise of the stock right first would no
longer violate an applicable Federal,
state, local, and foreign laws or would
first no longer jeopardize the ability of
the service recipient to continue as a
going concern. For this purpose, a
provision of foreign law shall be
considered applicable only to foreign
earned income (as defined under section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) from sources within
the foreign country that promulgated
such law.
(2) Certain extensions before April 10,
2007. An extension of a stock right
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19285
before April 10, 2007 solely in order to
provide the holder of such stock right an
additional period of time beyond the
time originally prescribed under the
terms of such stock right within which
to exercise the stock right is disregarded
for purposes of applying the rules
contained in paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C)(1) of
this section. For purposes of applying
the rules contained in paragraph
(b)(5)(v)(C)(1) of this section on and
after April 10, 2007, such a stock right
is treated as having specified at the date
of grant the time within which to
exercise such stock right that was
prescribed under the terms of such stock
right in effect on April 10, 2007.
Nothing in this paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C)(2)
affects any other action treated as the
extension of a stock right, including the
addition of a deferral feature.
(3) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of this
paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C). In the examples,
each employee is an individual
employed by the specified employer,
and each employee and each employer
has a calendar year taxable year.
Example 1. On July 1, 2009, Employer Z
grants Employee A a nonstatutory stock
option that does not provide for the deferral
of compensation in accordance with
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section. The
terms of the nonstatutory stock option
provide that the exercise period of the stock
option expires on the earlier of July 1, 2019,
or 3 months after Employee A’s separation
from service. On July 1, 2011, Employee A
separates from service. On the same day,
Employee A and Employer Z change the
exercise period of the option so that it
expires on July 1, 2013. Because the exercise
period of the stock right is not extended
beyond July 1, 2019, the change is not an
extension for purposes of this paragraph
(b)(5)(v)(C).
Example 2. The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that Employee A separates
from service on July 1, 2018, and on the same
day, Employee A and Employer Z change the
exercise period of the option so that it
expires on July 1, 2020. As of July 1, 2018,
the fair market value of the underlying stock
exceeds the exercise price. Because the
exercise period of the stock right is extended
beyond July 1, 2019, the change is an
extension for purposes of this paragraph
(b)(5)(v)(C).
Example 3. The facts are the same as in
Example 2 except that as of July 1, 2018, the
fair market value of the underlying stock is
less than the exercise price of the option.
Because the exercise period of the stock right
is extended at a time when the fair market
value of the underlying stock is less than the
exercise price, the change is not an extension
for purposes of this paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C)
and the change is treated as a modification
of the option, resulting in the extension of
the exercise period being treated as the grant
of a new option on July 1, 2018.
Example 4. On July 1, 2009, Employer Y
grants to Employee B a stock appreciation
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19286
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
right with respect to 200 shares of Employer
Y common stock that does not provide for the
deferral of compensation in accordance with
paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section. Upon
exercise of the stock appreciation right,
Employee B is entitled to receive the excess
of the fair market value of a share of
Employer Y common stock on the date of
exercise over $100 (the fair market value of
a share of Employer Y common stock on July
1, 2009), multiplied by the number of shares
with respect to which Employee B is
exercising the right. The exercise period of
the right expires on the earlier of July 1,
2019, or 3 months after Employee B separates
from service. Employee B cannot exercise the
stock appreciation right with respect to more
than 100 shares unless Employee B continues
to be employed by Employer Y through June
30, 2014. On July 1, 2011, when the fair
market value of a share of Employer Y
common stock is $200, Employee B and
Employer Y amend the stock appreciation
right to provide that the right will be
exercisable only during calendar year 2018,
except that before January 1, 2017, Employee
B may elect to designate calendar year 2023
or any subsequent calendar year before 2033
as the year in which the right will be
exercisable. The amendment constitutes an
extension of the stock appreciation right
under paragraph (b)(5)(v)(C)(1) of this
section. Under paragraph (b)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, the stock appreciation right is treated
as having had an additional deferral feature
from the original date of grant (July 1, 2009)
of the right, and therefore is treated as a plan
providing for the deferral of compensation
from that date. During the period from July
1, 2009, through June 30, 2011, the
provisions of the stock appreciation right
relating to the time and form of payment did
not satisfy the requirements of § 1.409A–3(a).
Therefore, the stock appreciation right
provides for a deferral of compensation that
does not comply with section 409A.
(D) Substitutions and assumptions of
stock rights by reason of a corporate
transaction. If the requirements of
§ 1.424–1 (without regard to the
requirement described in § 1.424–1(a)(2)
that an eligible corporation be the
employer of the optionee) would be met
if the stock right were a statutory option,
the substitution of a new stock right
pursuant to a corporate transaction (as
defined in § 1.424–1(a)(3)) for an
outstanding stock right or the
assumption of an outstanding stock
right pursuant to a corporate transaction
will not be treated as the grant of a new
stock right or a change in the form of
payment for purposes of this section
and §§ 1.409A–2 through 1.409A–6. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, the
requirement of § 1.424–1(a)(5)(iii) will
be deemed to be satisfied if the ratio of
the exercise price to the fair market
value of the shares subject to the stock
right immediately after the substitution
or assumption is not greater than the
ratio of the exercise price to the fair
market value of the shares subject to the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
stock right immediately before the
substitution or assumption. In the case
of a transaction described in section 355
in which the stock of the distributing
corporation and the stock distributed in
the transaction are both readily tradable
on an established securities market
immediately after the transaction, for
purposes of this paragraph (b)(5)(v), the
requirements of § 1.424–1(a)(5) related
to the fair market value of the stock may
be satisfied by—
(1) Using the last sale before or the
first sale after the specified date as of
which such valuation is being made, the
closing price on the last trading day
before or the trading day of a specified
date, the arithmetic mean of the high
and low prices on the last trading day
before or the trading day of such
specified date, or any other reasonable
method using actual transactions in
such stock as reported by such market
on a specified date, for the stock of the
distributing corporation and the stock
distributed in the transaction, provided
the specified date is designated before
such specified date, and such specified
date is not more than 60 days after the
transaction;
(2) Using the arithmetic mean of such
market prices on trading days during a
specified period designated before the
beginning of such specified period,
where such specified period is not
longer than 30 days and ends no later
than 60 days after the transaction; or
(3) Using an average of such prices
during such prespecified period
weighted based on the volume of
trading of such stock on each trading
day during such prespecified period.
(E) Acceleration of date when
exercisable. Although with respect to a
stock right not immediately exercisable
in full, a change in the terms of the right
solely to accelerate or delay, within the
original term of the stock right, the time
at which the stock right (or any portion
of such stock right) may be exercised is
not a modification for purposes of this
section, with respect to a stock right
subject to section 409A, such an
acceleration may constitute an
impermissible acceleration of a payment
date under § 1.409A–3(j) or a
subsequent deferral under § 1.409A–
2(b).
(F) Discretionary added benefits. If a
change to a stock right provides, either
by its terms or in substance, that the
holder may receive an additional benefit
under the stock right at the future
discretion of the grantor, and the
addition of such benefit would
constitute a modification or extension,
then the addition of such discretion is
a modification or extension at the time
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that the stock right is changed to
provide such discretion.
(G) Change in underlying stock
increasing value. A change in the terms
of the stock subject to a stock right that
increases the value of the stock is a
modification of such stock right, except
to the extent that a new stock right is
substituted for such stock right by
reason of the change in the terms of the
stock in accordance with paragraph
(b)(5)(v)(D) of this section.
(H) Change in the number of shares
purchasable. If a stock right is amended
solely to increase the number of shares
subject to the stock right, the increase is
not considered a modification of the
stock right but is treated as the grant of
a new additional stock right to which
the additional shares are subject.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
if the exercise price and number of
shares subject to a stock right are
proportionally adjusted to reflect a stock
split (including a reverse stock split) or
stock dividend, and the only effect of
the stock split or stock dividend is to
increase (or decrease) on a pro rata basis
the number of shares owned by each
shareholder of the class of stock subject
to the stock right, then there is no
modification of the stock right if it is
proportionally adjusted to reflect the
stock split or stock dividend and the
aggregate exercise price of the stock
right is not less than the aggregate
exercise price before the stock split or
stock dividend.
(I) Rescission of changes. A change to
the terms of a stock right (or change in
the terms of the plan pursuant to which
the stock right was granted or in the
terms of any other agreement governing
the right) is not considered a
modification or extension of the stock
right to the extent the change in the
terms of the stock right is rescinded by
the earlier of the date the stock right is
exercised or the last day of the service
provider’s taxable year during which
such change occurred. Thus, for
example, if the terms of a stock right
granted to an individual employee with
a calendar year taxable year are changed
on March 1 in a manner that would
result in an extension of the stock right,
and the change is rescinded on
November 1 of the same year, and the
stock right is not exercised before the
change is rescinded, the stock right is
not considered extended under this
paragraph (b)(5)(v).
(J) Successive modifications and
extensions. The rules of this paragraph
(b)(5)(v) apply as well to successive
modifications and extensions.
(K) Modifications and extensions in
effect on October 23, 2004. For purposes
of the application of section 409A and
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
these regulations to a stock right, if a
legally binding right to a modification or
extension of such stock right existed on
October 23, 2004, such modification or
extension is disregarded, and the stock
right is treated as if granted with the
terms and conditions in effect on
October 23, 2004.
(vi) Meaning and use of certain
terms—(A) Option. The term option
means the right or privilege of an
individual to purchase stock from a
corporation by virtue of an offer of the
corporation continuing for a stated
period of time, whether or not
irrevocable, to sell such stock at a price
determined under paragraph
(b)(5)(vi)(D) of this section, such
individual being under no obligation to
purchase. While no particular form of
words is necessary, the option must
express an offer to sell at the option
price, the maximum number of shares
purchasable under the option, and the
period of time during which the offer
remains open. The term option includes
a warrant that meets the requirements of
this paragraph (b)(5)(vi)(A). An option
may be granted as part of or in
conjunction with an employee stock
purchase plan or subscription contract.
An option must be in writing (in paper
or electronic form) provided that such
writing is adequate to establish an
option right or privilege that is
enforceable under applicable law.
(B) Date of grant of option. (1) The
language the date of grant of the option,
and similar phrases, refer to the date
when the granting corporation
completes the corporate action
necessary to create the legally binding
right constituting the option. A
corporate action creating the legally
binding right constituting the option is
not considered complete until the date
on which the maximum number of
shares that can be purchased under the
option and the minimum exercise price
are fixed or determinable, and the class
of underlying stock and the identity of
the service provider is designated.
Ordinarily, if the corporate action
provides for an immediate offer of stock
for sale to a service provider, or
provides for a particular date on which
such offer is to be made, the date of the
granting of the option is the date of such
corporate action if the offer is to be
made immediately, or the date provided
as the date of the offer, as the case may
be. However, an unreasonable delay in
the giving of notice of such offer to the
service provider will be taken into
account as indicating that the
corporation provided that the offer was
to be made at the subsequent date on
which such notice is given.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(2) If the corporation imposes a
condition on the granting of an option
(as distinguished from a condition
governing the exercise of the option),
such condition generally will be given
effect in accordance with the intent of
the corporation. However, if the grant of
an option is subject to approval by
stockholders, the date of grant of the
option will be determined as if the
option had not been subject to such
approval. A condition that does not
require corporate action, such as the
approval of, or registration with, some
regulatory or government agency, for
example, a stock exchange or the
Securities and Exchange Commission, is
ordinarily considered a condition upon
the exercise of the option unless the
corporate action clearly indicates that
the option is not to be granted until
such condition has been satisfied.
(3) In general, a condition imposed
upon the exercise of an option will not
operate to make ineffective the granting
of the option. For example, on June 1,
2008, Corporation A grants to X, an
employee, an option to purchase 5,000
shares of the corporation’s common
stock, exercisable by X on or after June
1, 2009, provided X is employed by the
corporation on June 1, 2009, and
provided that A’s profits during the
fiscal year preceding the year of exercise
exceed $200,000. Such an option is
granted to X on June 1, 2008, and will
be treated as outstanding as of such
date.
(C) Stock. The term stock means
capital stock of any class, including
voting or nonvoting common or
preferred stock. Except as otherwise
provided, the term stock includes both
treasury stock and stock of original
issue. Special classes of stock
authorized to be issued to and held by
employees are within the scope of the
term stock for this purpose, provided
such stock otherwise possesses the
rights and characteristics of capital
stock.
(D) Exercise price. The term exercise
price means the consideration in cash or
property that, pursuant to the terms of
the option, is the price at which the
stock subject to the option is purchased.
The term exercise price does not include
any amounts paid as interest under a
deferred payment plan or treated as
interest.
(E) Exercise. The term exercise, when
used in reference to an option, means
the act of acceptance by the holder of
the option of the offer to sell contained
in the option. In general, the time of
exercise is the time when there is a sale
or a contract to sell between the
corporation and the individual. A
promise to pay the exercise price does
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19287
not constitute an exercise of the option
unless the holder of the option is subject
to personal liability on such promise.
An agreement or undertaking by the
service provider to make payments
under a stock purchase plan does not
constitute the exercise of an option to
the extent the payments made remain
subject to withdrawal by or refund to
the service provider.
(F) Transfer. The term transfer, when
used in reference to the transfer to an
individual of a share of stock pursuant
to the exercise of an option, means the
transfer of ownership of such share, or
the transfer of substantially all the rights
of ownership. Such transfer must,
within a reasonable time, be evidenced
on the books of the corporation. A
transfer may occur even if a share of
stock is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture or is not otherwise
transferable immediately after the date
of exercise. A transfer does not fail to
occur merely because, under the terms
of the arrangement, the individual may
not dispose of the share for a specified
period of time, or the share is subject to
a right of first refusal or a right to
acquire the share at the share’s fair
market value at the time of the sale.
(G) Readily tradable. For purposes of
this section and §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–6, stock is treated as readily
tradable if it is regularly quoted by
brokers or dealers making a market in
such stock.
(H) Application to stock appreciation
rights. For purposes of this section and
§§ 1.409A–2 through 1.409A–6, the
definitions provided in paragraphs
(b)(5)(vi)(A) through (G) of this section
may be applied by analogy to the
issuance of, exercise of, or payment
upon the exercise of, a stock
appreciation right.
(6) Restricted property, section 402(b)
trusts, and section 403(c) annuities—(i)
In general. If a service provider receives
property from, or pursuant to, a plan
maintained by a service recipient, there
is no deferral of compensation merely
because the value of the property is not
includible in income by reason of the
property being substantially nonvested
(as defined in § 1.83–3(b)), or is
includible in income solely due to a
valid election under section 83(b). For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(6)(i), a
transfer of property includes the transfer
of a beneficial interest in a trust or
annuity plan, or a transfer to or from a
trust or under an annuity plan, to the
extent such a transfer is subject to
section 83, section 402(b) or section
403(c). In addition, for purposes of this
paragraph (b), a right to compensation
income that will be required to be
included in income under section
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19288
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
402(b)(4)(A) is not a deferral of
compensation.
(ii) Promises to transfer property. A
plan under which a service provider
obtains a legally binding right to receive
property in a future taxable year where
the property will be substantially vested
(as defined in § 1.83–3(b)) at the time of
transfer of the property may provide for
the deferral of compensation and,
accordingly, may constitute a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. A legally binding right to receive
property in a future taxable year where
the property will be substantially
nonvested (as defined in § 1.83–3(b)) at
the time of transfer of the property will
not provide for the deferral of
compensation and, accordingly, will not
constitute a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan unless offered in
conjunction with another legally
binding right that constitutes a deferral
of compensation.
(7) Arrangements between
partnerships and partners. [Reserved.]
(8) Certain foreign plans—(i) Plans
with respect to compensation covered
by treaty or other international
agreement. A plan in which a service
provider participates does not provide
for a deferral of compensation for
purposes of this paragraph (b) to the
extent that the compensation under the
plan would have been excluded from
gross income for Federal income tax
purposes under the provisions of any
bilateral income tax convention or other
bilateral or multilateral agreement to
which the United States is a party if the
compensation had been paid to the
service provider at the time that the
legally binding right to the
compensation first arose or, if later, the
time that the legally binding right was
no longer subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture.
(ii) Plans with respect to certain other
compensation. A plan in which a
service provider participates does not
provide for a deferral of compensation
for purposes of this paragraph (b) to the
extent that compensation under the plan
would not have been includible in gross
income for Federal tax purposes if it had
been paid to the service provider at the
time that the legally binding right to the
compensation first arose or, if later, the
time that the legally binding right was
no longer subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, due to one of the following:
(A) The service provider was a
nonresident alien at such time and the
compensation would not have been
includible in gross income under
section 872.
(B) The service provider was a
qualified individual (as defined in
section 911(d)(1)) at such time, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
compensation would have been foreign
earned income within the meaning of
section 911(b)(1) (without regard to
section 911(b)(1)(B)(iv)) if paid at such
time, and the amount of such
compensation was equal to or less than
the excess (if any) of the maximum
exclusion amount under section
911(b)(2)(D) for such taxable year over
the amount of foreign earned income
actually excluded from gross income by
such qualified individual for such
taxable year under section 911(a)(1).
(C) The compensation would have
been excludible from gross income
under section 893.
(D) The compensation would have
been excludible from gross income
under section 931 or section 933.
(iii) Tax equalization agreements.
Compensation paid under a tax
equalization agreement does not provide
for a deferral of compensation if
payments made under such tax
equalization agreement are made no
later than the end of the second taxable
year of the service provider beginning
after the taxable year of the service
provider in which the service provider’s
U.S. Federal income tax return is
required to be filed (including any
extensions) for the year to which the
compensation subject to the tax
equalization payment relates, or, if later,
the second taxable year of the service
provider beginning after the latest such
taxable year in which the service
provider’s foreign tax return or payment
is required to be filed or made for the
year to which the compensation subject
to the tax equalization payment relates.
Where such payments arise due to an
audit, litigation or similar proceeding,
the right to the payments will not be
treated as resulting in a deferral of
compensation if the payments are
scheduled and made in accordance with
the provisions of § 1.409A–3(i)(1)(v)
(timing of tax gross-up payments). For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(8)(iii), the
term tax equalization agreement refers
to an agreement, method, program, or
other arrangement that provides
payments intended to compensate the
service provider for some or all of the
excess of the taxes actually imposed by
a foreign jurisdiction on the
compensation paid by the service
recipient to the service provider over
the taxes that would be imposed if the
compensation were subject solely to
United States Federal, state, and local
income tax, or some or all of the excess
of the United States Federal, state, and
local income tax actually imposed on
the compensation paid by the service to
the service provider over the taxes that
would be imposed if the compensation
were subject solely to taxes in the
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
foreign jurisdiction, provided that the
payment made under such agreement,
method, program, or other arrangement
may not exceed such excess and the
amount necessary to compensate for the
additional taxes on the amount paid
under the agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement.
(iv) Certain limited deferrals of a
nonresident alien. With respect to a
nonresident alien, a foreign plan does
not provide for a deferral of
compensation if the amounts deferred
under the foreign plan based upon
services performed by the nonresident
alien in the United States (including
amounts deferred based upon service
credits or compensation received due to
services performed in the United States)
do not exceed the applicable dollar
amount under section 402(g)(1)(B) for
the taxable year. If the amounts deferred
under the foreign plan based upon the
services performed by the nonresident
alien in the United States exceed the
applicable dollar amount, an amount of
such deferrals equal to such amount is
treated as not deferred under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(8)(iv), the term foreign plan means a
plan that, together with all substantially
similar plans, is maintained by a service
recipient for a substantial number of
participants, substantially all of whom
are nonresident aliens or resident aliens
classified as resident aliens solely under
section 7701(b)(1)(A)(ii) (and not section
7701(b)(1)(A)(i)).
(v) Additional foreign plans. A plan in
which a service provider participates
does not provide for a deferral of
compensation for purposes of this
paragraph (b) to the extent designated
by the Commissioner in revenue
procedures, notices, or other guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter).
(vi) Earnings. Earnings on
compensation excluded from the
definition of deferral of compensation
pursuant to this paragraph (b)(8) are also
not treated as a deferral of
compensation.
(9) Separation pay plans—(i) In
general. A plan that otherwise provides
for a deferral of compensation under
this paragraph (b) does not fail to
provide a deferral of compensation
merely because the right to payment of
the compensation is conditioned upon a
separation from service. However,
paragraphs (b)(9)(ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of
this section provide rules concerning
the extent to which certain separation
pay plans do not provide for the deferral
of compensation. The exceptions
contained in paragraphs (b)(9)(ii), (iii),
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(iv), and (v) of this section may be used
in combination, such that compensation
under a plan that would be excepted
under one of those paragraphs may be
treated as excepted under another of
those paragraphs, so that other
compensation under a plan may be
treated as excepted under the first of
such paragraphs. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this paragraph (b)(9),
any payment or benefit, or entitlement
to a payment or benefit, that acts as a
substitute for, or replacement of,
amounts deferred by the service
recipient under a separate nonqualified
deferred compensation plan constitutes
a payment or a deferral of compensation
under the separate nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, and does
not constitute a payment or deferral of
compensation under a separation pay
plan. If a service provider receives a
payment at separation from service and
also has a legally binding right to an
amount of deferred compensation that
would be forfeited upon the separation
from service, whether the payment acts
as an acceleration of vesting and
substitute payment for the amount of
deferred compensation forfeited, or
whether the deferred compensation is
treated as forfeited and the amount paid
is treated as a separate payment of
current compensation, is determined
based on the facts and circumstances,
provided that, where the separation
from service is voluntary, it is presumed
that the payment results from an
acceleration of vesting followed by a
payment of the deferred compensation
that is subject to section 409A.
Accordingly, any change in the payment
schedule to accelerate or defer the
payments would be subject to the rules
of section 409A. The presumption that
a right to a payment is not a new right,
but is instead a right substituted for a
pre-existing forfeited right, may be
rebutted by demonstrating that the
service provider would have obtained
the right to the payment regardless of
the forfeiture of the nonvested right. A
factor indicating that the service
provider would have obtained a right to
a payment regardless of the forfeiture of
the nonvested right is that the amount
to which the service provider obtains a
right is materially less than an amount
equal to the present value of the
forfeited amount multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the
period of service the service provider
actually completed, and the
denominator of which is the full period
of service the service provider would
have been required to complete to
receive the full amount of the payment.
For example, where a service provider
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
is entitled to a future payment only if
the service provider completes three
years of service and at the time of
termination the service provider has
completed one year of service, the
presumption could be rebutted if the
payment to the service provider is
materially less than the present value of
one-third of the nonvested amount.
Another such factor is that the payment
to the service provider is of a type
customarily made to service providers
who separate from service with the
service recipient and do not forfeit
nonvested rights to deferred
compensation (for example, a payment
of accrued but unused leave or a
payment for a release of actual or
potential claims).
(ii) Collectively bargained separation
pay plans. A separation pay plan does
not provide for a deferral of
compensation to the extent the plan is
a collectively bargained separation pay
plan that provides for separation pay
only upon an involuntary separation
from service or pursuant to a window
program. Only the portion of the
separation pay plan attributable to
employees covered by a bona fide
collective bargaining agreement is
considered to be provided under a
collectively bargained separation pay
plan. A collectively bargained
separation pay plan is a separation pay
plan that meets the following
conditions:
(A) The separation pay plan is
contained within an agreement that the
Secretary of Labor determines to be a
collective bargaining agreement.
(B) The separation pay provided by
the collective bargaining agreement was
the subject of arm’s length negotiations
between employee representatives and
one or more employers, and the
agreement between employee
representatives and one or more
employers satisfies section 7701(a)(46).
(C) The circumstances surrounding
the agreement evidence good faith
bargaining between adverse parties over
the separation pay to be provided under
the agreement.
(iii) Separation pay due to
involuntary separation from service or
participation in a window program. A
separation pay plan that is not described
in paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section and
that provides for separation pay only
upon an involuntary separation from
service (as defined in paragraph (n) of
this section) or pursuant to a window
program does not provide for a deferral
of compensation to the extent that the
separation pay, or portion of the
separation pay, provided under the plan
meets the following requirements:
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19289
(A) The separation pay (other than
amounts described in paragraphs
(b)(9)(iv) and (v) of this section) does
not exceed two times the lesser of—
(1) The sum of the service provider’s
annualized compensation based upon
the annual rate of pay for services
provided to the service recipient for the
taxable year of the service provider
preceding the taxable year of the service
provider in which the service provider
has a separation from service with such
service recipient (adjusted for any
increase during that year that was
expected to continue indefinitely if the
service provider had not separated from
service); or
(2) The maximum amount that may be
taken into account under a qualified
plan pursuant to section 401(a)(17) for
the year in which the service provider
has a separation from service.
(B) The plan provides that the
separation pay described in paragraph
(b)(9)(iii)(A) of this section must be paid
no later than the last day of the second
taxable year of the service provider
following the taxable year of the service
provider in which occurs the separation
from service.
(iv) Foreign separation pay plans. A
separation pay plan (including a plan
providing payments upon a voluntary
separation from service) does not
provide for deferred compensation to
the extent the plan provides for amounts
of separation pay required to be
provided under the applicable law of a
foreign jurisdiction. For this purpose, a
provision of foreign law shall be
considered applicable only to foreign
earned income (as defined under section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) from sources within
the foreign country that promulgated
such law.
(v) Reimbursements and certain other
separation payments—(A) In general.
To the extent a separation pay plan
(including a plan providing payments
upon a voluntary separation from
service) entitles a service provider to
payment by the service recipient of
reimbursements that are not otherwise
excludible from gross income, for
expenses that the service provider could
otherwise deduct under section 162 or
section 167 as business expenses
incurred in connection with the
performance of services (ignoring any
applicable limitation based on adjusted
gross income), or of reasonable
outplacement expenses and reasonable
moving expenses actually incurred by
the service provider and directly related
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19290
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
to the termination of services for the
service recipient, such plan does not
provide for a deferral of compensation
to the extent such rights apply during a
limited period of time (regardless of
whether such rights extend beyond the
limited period of time). For purposes of
this paragraph (b)(9)(v)(A), the
reimbursement of reasonable moving
expenses includes the reimbursement of
all or part of any loss the service
provider actually incurs due to the sale
of a primary residence in connection
with a separation from service.
(B) Medical benefits. To the extent a
separation pay plan (including a plan
providing payments due to a voluntary
separation from service) entitles a
service provider to reimbursement by
the service recipient of payments of
medical expenses incurred and paid by
the service provider but not reimbursed
by a person other than the service
recipient and allowable as a deduction
under section 213 (disregarding the
requirement of section 213(a) that the
deduction is available only to the extent
that such expenses exceed 7.5 percent of
adjusted gross income), such plan does
not provide for a deferral of
compensation to the extent such rights
apply during the period of time during
which the service provider would be
entitled (or would, but for such plan, be
entitled) to continuation coverage under
a group health plan of the service
recipient under section 4980B (COBRA)
if the service provider elected such
coverage and paid the applicable
premiums.
(C) In-kind benefits and direct service
recipient payments. A service provider’s
entitlement to in-kind benefits from the
service recipient, or a payment by the
service recipient directly to the person
providing the goods or services to the
service provider, is treated as not
providing for a deferral of compensation
for purposes of this paragraph (b), if a
right to reimbursement by the service
recipient for a payment for such
benefits, goods, or services by the
service provider would not be treated as
providing for a deferral of compensation
under this paragraph (b)(9)(v).
(D) Limited payments. If not
otherwise excluded, a taxpayer may
treat a right or rights under a separation
pay plan to a payment or payments as
not providing for a deferral of
compensation to the extent such
payments in the aggregate do not exceed
the applicable dollar amount under
section 402(g)(1)(B) for the year of the
separation from service.
(E) Limited period of time. For
purposes of paragraphs (b)(9)(v)(A) and
(C) of this section, a limited period of
time in which expenses may be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
incurred, or in which in-kind benefits
may be provided by the service
recipient or a third party that the service
recipient will pay, does not include
periods beyond the last day of the
second taxable year of the service
provider following the taxable year of
the service provider in which the
separation from service occurred,
provided that the period during which
the reimbursements for such expenses
must be paid may not extend beyond
the third taxable year of the service
provider following the taxable year of
the service provider in which the
separation from service occurred.
(vi) Window programs—definition.
The term window program refers to a
program established by a service
recipient in connection with an
impending separation from service to
provide separation pay, where such
program is made available by the service
recipient for a limited period of time (no
longer than 12 months) to service
providers who separate from service
during that period or to service
providers who separate from service
during that period under specified
circumstances. A program will not be
considered a window program if a
service recipient establishes a pattern of
repeatedly providing for similar
separation pay in similar situations for
substantially consecutive, limited
periods of time. Whether the recurrence
of these programs constitutes a pattern
is determined based on the facts and
circumstances. Although no one factor
is determinative, relevant factors
include whether the benefits are on
account of a specific business event or
condition, the degree to which the
separation pay relates to the event or
condition, and whether the event or
condition is temporary or discrete or is
a permanent aspect of the employer’s
business.
(10) Certain indemnification and
liability insurance plans. A plan in
which a service provider participates
does not provide for a deferral of
compensation for purposes of this
paragraph (b) to the extent that the plan
provides (to the extent permissible
under applicable law), for the
indemnification of, or the purchase of
an insurance policy providing for
payments of, all or part of the expenses
incurred or damages paid or payable by
a service provider with respect to a bona
fide claim against the service provider
or service recipient, including amounts
paid or payable by the service provider
upon the settlement of a bona fide claim
against the service provider or service
recipient, where such claim is based on
actions or failures to act by the service
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provider in his or her capacity as a
service provider of the service recipient.
(11) Legal settlements. An agreement
to which a service provider is a party
does not provide for a deferral of
compensation for purposes of this
paragraph (b) to the extent that the
agreement provides for amounts paid as
settlements or awards resolving bona
fide legal claims based on wrongful
termination, employment
discrimination, the Fair Labor Standards
Act, or worker’s compensation statutes,
including claims under applicable
Federal, state, local, or foreign laws, or
for reimbursements or payments of
reasonable attorneys fees or other
reasonable expenses incurred by the
service provider related to such bona
fide legal claims, regardless of whether
such settlements, awards, or
reimbursement or payment of expenses
pursuant to such claims are treated as
compensation or wages for Federal tax
purposes. Whether the execution of a
waiver of any or all of such types of
claims indicates that the amounts are
paid as an award or settlement of an
actual bona fide claim for damages
under applicable law is determined
based on the facts and circumstances.
This paragraph (b)(11) does not apply to
any deferred amounts that did not arise
as a result of an actual bona fide claim
for damages under applicable law, such
as amounts that would have been
deferred or paid regardless of the
existence of such claim, even if such
amounts are paid or modified as part of
a settlement or award resolving an
actual bona fide claim. For this purpose,
a provision of foreign law shall be
considered applicable only to foreign
earned income (as defined under section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) from sources within
the foreign country that promulgated
such law.
(12) Certain educational benefits. A
plan in which a service provider
participates does not provide for a
deferral of compensation to the extent
the plan provides for taxable
educational benefits. For purposes of
this paragraph (b)(12), the term
educational benefits refers solely to
benefits provided to a service provider,
consisting solely of educational
assistance for the education of the
service provider, as defined in section
127(c) and the accompanying
regulations, and does not refer to any
benefits provided for the education of
any other person, including any spouse,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
child, or other family member of the
service provider.
(c) Plan—(1) In general. The term
plan includes any agreement, method,
program, or other arrangement,
including an agreement, method,
program, or other arrangement that
applies to one person or individual. A
plan may be adopted unilaterally by the
service recipient or may be negotiated or
agreed to by the service recipient and
one or more service providers or service
provider representatives. An agreement,
method, program, or other arrangement
may constitute a plan regardless of
whether it is an employee benefit plan
under section 3(3) of ERISA, as
amended (29 U.S.C. 1002(3)). The
requirements of section 409A are
applied as if a separate plan or plans is
maintained for each service provider.
For purposes of determining the terms
of a plan, general provisions of the plan
that purport to nullify noncompliant
plan terms, or to supply any specific
plan terms required by this section,
§ 1.409A–2 or § 1.409A–3, are
disregarded.
(2) Plan aggregation rules—(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided,
the following rules apply with respect to
the application of this section and
§§ 1.409A–2 through 1.409A–6 to
deferrals of compensation with respect
to a service provider:
(A) All deferrals of compensation at
the election of that service provider
under all plans of the service recipient
that are account balance plans, except to
the extent that the plan is described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(D), (E), (F), (G), or (H)
of this section, are treated as deferred
under a single plan. For purposes of this
paragraph, the term account balance
plan means—
(1) An agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that is an account
balance plan as defined in
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(1)(ii)(A) of this
chapter, including mandatorily
bifurcating the agreement, method,
program, or other arrangement in
accordance with the rules provided in
§ 31.3121(v)–1(c)(1)(iii)(B) of this
chapter; or
(2) An agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that would be
described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A)(1) of
this section if the service provider were
an employee.
(B) All deferrals of compensation
other than at the election of that service
provider, including deferrals reflecting
matching by the service recipient with
respect to amounts a service provider
elects to defer, under all plans of the
service recipient that are account
balance plans, except to the extent the
plan is described in paragraph
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(c)(2)(i)(D), (E), (F), (G), or (H) of this
section, are treated as deferred under a
single plan. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B), the term ‘‘account
balance plan’’ has the same meaning as
provided in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this
section.
(C) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
plans of the service recipient that are
nonaccount balance plans, except to the
extent such plan is described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(D), (E), (F), (G), or (H)
of this section, are treated as deferred
under a single plan. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C), the term
nonaccount balance plan means—
(1) An agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that is a
nonaccount balance plan as defined in
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(c)(2)(i) of this chapter,
including mandatorily bifurcating the
agreement, method, program, or other
arrangement in accordance with the
rules provided in § 31.3121(v)–
1(c)(1)(iii)(B) of this chapter; or
(2) An agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that would be
described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C)(1) of
this section if the service provider were
an employee.
(D) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
separation pay plans (as defined in
paragraph (m) of this section) of the
service recipient to the extent an
amount deferred under the plans is not
described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(E) of this
section and is payable solely upon an
involuntary separation from service
within the meaning of paragraph (n) of
this section or as a result of
participation in a window program, are
treated as deferred under a single plan.
(E) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
plans of the service recipient to the
extent such amounts deferred consist of
rights to in-kind benefits or
reimbursements of expenses, such as
membership fees, or expenses related to
aircraft or vehicle usage, to the extent
that the right to the in-kind benefit or
reimbursement, separately or in the
aggregate, does not constitute a
substantial portion of either the overall
compensation earned by the service
provider for performing services for the
service recipient or the overall
compensation received due to a
separation from service, are treated as
deferred under a single plan.
(F) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
plans of the service recipient to the
extent that the taxation of such
compensation is governed by § 1.61–22
or § 1.7872–15 (split-dollar life
insurance arrangements), or the taxation
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19291
of such compensation would be
governed by § 1.61–22 or § 1.7872–15
but for the operation of § 1.61–22(j)
(effective date provisions), are treated as
deferred under a single plan.
(G) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
agreements, methods, programs, or other
arrangements of the service recipient to
the extent the deferrals under the
agreements, methods, programs, or other
arrangements are deferrals of amounts
that would be treated as modified
foreign earned income (meaning foreign
earned income as defined under section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) if paid to the service
provider at the time the amount is first
deferred, and provided further that
substantially all the participants in such
agreements, methods, programs, or other
arrangements and any substantially
similar agreements, methods, programs,
or other arrangements are nonresident
aliens and that the service provider does
not participate in a substantially
identical agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that does not meet
the requirements of this paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(G) (a domestic arrangement), are
treated as deferred under a single plan.
(H) All deferrals of compensation
with respect to that service provider
under all plans of the service provider
to the extent such plans are stock rights
(as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(l) of this
section) subject to section 409A, are
treated as deferred under a single plan.
(I) All deferrals of compensation with
respect to that service provider under all
plans of the service recipient to the
extent such plans are not described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A), (B), (C), (D), (E),
(F), (G), or (H) of this section are treated
as deferred under a single plan.
(ii) Dual status. Agreements, methods,
programs, and other arrangements in
which a service provider participates
are not aggregated with other
agreements, methods, programs, and
other arrangements to the extent the
service provider participates in one set
of agreements, methods, programs, and
other arrangements due to status as an
employee of the service recipient
(employee arrangements) and another
set of agreements, methods, programs,
and other arrangements due to status as
an independent contractor of the service
recipient (independent contractor
arrangements). For example, where a
service provider deferred amounts
under an independent contractor
arrangement while providing services as
an independent contractor, and then
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19292
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
becomes eligible for and defers amounts
under a separate employee arrangement
after being hired as an employee, the
two arrangements will not be aggregated
for purposes of this paragraph (c)(2).
Where an employee also is a member of
the board of directors of the service
recipient (or a similar position with
respect to a non-corporate service
recipient), the arrangements under
which the employee participates as a
director (director arrangements) are not
aggregated with employee arrangements,
provided that the director arrangements
are substantially similar to arrangements
provided to service providers providing
services only as directors (or similar
positions with respect to non-corporate
service recipients). For example, an
employee director who participates in
an employee arrangement and a director
arrangement generally may treat the two
arrangements as separate plans,
provided that the director arrangement
is substantially similar to arrangements
providing benefits to non-employee
directors. To the extent a plan in which
an employee director participates is not
substantially similar to arrangements in
which non-employee directors
participate, such plan is treated as an
employee plan for purposes of this
paragraph (c)(2). Director plans and
independent contractor plans are
aggregated for purposes of this
paragraph (c)(2).
(3) Establishment of plan—(i) In
general. A plan does not satisfy the
requirements of section 409A and this
section and §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–3 and §§ 1.409A–5 through
1.409A–6, unless the plan is established
and maintained by a service recipient in
accordance with the requirements of
this section, §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–3 and §§ 1.409A–5 through
1.409A–6. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3), a plan is established on
the latest of the date on which it is
adopted, the date on which it is
effective, and the date on which the
material terms of the plan are set forth
in writing. The material terms of the
plan may be set forth in writing in one
or more documents. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3)(i), a plan will be
deemed to be set forth in writing if it is
set forth in any other form that is
approved by the Commissioner. The
material terms of the plan include the
amount (or the method or formula for
determining the amount) of deferred
compensation to be provided under the
plan and the time and form of payment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a plan
will be deemed to be established as of
the date the participant obtains a legally
binding right to a deferral of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
compensation, provided that the plan is
otherwise established under the rules of
this paragraph (c)(3)(i) by the end of the
taxable year of the service provider in
which the legally binding right arises, or
with respect to an amount not payable
in the year immediately following the
taxable year of the service provider in
which the legally binding right arises
(the subsequent year), the 15th day of
the third month of the subsequent year.
(ii) Initial deferral election provisions.
If a plan provides a service provider or
a service recipient with an initial
deferral election, the plan satisfies the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(3) if
the plan sets forth in writing, on or
before the date the applicable election is
required to be irrevocable to satisfy the
requirements of § 1.409A–2(a), the
conditions under which such election
may be made.
(iii) Subsequent deferral election
provisions. If a plan permits a
subsequent deferral election described
in § 1.409A–2(b), the plan satisfies the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(3) if
the plan sets forth in writing, on or
before the date the election is required
to be irrevocable to meet the
requirements of § 1.409A–2(b), the
conditions under which such election
may be made.
(iv) Payment accelerations. Except as
explicitly provided in § 1.409A–3, a
plan is not required to set forth in
writing the conditions under which a
payment may be accelerated if such
acceleration is permitted under
§ 1.409A–3(j)(4).
(v) Six-month delay for specified
employees. A plan must provide that
distributions to a specified employee
may not be made before the date that is
six months after the date of separation
from service or, if earlier, the date of
death (the six-month delay rule). The
six-month delay rule, required for
payments due to the separation from
service of a specified employee, must be
written in the plan. A plan does not fail
to be established and maintained merely
because it does not contain the sixmonth delay rule when the service
provider who has a right to
compensation deferred under such plan
is not a specified employee. However,
such provision must be set forth in
writing on or before the date such
service provider first becomes a
specified employee. In general, this
means the provision must be set forth in
writing on or before the specified
employee effective date (as defined in
paragraph (i)(3) of this section) for the
first list of specified employees that
includes such service provider.
(vi) Plan amendments. In the case of
an amendment that increases the
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
amount deferred under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, the plan is
not considered established with respect
to the additional amount deferred until
the plan, as amended, is established in
accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(i) of
this section.
(vii) Transition rule for written plan
requirement. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3), a legally enforceable
unwritten plan that was adopted and
effective before December 31, 2007, is
treated as established under this section
as of the later of the date on which it
was adopted or became effective,
provided that the material terms of the
plan are set forth in writing on or before
December 31, 2007.
(viii) Plan aggregation rules. The plan
aggregation rules of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section do not apply to the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(3).
Accordingly, deferrals of compensation
under an agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that fails to meet
the requirements of section 409A solely
due to a failure to meet the requirements
of this paragraph (c)(3) are not
aggregated with deferrals of
compensation under other agreements,
methods, programs, or other
arrangements that meet such
requirements.
(d) Substantial risk of forfeiture—(1)
In general. Compensation is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture if
entitlement to the amount is
conditioned on the performance of
substantial future services by any
person or the occurrence of a condition
related to a purpose of the
compensation, and the possibility of
forfeiture is substantial. For purposes of
this paragraph (d), a condition related to
a purpose of the compensation must
relate to the service provider’s
performance for the service recipient or
the service recipient’s business
activities or organizational goals (for
example, the attainment of a prescribed
level of earnings or equity value or
completion of an initial public offering).
For purposes of this paragraph (d), if a
service provider’s entitlement to the
amount is conditioned on the
occurrence of the service provider’s
involuntary separation from service
without cause, the right is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture if the
possibility of forfeiture is substantial.
An amount is not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture merely
because the right to the amount is
conditioned, directly or indirectly, upon
the refraining from the performance of
services. Except as provided with
respect to certain transaction-based
compensation under § 1.409A–
3(i)(5)(iv), the addition of any risk of
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
forfeiture after the legally binding right
to the compensation arises, or any
extension of a period during which
compensation is subject to a risk of
forfeiture, is disregarded for purposes of
determining whether such
compensation is subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture. An amount will not be
considered subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture beyond the date or time at
which the recipient otherwise could
have elected to receive the amount of
compensation, unless the present value
of the amount subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture (disregarding, in
determining the present value, the risk
of forfeiture) is materially greater than
the present value of the amount the
recipient otherwise could have elected
to receive absent such risk of forfeiture.
For this purpose, compensation that the
service provider would receive for
continuing to perform services
regardless of whether the service
provider elected to receive the amount
that is subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture is not taken into account in
determining whether the present value
of the right to the amount subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture is
materially greater than the amount the
recipient otherwise could have elected
to receive absent such risk of forfeiture.
For example, a salary deferral generally
may not be made subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture. But, for example,
where a bonus plan provides an election
between a cash payment or restricted
stock units with a present value that is
materially greater (disregarding the risk
of forfeiture) than the present value of
such cash payment and that will be
forfeited absent continued services for a
period of years, the right to the
restricted stock units generally will be
treated as subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture.
(2) Stock rights. A stock right is not
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
at the earlier of the first date the holder
may exercise the stock right and receive
cash or property that is substantially
vested (as defined in § 1.83–3(b)) or the
first date that the stock right is not
subject to a forfeiture condition that
would constitute a substantial risk of
forfeiture. Accordingly, a stock option
that the service provider may exercise
immediately and receive substantially
vested stock is not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture, even if the
stock option automatically terminates
upon the service provider’s separation
from service.
(3) Enforcement of forfeiture
condition—(i) In general. In determining
whether the possibility of forfeiture is
substantial in the case of rights to
compensation granted by a service
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
recipient to a service provider that owns
a significant amount of the total
combined voting power or value of all
classes of equity of the service recipient
(where the service provider’s ownership
is determined with application of the
attribution rules under section 318 if the
service recipient is a corporation, or if
the service recipient is an entity that is
not a corporation, with application by
analogy of the attribution rules under
section 318), all relevant facts and
circumstances will be taken into
account in determining whether the
probability of the service recipient
enforcing such condition is substantial,
including—
(A) The service provider’s
relationship to other equity holders and
the extent of their control, potential
control and possible loss of control of
the service recipient;
(B) The position of the service
provider in the service recipient and the
extent to which the service provider is
subordinate to other service providers;
(C) The service provider’s relationship
to the officers and directors of the
service recipient (or similar positions
with respect to a noncorporate service
recipient);
(D) The person or persons who must
approve the service provider’s
discharge; and
(E) Past actions of the service
recipient in enforcing the restrictions.
(ii) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section:
Example 1. A service provider would be
considered as having deferred compensation
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, but
for the fact that the service provider owns 20
percent of the single class of stock in the
transferor corporation. If the remaining 80
percent of the class of stock is owned by an
unrelated individual (or members of such an
individual’s family) so that the possibility of
the corporation enforcing a restriction on
such rights is substantial, then such rights are
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
Example 2. A service provider would be
considered as having deferred compensation
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, but
for the fact that the service provider, who is
president of the corporation, also owns 4
percent of the voting power of all the stock
of a corporation. If the remaining stock is so
diversely held by the public that the
president, in effect, controls the corporation,
then the possibility of the corporation
enforcing a restriction on the right to deferred
compensation of the president is not
substantial, and such rights are not subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture.
(e) Performance-based
compensation—(1) In general. The term
performance-based compensation
means compensation the amount of
which, or the entitlement to which, is
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19293
contingent on the satisfaction of
preestablished organizational or
individual performance criteria relating
to a performance period of at least 12
consecutive months. Organizational or
individual performance criteria are
considered preestablished if established
in writing by not later than 90 days after
the commencement of the period of
service to which the criteria relates,
provided that the outcome is
substantially uncertain at the time the
criteria are established. Performancebased compensation may include
payments based on performance criteria
that are not approved by a
compensation committee of the board of
directors (or similar entity in the case of
a non-corporate service recipient) or by
the stockholders or members of the
service recipient. Performance-based
compensation does not include any
amount or portion of any amount that
will be paid either regardless of
performance, or based upon a level of
performance that is substantially certain
to be met at the time the criteria is
established. In addition, except as
provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this
section, compensation is not
performance-based compensation
merely because the amount of such
compensation is determined by
reference to the value of the service
recipient or the stock of the service
recipient. Where a portion of an amount
of compensation would qualify as
performance-based compensation if the
portion were the sole amount available
under the plan, that portion of the
award will not fail to qualify as
performance-based compensation if that
portion is designated separately or
otherwise separately identifiable under
the terms of the plan, and the amount
of each portion is determined
independently of the other.
Compensation may be performancebased compensation where the amount
will be paid regardless of satisfaction of
the performance criteria due to the
service provider’s death, disability, or a
change in control event (as defined in
§ 1.409A–3(i)(5)(i)), provided that a
payment made under such
circumstances without regard to the
satisfaction of the performance criteria
will not constitute performance-based
compensation. For purposes of this
paragraph (e)(1), a disability refers to
any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment resulting in the
service provider’s inability to perform
the duties of his or her position or any
substantially similar position, where
such impairment can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19294
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
for a continuous period of not less than
six months.
(2) Payments based upon subjective
performance criteria. The term
performance-based compensation
includes payments based upon
subjective performance criteria,
provided that—
(i) The subjective performance criteria
are bona fide and relate to the
performance of the participant service
provider, a group of service providers
that includes the participant service
provider, or a business unit for which
the participant service provider
provides services (which may include
the entire organization); and
(ii) The determination that any
subjective performance criteria have
been met is not made by the participant
service provider or a family member of
the participant service provider (as
defined in section 267(c)(4) applied as
if the family of an individual includes
the spouse of any member of the
family), or a person under the effective
control of the participant service
provider or such a family member, and
no amount of the compensation of the
person making such determination is
effectively controlled in whole or in part
by the service provider or such a family
member.
(3) Equity-based compensation.
Compensation is performance-based
compensation if it is based solely on an
increase in the value of the service
recipient, or a share of stock in the
service recipient, after the date of a
grant or award. However, compensation
payable for a service period that is equal
to the value of a predetermined number
of shares of stock, and is variable only
to the extent that the value of such
shares appreciates or depreciates,
generally will not be performance-based
compensation. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the attainment of a prescribed
value for the service recipient (or a
portion thereof), or a share of stock in
the service recipient, may be used as a
preestablished organizational criterion
for purposes of providing performancebased compensation, provided that the
other requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of
this section are satisfied. In addition, an
award of equity-based compensation
may constitute performance-based
compensation if entitlement to the
compensation is subject to a condition
that would cause the award to otherwise
qualify as performance-based
compensation, such as a performancebased vesting condition. A provision
that allows a service provider to defer
compensation that would be realized
upon the exercise of a stock right
generally constitutes an additional
deferral feature for purposes of the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
definition of a deferral of compensation
under paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
(f) Service provider—(1) In general.
The term service provider includes an
individual, corporation, subchapter S
corporation, partnership, personal
service corporation (as defined in
section 269A(b)(1)), noncorporate entity
that would be a personal service
corporation if it were a corporation,
qualified personal service corporation
(as defined in section 448(d)(2)), and
noncorporate entity that would be a
qualified personal service corporation if
it were a corporation, for any taxable
year in which such individual,
corporation, subchapter S corporation,
partnership, or other entity accounts for
gross income from the performance of
services under the cash receipts and
disbursements method of accounting.
The term service provider generally
includes a person who has separated
from service (a former service provider).
(2) Independent contractors—(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided
in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section,
section 409A does not apply to an
amount deferred under a plan between
a service provider and service recipient
with respect to a particular trade or
business in which the service provider
participates, including earnings credited
to such deferred amount, if during the
service provider’s taxable year in which
the service provider obtains a legally
binding right to the payment of the
amount deferred each of the following
applies:
(A) The service provider is actively
engaged in the trade or business of
providing services, other than as an
employee or as a member of the board
of directors of a corporation (or similar
position with respect to an entity that is
not a corporation).
(B) The service provider provides
significant services to two or more
service recipients to which the service
provider is not related and that are not
related to one another (as defined in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section).
(C) The service provider is not related
to the service recipient, applying the
definition of related person contained in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section subject
to the modification that the language
‘‘20 percent’’ is not used instead of ‘‘50
percent’’ each place ‘‘50 percent’’
appears in sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1).
(ii) Related person. For purposes of
this paragraph (f)(2), a person is related
to another person if the persons bear a
relationship to each other that is
specified in section 267(b) or 707(b)(1),
subject to the modifications that the
language ‘‘20 percent’’ is used instead of
‘‘50 percent’’ each place it appears in
sections 267(b) and 707(b)(1), and
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 267(c)(4) is applied as if the
family of an individual includes the
spouse of any member of the family; or
the persons are engaged in trades or
businesses under common control
(within the meaning of section 52(a) and
(b)). In addition, an individual is related
to an entity if the individual is an officer
of an entity that is a corporation, or
holds a position substantially similar to
an officer of a corporation with an entity
that is not a corporation.
(iii) Significant services. Whether a
service provider is providing significant
services depends on the facts and
circumstances of each case. However,
for purposes of paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this
section, a service provider who provides
services to two or more service
recipients to which the service provider
is not related and that are not related to
one another is deemed to be providing
significant services to two or more of
such service recipients for a given
taxable year, if the revenues generated
from the services provided to any
service recipient or group of related
service recipients during such taxable
year do not exceed 70 percent of the
total revenue generated by the service
provider from the trade or business of
providing such services. In addition, in
the case of a service provider who has
been providing services in a trade or
business for a period of not less than
three consecutive years, for purposes of
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, a
service provider who provides services
to two or more service recipients to
which the service provider is not related
and that are not related to one another
is deemed to be providing significant
services to two or more of such service
recipients for a given taxable year if in
each of the prior three taxable years the
revenues generated from the services
provided to any service recipient or
group of related service recipients
during such prior taxable years did not
exceed 70 percent of the total revenue
generated by the service provider from
the trade or business of providing such
services and, at the time an amount is
deferred, the service provider does not
know or have reason to anticipate that
the revenues generated from the services
provided to any service recipient or
group of related service recipients
during the current year will exceed 70
percent of the total revenue generated
by the service provider from the trade or
business of providing such services.
(iv) Management services. This
paragraph (f)(2) does not apply to a
service provider to the extent the service
provider provides management services
to a service recipient. For purposes of
this paragraph (f)(2)(iv), the term
management services means services
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
that involve the actual or de facto
direction or control of the financial or
operational aspects of a trade or
business of the service recipient, or
investment management or advisory
services provided to a service recipient
whose primary trade or business
includes the investment of financial
assets (including investments in real
estate), such as a hedge fund or a real
estate investment trust.
(v) Services provided to related
persons. Section 409A does not apply to
an amount deferred under a plan that is
a bona fide agreement, method,
program, or other arrangement between
a service provider and a related service
recipient arising in the ordinary course
of a particular trade or business in
which the service provider is engaged to
the extent that—
(A) The service provider provides
services to the service recipient as an
independent contractor;
(B) During the service provider’s
taxable year in which the amount is
deferred, the service provider qualifies
for the safe harbor provided in
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section with
respect to such trade or business; and
(C) Such agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement and the practices
thereunder (including billing and
collection practices), are substantially
similar to the agreements, methods,
programs, or other arrangements and
practices applicable to one or more
unrelated service recipients to whom
the service provider provides
substantial services and that produce a
majority of the total revenue that the
service provider earns from the trade or
business of providing such services
during the taxable year.
(g) Service recipient. Except as
otherwise specifically provided in these
regulations, the term service recipient
means the person for whom the services
are performed and with respect to
whom the legally binding right to
compensation arises, and all persons
with whom such person would be
considered a single employer under
section 414(b) (employees of controlled
group of corporations), and all persons
with whom such person would be
considered a single employer under
section 414(c) (employees of
partnerships, proprietorships, etc.,
under common control). For example, if
the service provider is an employee, the
service recipient generally is the
employer (including all persons treated
as a single employer under section
414(b) or (c)). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, section 409A applies to a
plan that provides for the deferral of
compensation, even if the payment of
the compensation is not made by the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
person for whom services are
performed.
(h) Separation from service—(1)
Employees—(i) In general. An employee
separates from service with the
employer if the employee dies, retires,
or otherwise has a termination of
employment with the employer.
However, for purposes of this paragraph
(h)(1), the employment relationship is
treated as continuing intact while the
individual is on military leave, sick
leave, or other bona fide leave of
absence if the period of such leave does
not exceed six months, or if longer, so
long as the individual retains a right to
reemployment with the service recipient
under an applicable statute or by
contract. For purposes of this paragraph
(h)(1), a leave of absence constitutes a
bona fide leave of absence only if there
is a reasonable expectation that the
employee will return to perform
services for the employer. If the period
of leave exceeds six months and the
individual does not retain a right to
reemployment under an applicable
statute or by contract, the employment
relationship is deemed to terminate on
the first date immediately following
such six-month period. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, where a leave of absence
is due to any medically determinable
physical or mental impairment that can
be expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period
of not less than six months, where such
impairment causes the employee to be
unable to perform the duties of his or
her position of employment or any
substantially similar position of
employment, a 29-month period of
absence may be substituted for such sixmonth period.
(ii) Termination of employment.
Whether a termination of employment
has occurred is determined based on
whether the facts and circumstances
indicate that the employer and
employee reasonably anticipated that no
further services would be performed
after a certain date or that the level of
bona fide services the employee would
perform after such date (whether as an
employee or as an independent
contractor) would permanently decrease
to no more than 20 percent of the
average level of bona fide services
performed (whether as an employee or
an independent contractor) over the
immediately preceding 36-month period
(or the full period of services to the
employer if the employee has been
providing services to the employer less
than 36 months). Facts and
circumstances to be considered in
making this determination include, but
are not limited to, whether the
employee continues to be treated as an
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19295
employee for other purposes (such as
continuation of salary and participation
in employee benefit programs), whether
similarly situated service providers have
been treated consistently, and whether
the employee is permitted, and
realistically available, to perform
services for other service recipients in
the same line of business. An employee
is presumed to have separated from
service where the level of bona fide
services performed decreases to a level
equal to 20 percent or less of the average
level of services performed by the
employee during the immediately
preceding 36-month period. An
employee will be presumed not to have
separated from service where the level
of bona fide services performed
continues at a level that is 50 percent or
more of the average level of service
performed by the employee during the
immediately preceding 36-month
period. No presumption applies to a
decrease in the level of bona fide
services performed to a level that is
more than 20 percent and less than 50
percent of the average level of bona fide
services performed during the
immediately preceding 36-month
period. The presumption is rebuttable
by demonstrating that the employer and
the employee reasonably anticipated
that as of a certain date the level of bona
fide services would be reduced
permanently to a level less than or equal
to 20 percent of the average level of
bona fide services provided during the
immediately preceding 36-month period
or full period of services provided to the
employer if the employee has been
providing services to the service
recipient for a period of less than 36
months (or that the level of bona fide
services would not be so reduced). For
example, an employee may demonstrate
that the employer and employee
reasonably anticipated that the
employee would cease providing
services, but that, after the original
cessation of services, business
circumstances such as termination of
the employee’s replacement caused the
employee to return to employment.
Although the employee’s return to
employment may cause the employee to
be presumed to have continued in
employment because the employee is
providing services at a rate equal to the
rate at which the employee was
providing services before the
termination of employment, the facts
and circumstances in this case would
demonstrate that at the time the
employee originally ceased to provide
services, the employee and the service
recipient reasonably anticipated that the
employee would not provide services in
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19296
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
the future. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph
(h)(1)(ii), a plan may treat another level
of reasonably anticipated permanent
reduction in the level of bona fide
services as a separation from service,
provided that the level of reduction
required must be designated in writing
as a specific percentage, and the
reasonably anticipated reduced level of
bona fide services must be greater than
20 percent but less than 50 percent of
the average level of bona fide services
provided in the immediately preceding
12 months. The plan must specify the
definition of separation from service on
or before the date on which a separation
from service is designated as a time of
payment of the applicable amount
deferred, and once designated, any
change to the definition of separation
from service with respect to such
amount deferred will be subject to the
rules regarding subsequent deferrals and
the acceleration of payments. For
purposes of this paragraph (h)(1)(ii), for
periods during which an employee is on
a paid bona fide leave of absence (as
defined in paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this
section) and has not otherwise
terminated employment pursuant to
paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section, the
employee is treated as providing bona
fide services at a level equal to the level
of services that the employee would
have been required to perform to receive
the compensation paid with respect to
such leave of absence. Periods during
which an employee is on an unpaid
bona fide leave of absence (as defined in
paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section) and
has not otherwise terminated
employment pursuant to paragraph
(h)(1)(i) of this section, are disregarded
for purposes of this paragraph (h)(1)(ii)
(including for purposes of determining
the applicable 36-month (or shorter)
period).
(2) Independent contractors—(i) In
general. An independent contractor is
considered to have a separation from
service with the service recipient upon
the expiration of the contract (or in the
case of more than one contract, all
contracts) under which services are
performed for the service recipient if the
expiration constitutes a good-faith and
complete termination of the contractual
relationship. An expiration does not
constitute a good faith and complete
termination of the contractual
relationship if the service recipient
anticipates a renewal of a contractual
relationship or the independent
contractor becoming an employee. For
this purpose, a service recipient is
considered to anticipate the renewal of
the contractual relationship with an
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
independent contractor if it intends to
contract again for the services provided
under the expired contract, and neither
the service recipient nor the
independent contractor has eliminated
the independent contractor as a possible
provider of services under any such new
contract. Further, a service recipient is
considered to intend to contract again
for the services provided under an
expired contract if the service
recipient’s doing so is conditioned only
upon incurring a need for the services,
the availability of funds, or both.
(ii) Special rule. Notwithstanding
paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section, a plan
is considered to satisfy the requirement
described in § 1.409A–3(a)(1) with
respect to an amount payable upon a
separation from service if, with respect
to amounts payable to a service provider
who is an independent contractor, the
plan provides that—
(A) No amount will be paid to the
service provider before a date at least 12
months after the day on which the
contract expires under which the
service provider performs services for
the service recipient (or, in the case of
more than one contract, all such
contracts expire); and
(B) No amount payable to the service
provider on that date will be paid to the
service provider if, after the expiration
of the contract (or contracts) and before
that date, the service provider performs
services for the service recipient as an
independent contractor or an employee.
(3) Definition of service recipient and
employer. For purposes of this
paragraph (h), the term service recipient
or employer means the service recipient
as defined in paragraph (g) of this
section, provided that in applying
section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) for
purposes of determining a controlled
group of corporations under section
414(b), the language ‘‘at least 50
percent’’ is used instead of ‘‘at least 80
percent’’ each place it appears in section
1563(a)(1), (2), and (3), and in applying
§ 1.414(c)–2 for purposes of determining
trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) that are under common
control for purposes of section 414(c),
‘‘at least 50 percent’’ is used instead of
‘‘at least 80 percent’’ each place it
appears in § 1.414(c)–2. A plan may
provide with respect to a deferral of
compensation under the plan that in
applying sections 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3)
for purposes of determining a controlled
group of corporations under section
414(b), another defined percentage
greater than 50 percent, but not greater
than 80 percent, is used instead of ‘‘at
least 80 percent’’ at each place it
appears in sections 1563(a)(1), (2), and
(3), and in applying § 1.414(c)–2 for
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
purposes of determining trades or
businesses (whether or not
incorporated) that are under common
control for purposes of section 414(c),
another defined percentage greater than
50 percent, but not greater than 80
percent, is used instead of ‘‘at least 80
percent’’ at each place it appears in
§ 1.414(c)–2. In addition, where the use
of such definition of service recipient
for purposes of determining a separation
from service is based upon legitimate
business criteria, the plan may provide
that for purposes of a deferral of
compensation under the plan that in
applying sections 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3)
for purposes of determining a controlled
group of corporations under section
414(b), the language ‘‘at least 20
percent’’ or another defined percentage
not less than 20 percent but not greater
than 50 percent is used instead of ‘‘at
least 80 percent’’ at each place it
appears in sections 1563(a)(1), (2), and
(3), and in applying § 1.414(c)–2 for
purposes of determining trades or
businesses (whether or not
incorporated) that are under common
control for purposes of section 414(c),
the language ‘‘at least 20 percent’’ or
another defined percentage not less than
20 percent but not greater than 50
percent is used instead of ‘‘at least 80
percent’’ at each place it appears in
§ 1.414(c)–2. Where a definition of
service recipient or employer other than
the definition provided in the first
sentence of this paragraph (h)(3) (the 50
percent standard) is used, the plan must
designate in writing the alternate
definition no later than the last date at
which the time and form of payment of
the applicable amount deferred must be
elected in accordance with § 1.409A–
2(a), and any change in the definition
for such amounts deferred will
constitute a change in the time and form
of payment subject to the rules
governing subsequent deferral elections
under § 1.409A–2(b) and the
acceleration of payments under
§ 1.409A–3(j).
(4) Asset purchase transactions.
Where as part of a sale or other
disposition of assets by one service
recipient (seller) to an unrelated service
recipient (buyer), a service provider of
the seller would otherwise experience a
separation from service with the seller,
the seller and the buyer may retain the
discretion to specify, and may specify,
whether a service provider providing
services to the seller immediately before
the asset purchase transaction and
providing services to the buyer after and
in connection with the asset purchase
transaction has experienced a separation
from service for purposes of this
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
paragraph (h), provided that the asset
purchase transaction results from bona
fide, arm’s length negotiations, all
service providers providing services to
the seller immediately before the asset
purchase transaction and providing
services to the buyer after and in
connection with the asset purchase
transaction are treated consistently
(regardless of position at the seller) for
purposes of applying the provisions of
any nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, and such treatment is specified in
writing no later than the closing date of
the asset purchase transaction. For
purposes of this paragraph (h)(4),
references to a sale or other disposition
of assets, or an asset purchase
transaction, refer only to a transfer of
substantial assets, such as a plant or
division or substantially all the assets of
a trade or business. For purposes of this
paragraph (h)(4), whether a service
recipient is related to another service
recipient is determined under the rules
provided in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this
section.
(5) Dual status. If a service provider
provides services both as an employee
of a service recipient and as an
independent contractor of a service
recipient, the service provider must
separate from service both as an
employee and as an independent
contractor to be treated as having
separated from service. If a service
provider ceases providing services as an
independent contractor and begins
providing services as an employee, or
ceases providing services as an
employee and begins providing services
as an independent contractor, the
service provider will not be considered
to have a separation from service until
the service provider has ceased
providing services in both capacities.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a
service provider provides services both
as an employee of a service recipient
and a member of the board of directors
of a corporate service recipient (or an
analogous position with respect to a
non-corporate service recipient), the
services provided as a director are not
taken into account in determining
whether the service provider has a
separation from service as an employee
for purposes of a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan in which the service
provider participates as an employee
that is not aggregated with any plan in
which the service provider participates
as a director under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
this section. In addition, if a service
provider provides services both as an
employee of a service recipient and a
member of the board of directors of a
corporate service recipient (or an
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
analogous position with respect to a
non-corporate service recipient), the
services provided as an employee are
not taken into account in determining
whether the service provider has a
separation from service as a director for
purposes of a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan in which the service
provider participates as a director that is
not aggregated with any plan in which
the service provider participates as an
employee under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(6) Collectively bargained plans
covering multiple employers.
Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph (h), to the
extent a plan is established pursuant to
a bona fide collective bargaining
agreement covering services performed
by employees for multiple employers,
such plan may define a separation from
service in a reasonable manner that
treats the employee as not having
separated from service during periods in
which the employee is not providing
services but is available to perform
services covered by the collective
bargaining agreement for one or more
employers, provided that the definition
also provides that the employee must be
deemed to have separated from service
at a specified date not later than the end
of any period of at least 12 consecutive
months during which the employee has
not provided any services covered by
the collective bargaining agreement to
any participating employer. This
paragraph (h)(6) applies only if the
definition of separation from service
provided by the collective bargaining
agreement was the subject of arm’s
length negotiations between employee
representatives and two or more
employers, the agreement between
employee representatives and such
employers satisfies section 7701(a)(46),
and the circumstances surrounding the
agreement evidence good faith
bargaining between adverse parties over
such definition.
(i) Specified employee—(1) In general.
The term specified employee means a
service provider who, as of the date of
the service provider’s separation from
service, is a key employee of a service
recipient any stock of which is publicly
traded on an established securities
market or otherwise. For purposes of
this paragraph (i)(1), a service provider
is a key employee if the service provider
meets the requirements of section
416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in
accordance with the regulations
thereunder and disregarding section
416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12month period ending on a specified
employee identification date. If a service
provider is a key employee as of a
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19297
specified employee identification date,
the service provider is treated as a key
employee for purposes of this paragraph
(i) for the entire 12-month period
beginning on the specified employee
effective date.
(2) Definition of compensation. For
purposes of identifying a specified
employee by applying the requirements
of section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), and (iii),
the definition of compensation under
§ 1.415(c)–2(a) is used, applied as if the
service recipient were not using any safe
harbor provided in § 1.415(c)–2(d), were
not using any of the special timing rules
provided in § 1.415(c)–2(e), and were
not using any of the special rules
provided in § 1.415(c)–2(g).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a service
recipient may elect to use any available
definition of compensation under
section 415 and the regulations
thereunder in accordance with the
election requirements set forth in
paragraph (i)(8) of this section,
including any available safe harbor and
any available election under the timing
rules or special rules, provided that the
definition is applied consistently to all
employees of the service recipient for
purposes of identifying specified
employees. A service recipient may
elect to use such an alternative
definition regardless of whether another
definition of compensation is being
used for purposes of a qualified plan
sponsored by the service recipient.
However, once a list of specified
employees has become effective, the
service recipient cannot change the
definition of compensation for purposes
of identifying specified employees for
the period with respect to which such
list is effective.
(3) Specified employee identification
date. Unless another date is designated
in accordance with the requirements of
this paragraph (i)(3) and paragraph (i)(8)
of this section, the specified employee
identification date is December 31. A
service recipient may designate in
accordance with the requirements of
paragraph (i)(8) of this section any other
date as the specified employee
identification date, provided that a
service recipient must use the same
specified employee identification date
with respect to all nonqualified deferred
compensation plans, and any change to
the specified employee identification
date may not be effective for a period of
at least 12 months. The service recipient
may designate a specified employee
identification date in each plan or in a
separate document applicable to all
plans, provided that the service
recipient will not be treated as having
designated a specified employee
identification date before the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19298
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
designation is legally binding on the
service recipient and all affected service
providers. Any designation of a
specified employee identification date
made on or before December 31, 2007,
may be applied to any separation from
service occurring on or after January 1,
2005, unless and until subsequently
changed pursuant to this paragraph
(i)(3).
(4) Specified employee effective date.
Unless another date is designated in
accordance with the requirements of
this paragraph (i)(4) and paragraph (i)(8)
of this section, the specified employee
effective date is the first day of the
fourth month following the specified
employee identification date. A service
recipient may designate in accordance
with the requirements of paragraph
(i)(8) of this section any date following
the specified employee identification
date as the specified employee effective
date, provided that such date may not
be later than the first day of the fourth
month following the specified employee
identification date, and provided further
that a service recipient must use the
same specified employee effective date
with respect to all nonqualified deferred
compensation plans, and any change to
the specified employee effective date
may not be effective for a period of at
least 12 months. The service recipient
may designate a specified employee
effective date through inclusion in each
plan document or through a separate
document applicable to all plans,
provided that the service recipient will
not be treated as having designated a
specified employee effective date on any
date before the designation is legally
binding on the service recipient and all
affected service providers. Any
designation of a specified employee
effective date made on or before
December 31, 2007, may be applied to
any separation from service occurring
on or after January 1, 2005, unless and
until subsequently changed pursuant to
this paragraph (i)(4).
(5) Alternative methods of satisfying
the six-month delay rule. A plan may
provide, in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (i)(8) of this
section, for an alternative method to
identify service providers who will be
subject to the six-month delay rule
provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i),
provided that the alternative method is
reasonably designed to include all
specified employees (determined
without respect to any available service
recipient elections), the alternative
method is an objectively determinable
standard providing no direct or indirect
election to any service provider
regarding its application, and the
alternative method results in either all
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
service providers or no more than 200
service providers being identified in the
class as of any date. Use of such an
alternative method will not be treated as
a change in the time and form of
payment for purposes of § 1.409A–2(b)
(the subsequent deferral rules), even if
the service provider is not a specified
employee when the payment is delayed.
(6) Corporate transactions—(i)
Mergers and acquisitions of public
service recipients. If as a result of a
corporate transaction, two or more
separate service recipients, more than
one of which has stock outstanding that
is publicly traded on an established
securities market or otherwise
immediately before the transaction,
become one service recipient, any stock
of which is publicly traded on an
established securities market or
otherwise immediately after the
transaction (resulting public service
recipient), the resulting public service
recipient’s next specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date following the
corporate transaction are the specified
employee identification date and
specified employee effective date that
the acquiring service recipient would
have been required to use absent such
transaction. For this purpose, in the case
of a corporate merger, the acquiring
service recipient is the service recipient
that included the surviving corporation
in such merger, in the case of an
acquisition by a corporation of the stock
of another corporation, the acquiring
service recipient is the service recipient
that included the corporation that
acquired such stock, and in all other
cases, the surviving service recipient is
determined on the basis of all of the
facts and circumstances. For the period
between the transaction and the next
specified employee effective date, the
list of specified employees of the
resulting public service recipient is
determined by combining the lists of
specified employees of all service
recipients participating in the
transaction that were in effect at the
date of the corporate transaction,
ranking such specified employees in
order of the amount of compensation
used to determine each specified
employee’s status as a specified
employee, and treating the top 50 of
such specified employees, plus any
employees described in section
416(i)(1)(ii) or section 416(i)(1)(iii) and
the regulations thereunder (relating to 1percent and 5-percent owners) who are
not included in such top 50 specified
employees, as specified employees for
the period between the corporate
transaction and the next specified
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
employee effective date. Alternatively,
the resulting service recipient may elect
in accordance with the requirements of
paragraph (i)(8) of this section to use
any reasonable method to determine the
specified employees of the resulting
service recipient, including the use of
an alternative method of compliance
described in paragraph (i)(5) of this
section, provided that such method is
adopted no later than 90 days after the
corporate transaction and applied
prospectively from the date the method
is adopted.
(ii) Mergers and acquisitions of
nonpublic service recipients. If as part of
a corporate transaction a service
recipient that does not have outstanding
stock that is publicly traded on an
established securities market or
otherwise immediately before the
transaction (initial private service
recipient), and a service recipient with
stock outstanding that is publicly traded
on an established securities market or
otherwise immediately before the
transaction (initial public service
recipient), become a single service
recipient having stock that is publicly
traded on an established securities
market or otherwise immediately after
the transaction (resulting public service
recipient), the resulting public service
recipient’s next specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date following the
corporate transaction are the specified
employee identification date and
specified employee effective date that
the initial public service recipient
would have been required to use absent
such transaction. For the period after
the date of the corporate transaction and
before the next specified employee
effective date, the specified employees
of the initial public service recipient
immediately before the transaction
continue to be the specified employees
of the resulting public service recipient,
and no service providers of the initial
private service recipient are required to
be treated as specified employees.
(iii) Spinoffs. If as part of a corporate
transaction, a service recipient with
stock outstanding that is publicly traded
on an established securities market or
otherwise immediately before the
transaction (initial public service
recipient), becomes two or more
separate service recipients, each with
stock outstanding that is publicly traded
on an established securities market or
otherwise immediately after the
transaction (post-transaction public
service recipients), the next specified
employee identification date of each of
the post-transaction public service
recipients is the specified employee
identification date that the initial public
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
service recipient would have been
required to use absent such transaction.
For the period after the date of the
corporate transaction and before the
next specified employee effective date,
the specified employees of the initial
public service recipient immediately
before the transaction continue to be the
specified employees of the posttransaction public service recipients.
(iv) Public offerings and other
corporate transactions. If as part of an
initial public offering or corporate
transaction not described in paragraph
(i)(6)(ii) or (iii) of this section, a service
recipient with no outstanding stock that
is publicly traded on an established
securities market or otherwise
immediately before such offering or
other transaction (initial private service
recipient), becomes one or more service
recipients with stock outstanding that is
publicly traded on an established
securities market or otherwise
immediately after such offering or other
transaction (post-transaction public
service recipient), each post-transaction
public service recipient has a specified
employee identification date of
December 31 and a specified employee
effective date of April 1, effective
retroactively to the December 31 and
April 1 next preceding the offering or
other transaction for purposes of
identifying the specified employees
between the corporation transaction and
the next December 31. Alternatively, a
post-transaction public service recipient
may elect in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (i)(8) of this
section, a specified employee
identification date and specified
employee effective date on or before the
date of the offering or other transaction.
If a public service recipient makes such
an election, for the period after the
offering or other transaction and before
the next specified employee effective
date, the specified employees of the
post-transaction public service recipient
consist of the service providers that at
the time of the offering or other
transaction would have been classified
as specified employees of the initial
private service recipient, had the initial
private service recipient elected the
same specified employee identification
date and specified employee effective
date as selected by the post-transaction
public service recipient, and had such
initial private service recipient had
stock publicly traded on an established
securities market or otherwise as of the
specified employee identification date
preceding the transaction.
(v) Alternative methods of
compliance. For purposes of this
paragraph (i)(6), references to specified
employees as of a corporate transaction
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
or offering include any specified
employees identified through the use of
an alternative method described in
paragraph (i)(5) of this section, where
the use of such alternative method was
established and effective at the time of
the corporate transaction or offering.
(7) Nonresident alien employees. For
purposes of determining whether an
employee meets the requirements of
section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii)
(applied in accordance with the
regulations thereunder and disregarding
section 416(i)(5)), and therefore is a key
employee, the incorporation of the rules
of § 1.415(c)–2(g)(5) regarding the
definition of compensation applies.
Accordingly, the rule of § 1.415(c)–
2(g)(5)(i), generally requiring the
treatment as compensation of certain
compensation excludible from an
employee’s gross income due to the
location of the services or the identity
of the employer, applies. In addition, a
service recipient may elect in
accordance with paragraph (i)(8) of this
section to apply the rule of § 1.415(c)–
2(g)(5)(ii) to not treat as compensation
certain compensation excludible from
an employee’s gross income on account
of the location of the services or the
identity of the employer that is not
effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United
States. A service recipient may elect to
apply the rule of § 1.415–2(g)(5)(ii)
regardless of whether the service
recipient has elected to apply the rule
to a qualified plan sponsored by the
service recipient; however, once a list of
specified employees has become
effective, any election of the rule for that
period may not be changed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
election of the rule made before January
1, 2008, may be effective with respect to
any specified employee identification
date on or before December 31, 2007.
(8) Elections affecting the
identification of specified employees.
The elections described in paragraphs
(i)(2) through (7) of this section are
effective only as of the date that all
necessary corporate action has been
taken to make such elections binding for
purposes of all affected nonqualified
deferred compensation plans in which
the service providers of the service
recipient that would become a specified
employee due to the application of such
election participate. Where a taxpayer
attempts to make an election under
paragraph (i)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7)
of this section but such election is not
binding on all the affected nonqualified
deferred compensation plans and
applied consistently to all such service
providers, the election is not effective
and the rule under paragraph (i)(2), (3),
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19299
(4), (5), (6), or (7) of this section, as
applicable, that would apply absent an
election is applicable for identifying
specified employees.
(j) Nonresident alien. (1) Except as
provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this
section, the term nonresident alien
means an individual who is—
(i) A nonresident alien within the
meaning of section 7701(b)(1)(B); or
(ii) A dual resident taxpayer within
the meaning of § 301.7701(b)–7(a)(1) of
this chapter with respect to any taxable
year in which such individual is treated
as a nonresident alien for purposes of
computing the individual’s U.S. income
tax liability.
(2) The term nonresident alien does
not include—
(i) A nonresident alien with respect to
whom an election is in effect for the
taxable year under section 6013(g) to be
treated as a resident of the United
States;
(ii) A former citizen or long-term
resident (within the meaning of section
877(e)(2)) who expatriated after June 3,
2004, and has not complied with the
requirements of section 7701(n); or
(iii) An individual who is treated as
a citizen or resident of the United States
for the taxable year under section
877(g).
(k) Established securities market. The
term established securities market
means an established securities market
within the meaning of § 1.897–1(m).
(l) Stock right. The term stock right
means a stock option (other than an
incentive stock option described in
section 422 or an option granted
pursuant to an employee stock purchase
plan described in section 423) or a stock
appreciation right.
(m) Separation pay plan. The term
separation pay plan means any plan
that provides separation pay or, where
a plan provides both amounts that are
separation pay and that are not
separation pay, that portion of the plan
that provides separation pay. The term
separation pay means any deferral of
compensation (before the application of
the exclusions from the definition of a
deferral of compensation set forth in
paragraph (b)(9) of this section) that will
not be paid under any circumstances
unless the service provider has had a
separation from service, whether
voluntary or involuntary, including
payments in the form of reimbursements
of expenses incurred, and the provision
of in-kind benefits. A deferral of
compensation that the service provider
may receive without a separation from
service does not become separation pay
merely because the service provider
elects to receive or receives the payment
after or upon a separation from service.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19300
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
A deferral of compensation does not fail
to be separation pay merely because the
payment is conditioned upon the
execution of a release of claims,
noncompetition or nondisclosure
provisions, or other similar
requirements. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any amount, or entitlement to
any amount, that acts as a substitute for,
or replacement of, amounts deferred by
the service recipient under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan constitutes a payment of
compensation or deferral of
compensation under such nonqualified
deferred compensation plan.
(n) Involuntary separation from
service—(1) In general. An involuntary
separation from service means a
separation from service due to the
independent exercise of the unilateral
authority of the service recipient to
terminate the service provider’s
services, other than due to the service
provider’s implicit or explicit request,
where the service provider was willing
and able to continue performing
services. An involuntary separation
from service may include the service
recipient’s failure to renew a contract at
the time such contract expires, provided
that the service provider was willing
and able to execute a new contract
providing terms and conditions
substantially similar to those in the
expiring contract and to continue
providing such services. The
determination of whether a separation
from service is involuntary is based on
all the facts and circumstances. Any
characterization of the separation from
service as voluntary or involuntary by
the service provider and the service
recipient in the documentation of the
separation from service is presumed to
properly characterize the nature of the
separation from service. However, the
presumption may be rebutted where the
facts and circumstances indicate
otherwise. For example, if a separation
from service is designated as a voluntary
separation from service or resignation,
but the facts and circumstances indicate
that absent such voluntary separation
from service the service recipient would
have terminated the service provider’s
services, and that the service provider
had knowledge that the service provider
would be so terminated, the separation
from service is involuntary.
(2) Separations from service for good
reason—(i) In general. Notwithstanding
paragraph (n)(1) of this section, a service
provider’s voluntary separation from
service will be treated for purposes of
this section and §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–6 as an involuntary separation
from service if the separation from
service occurs under certain limited
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
bona fide conditions, where the
avoidance of the requirements of section
409A is not a purpose of the inclusion
of these conditions in the plan or of the
actions by the service recipient in
connection with the satisfaction of these
conditions, and a voluntary separation
from service under such conditions
effectively constitutes an involuntary
separation from service. Generally such
conditions will be prespecified under an
agreement to provide compensation
upon a separation from service for good
reason. Such a good reason (or a similar
condition) must be defined to require
actions taken by the service recipient
resulting in a material negative change
to the service provider in the service
relationship, such as the duties to be
performed, the conditions under which
such duties are to be performed, or the
compensation to be received for
performing such services. Other factors
taken into account in determining
whether a separation from service for
good reason effectively constitutes an
involuntary separation from service
include the extent to which the
payments upon a separation from
service for good reason are in the same
amount and are to be made at the same
time and in the same form as payments
available upon an actual involuntary
separation from service, and whether
the service provider is required to give
the service recipient notice of the
existence of the condition that would
result in treatment as a separation from
service for good reason and a reasonable
opportunity to remedy the condition.
(ii) Safe harbor. For purposes of this
section and §§ 1.409A–2 through
1.409A–6, if a plan provides that a
voluntary separation from service will
be treated as an involuntary separation
from service if the separation from
service occurs under certain express
conditions, a separation from service
satisfying the conditions set forth in the
plan will be treated as an involuntary
separation from the service if the
necessary conditions (or set of
conditions) require the following:
(A) The separation from service must
occur during a pre-determined limited
period of time not to exceed two years
following the initial existence of one or
more of the following conditions arising
without the consent of the service
provider:
(1) A material diminution in the
service provider’s base compensation.
(2) A material diminution in the
service provider’s authority, duties, or
responsibilities.
(3) A material diminution in the
authority, duties, or responsibilities of
the supervisor to whom the service
provider is required to report, including
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a requirement that a service provider
report to a corporate officer or employee
instead of reporting directly to the board
of directors of a corporation (or similar
governing body with respect to an entity
other than a corporation).
(4) A material diminution in the
budget over which the service provider
retains authority.
(5) A material change in the
geographic location at which the service
provider must perform the services.
(6) Any other action or inaction that
constitutes a material breach by the
service recipient of the agreement under
which the service provider provides
services.
(B) The amount, time, and form of
payment upon the separation from
service must be substantially identical
to the amount, time and form of
payment payable due to an actual
involuntary separation from service, to
the extent such a right exists.
(C) The service provider must be
required to provide notice to the service
recipient of the existence of the
condition described in paragraph
(n)(2)(ii)(A) of this section within a
period not to exceed 90 days of the
initial existence of the condition, upon
the notice of which the service recipient
must be provided a period of at least 30
days during which it may remedy the
condition and not be required to pay the
amount.
(3) Special rule for certain collectively
bargained plans. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for purposes of this paragraph
(n), to the extent a plan is subject to a
bona fide collective bargaining
agreement covering services performed
for multiple employers under which an
employee must separate from service
with all such employers in order to
receive a payment, such plan may use
any reasonable definition of involuntary
separation from service, provided that
such definition is consistent with any
definition of a separation from service
adopted under paragraph (h)(6) of this
section, and provided further that the
definition of an involuntary separation
from service provided by the collective
bargaining agreement was the subject of
arm’s length negotiations between
employee representatives and two or
more employers, the agreement between
employee representatives and such
employers satisfies section 7701(a)(46),
and the circumstances surrounding the
agreement evidence good faith
bargaining between adverse parties over
such definition.
(o) Earnings. Whether a deferred
amount constitutes earnings on an
amount deferred, or actual or notional
income attributable to an amount
deferred, is determined under the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
principles defining income attributable
to the amount taken into account under
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2) of this chapter.
Accordingly, with respect to an account
balance plan, earnings on an amount
deferred generally include an amount
credited on behalf of a service provider
under the terms of the plan that reflects
a rate of return that does not exceed
either the rate of return on a
predetermined actual investment or, if
the income does not reflect the rate of
return on a predetermined actual
investment, a reasonable rate of interest.
With respect to nonaccount balance
plans, earnings on an amount deferred
generally include an increase, due
solely to the passage of time, in the
present value of the future payments to
which the service provider has obtained
a legally binding right, the present value
of which constituted the amount
deferred (determined as of the date such
amount was deferred), but only if the
amount deferred was determined using
reasonable actuarial assumptions and
methods. A right to earnings on an
amount deferred generally is treated as
a right to a deferral of compensation for
purposes of this section and §§ 1.409A–
2 through 1.409A–6. However, for
purposes of any provision of this section
and §§ 1.409A–2 through 1.409A–6
referring to earnings on deferred
compensation (or similar terms), the use
of an unreasonable rate of return, or
unreasonable actuarial assumptions and
methods, generally will result in the
treatment of some or all of such a right
to deferred compensation as a right only
to deferred compensation, and not a
right to earnings on deferred
compensation, so that the provision will
not be applicable. With respect to plans
that are neither account balance plans
nor nonaccount balance plans, these
rules apply by analogy.
(p) In-kind benefits. The term in-kind
benefits refers to services provided to or
on behalf of a service provider, such as
financial planning services, or tangible
personal or real property made available
for use by or on behalf of the service
provider, such as the use of an aircraft
or vehicle, and does not refer to a
transfer of property within the meaning
of section 83 and the regulations
thereunder, or a promise to transfer, or
an option to purchase or receive,
property in the future.
(q) Application of definitions and
rules. The definitions and rules set forth
in paragraphs (a) through (p) of this
section apply for purposes of section
409A, this section, and §§ 1.409A–2
through 1.409A–6.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
§ 1.409A–2
Deferral elections.
(a) Initial elections as to the time and
form of payment—(1) In general. A plan
that is, or constitutes part of, a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan meets the requirements of section
409A(a)(4)(B) only if under the terms of
the plan, compensation for services
performed during a service provider’s
taxable year (the service year) may be
deferred at the service provider’s
election only if the election to defer
such compensation is made and
becomes irrevocable not later than the
latest date permitted in this paragraph
(a). An election will not be considered
to be revocable merely because the
service provider or service recipient
may make an election to change the
time and form of payment pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section, or the
service recipient may accelerate the
time of payment pursuant to § 1.409A–
3(j)(4) (exceptions to prohibition on
accelerated payments). Whether a plan
provides a service provider an
opportunity to elect the time or form of
payment of compensation is determined
based upon all the facts and
circumstances surrounding the
determination of the time and form of
payment of the compensation. For
purposes of this section, an election to
defer includes an election as to the time
of the payment, an election as to the
form of the payment or an election as to
both the time and the form of the
payment, but does not include an
election as to the medium of payment
(for example, an election between a
payment of cash or a payment of
property). Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this section, an election will
not be considered made until such
election becomes irrevocable under the
terms of the applicable plan.
Accordingly, a plan may provide that an
election to defer may be changed at any
time before the last permissible date for
making such an election. Where a plan
provides the service provider a right to
make an initial deferral election, and
further provides that the election
remains in effect until terminated or
modified by the service provider, the
election will be treated as made as of the
date such election becomes irrevocable
as to compensation for services
performed during the relevant service
year. For example, where a plan
provides that a service provider’s
election to defer a set percentage will
remain in effect until changed or
revoked, but that as of each December
31 the election becomes irrevocable
with respect to salary payable in
connection with services performed in
the immediately following year, the
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19301
initial deferral election with respect to
salary payable with respect to services
performed in the immediately following
year will be deemed to have been made
as of the December 31 upon which the
election became irrevocable. For
purposes of this paragraph (a), the
reference to a service period or a
performance period refers to the period
of service for which the right to the
compensation arises, and may include
periods before the grant of a legally
binding right to the compensation. For
example, where a service recipient
grants a bonus based upon services
performed in the calendar year 2010,
but retains the discretion to rescind the
bonus until 2011 such that the promise
of the bonus is not a legally binding
right, the period of service or
performance period to which the
compensation relates is the calendar
year 2010.
(2) Service recipient elections. A plan
that provides for a deferral of
compensation for services performed
during a service provider’s taxable year
that does not provide the service
provider with an opportunity to elect
the time or form of payment of such
compensation must designate the time
and form of payment by no later than
the later of the time the service provider
first has a legally binding right to the
compensation or, if later, the time the
service provider would be required
under this section to make such an
election if the service provider were
provided such an election. Such
designation is treated as an initial
deferral election for purposes of this
section. Where a plan permits a service
recipient to exercise discretion to
disregard a service provider election as
to the time or form of a payment, any
service provider election that is subject
to such discretion will be treated as
revocable so long as such discretion
may be exercised.
(3) General rule. A plan that is, or
constitutes part of, a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan meets the
requirements of section 409A(a)(4)(B) if
under the terms of the plan,
compensation for services performed
during a service provider’s taxable year
(the service year) may be deferred at the
service provider’s election only if the
election to defer such compensation is
made not later than the close of the
service provider’s taxable year next
preceding the service year.
(4) Initial deferral election with
respect to short-term deferrals. If a
service provider has a legally binding
right to a payment of compensation in
a subsequent taxable year that, absent a
deferral election, would be treated as a
short-term deferral within the meaning
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19302
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
of § 1.409A–1(b)(4), an election to defer
such compensation may be made in
accordance with the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section, applied as
if the amount were a deferral of
compensation and the scheduled
payment date for the amount were the
date the substantial risk of forfeiture
lapses. Notwithstanding the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section, such a deferral election may
provide that the deferred amounts will
be payable upon a change in control
event (as defined in § 1.409A–3(i)(5))
without regard to the five-year
additional deferral requirement in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(5) Initial deferral election with
respect to certain forfeitable rights. If a
service provider has a legally binding
right to a payment in a subsequent year
that is subject to a condition requiring
the service provider to continue to
provide services for a period of at least
12 months from the date the service
provider obtains the legally binding
right to avoid forfeiture of the payment,
an election to defer such compensation
may be made on or before the 30th day
after the service provider obtains the
legally binding right to the
compensation, provided that the
election is made at least 12 months in
advance of the earliest date at which the
forfeiture condition could lapse. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(5), a
condition will not be treated as failing
to require the service provider to
continue to provide services for a period
of at least 12 months from the date the
service provider obtains the legally
binding right merely because the
condition immediately lapses upon the
death or disability (as defined in
§ 1.409A–3(i)(4)) of the service provider,
or upon a change in control event (as
defined in § 1.409A–3(i)(5)), provided
that if death, disability, or a change in
control event occurs and the condition
lapses before the end of such 12-month
period, a deferral election may be given
effect only if the deferral election is
permitted under this section without
regard to this paragraph (a)(5).
(6) Initial deferral election with
respect to fiscal year compensation. In
the case of a service recipient with a
taxable year that is not the same as the
taxable year of the service provider, a
plan may provide that fiscal year
compensation may be deferred at the
service provider’s election only if the
election to defer such compensation is
made not later than the close of the
service recipient’s taxable year
immediately preceding the first taxable
year of the service recipient in which
any services are performed for which
such compensation is payable. For
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
purposes of this paragraph (a)(6), the
term fiscal year compensation means
compensation relating to a period of
service coextensive with one or more
consecutive taxable years of the service
recipient, of which no amount is paid or
payable during the service recipient’s
taxable year or years constituting the
period of service. For example, fiscal
year compensation generally would
include a bonus to an individual
employee with a calendar year taxable
year that is based on a service period
consisting of the service recipient’s two
consecutive taxable years ending
September 30, 2011, where the amount
will be paid after the end of the second
of such taxable years, but would not
include either a bonus based on a
service period consisting of one or more
calendar years or salary that would
otherwise be paid during such taxable
years of the service recipient.
(7) First year of eligibility—(i) In
general. In the case of the first year in
which a service provider becomes
eligible to participate in a plan, the
service provider may make an initial
deferral election within 30 days after the
date the service provider becomes
eligible to participate in such plan, with
respect to compensation paid for
services to be performed after the
election. In the case of a plan that does
not provide for service provider
elections with respect to the time or
form of a payment, the time and form
of the payment must be specified on or
before the date that is 30 days after the
date the service provider first becomes
eligible to participate in such plan. For
compensation that is earned based upon
a specified performance period (for
example, an annual bonus), where a
deferral election is made in the first year
of eligibility but after the beginning of
the performance period, the election
must apply only to the compensation
paid for services performed after the
election. For this purpose, an election
will be deemed to apply to
compensation paid for services
performed after the election if the
election applies to no more than an
amount equal to the total amount of the
compensation for the performance
period multiplied by the ratio of the
number of days remaining in the
performance period after the election
over the total number of days in the
performance period.
(ii) Eligibility to participate. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(7), a
service provider is eligible to participate
in a plan at any time during which,
under the plan’s terms and without
further amendment or action by the
service recipient, the service provider is
eligible to accrue an amount of deferred
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compensation under the plan other than
earnings on amounts previously
deferred, even if the service provider
has elected not to accrue (or has not
elected to accrue) an amount of deferred
compensation. Where a service provider
has been paid all amounts deferred
under a plan, and on and before the date
of the last payment was not eligible to
continue (or to elect to continue) to
participate in the plan for periods after
the last payment (other than through an
election of a different time and form of
payment with respect to the amounts
paid), the service provider may be
treated as initially eligible to participate
in a plan as of the first date following
such payment that the service provider
becomes eligible to accrue an additional
amount of deferred compensation.
Where a service provider has ceased
being eligible to participate in a plan
(other than the accrual of earnings),
regardless of whether all amounts
deferred under the plan have been paid,
and subsequently becomes eligible to
participate in the plan again, the service
provider may be treated as being
initially eligible to participate in the
plan if the service provider had not been
eligible to participate in the plan (other
than the accrual of earnings) at any time
during the 24-month period ending on
the date the service provider again
becomes eligible to participate in the
plan.
(iii) Application to excess benefit
plans. For purposes of this paragraph
(a)(7), a service provider is treated as
initially eligible to participate in an
excess benefit plan as of the first day of
the service provider’s taxable year
immediately following the first year the
service provider accrues a benefit under
the excess benefit plan; and any election
made within 30 days following such
date is treated as applying to benefits
accrued under such plan for services
performed before the election. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(7), the
term excess benefit plan means all
nonqualified deferred compensation
plans in which a service provider
participates, to the extent such plans do
not provide for an election between
current compensation (including a
short-term deferral) and deferred
compensation and solely provide
deferred compensation equal to the
excess of the benefits the service
provider would have accrued under a
qualified employer plan (as defined in
§ 1.409A–1(a)(2)) in which the service
provider also participates, in the
absence of one or more of the limits
incorporated into the plan to reflect one
or more of the limits on contributions or
benefits applicable to the qualified
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
employer plan under the Internal
Revenue Code, over the benefits the
service provider actually accrues under
the qualified employer plan. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(7), once
a service provider has accrued a benefit
or deferred compensation under a plan
in any year, the service provider will
not become eligible for an initial
deferral election based upon an accrual
or deferral under an excess benefit plan
in a subsequent year, even if the benefit
or deferred compensation accrued in a
previous year is forfeited or eliminated.
(8) Initial deferral election with
respect to performance-based
compensation. In the case of any
performance-based compensation (as
defined in § 1.409A–1(e)), an initial
deferral election may be made with
respect to such performance-based
compensation on or before the date that
is six months before the end of the
performance period, provided that the
service provider performs services
continuously from the later of the
beginning of the performance period or
the date the performance criteria are
established through the date an election
is made under this paragraph (a)(8), and
provided further that in no event may
an election to defer performance-based
compensation be made after such
compensation has become readily
ascertainable. For purposes of this
paragraph (a)(8), if the performancebased compensation is a specified or
calculable amount, the compensation is
readily ascertainable if and when the
amount is first substantially certain to
be paid. If the performance-based
compensation is not a specified or
calculable amount because, for example,
the amount may vary based upon the
level of performance, the compensation,
or any portion of the compensation, is
readily ascertainable when the amount
is first both calculable and substantially
certain to be paid. For this purpose, the
performance-based compensation is
bifurcated between the portion that is
readily ascertainable and the amount
that is not readily ascertainable.
Accordingly, in general any minimum
amount that is both calculable and
substantially certain to be paid will be
treated as readily ascertainable.
(9) Nonqualified deferred
compensation plans linked to qualified
employer plans or certain other
arrangements. If a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan provides that the
amount deferred under the plan is
determined under the formula for
determining benefits under a qualified
employer plan (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(a)(2)) or a broad-based foreign
retirement plan (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(a)(3)(v)) maintained by the service
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
recipient but applied without regard to
one or more limitations applicable to
the qualified employer plan under the
Internal Revenue Code or to the broadbased foreign retirement plan under
other applicable law, or that the amount
deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan is
determined as an amount offset by some
or all of the benefits provided under the
qualified employer plan or the broadbased foreign retirement plan, an
increase in amounts deferred under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan that results directly from changes
in benefit limitations applicable to the
qualified employer plan or the broadbased foreign retirement plan under the
Internal Revenue Code or other
applicable law does not constitute a
deferral election under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, provided
that such operation does not otherwise
result in a change in the time or form
of a payment under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan, and
provided further that such change in the
amounts deferred under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not exceed that change in the
amounts deferred under the qualified
employer plan or the broad-based
foreign retirement plan, as applicable. In
addition, with respect to such a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the following actions or failures to
act will not constitute a deferral election
under the nonqualified deferred
compensation plan even if in
accordance with the terms of the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the actions or inactions result in
an increase in the amounts deferred
under the plan, provided that such
actions or inactions do not otherwise
affect the time or form of payment under
the nonqualified deferred compensation
plan and provided further that with
respect to actions or inactions described
in paragraphs (a)(9)(i) or (ii), the change
in the amount deferred under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not exceed the change in the
amounts deferred under the qualified
employer plan or the broad-based
foreign retirement plan, as applicable:
(i) A service provider’s action or
inaction under the qualified employer
plan or broad-based foreign retirement
plan with respect to whether to elect to
receive a subsidized benefit or an
ancillary benefit under the qualified
employer plan or broad-based foreign
retirement plan.
(ii) The amendment of a qualified
employer plan or broad-based foreign
retirement plan to add or remove a
subsidized benefit or an ancillary
benefit, or to freeze or limit future
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19303
accruals of benefits under the qualified
plan or freeze or limit future accruals of
benefits or reduce existing benefits
under the broad-based foreign
retirement plan.
(iii) A service provider’s action or
inaction under a qualified employer
plan with respect to elective deferrals
and other employee pre-tax
contributions subject to the contribution
restrictions under section 401(a)(30) or
section 402(g), including an adjustment
to a deferral election under such
qualified employer plan, provided that
for any given taxable year, the service
provider’s action or inaction does not
result in an increase in the amounts
deferred under all nonqualified deferred
compensation plans in which the
service provider participates (other than
amounts described in paragraph
(a)(9)(iv) of this section) in excess of the
limit with respect to elective deferrals
under section 402(g)(1)(A), (B), and (C)
in effect for the taxable year in which
such action or inaction occurs.
(iv) A service provider’s action or
inaction under a qualified employer
plan with respect to elective deferrals
and other employee pre-tax
contributions subject to the contribution
restrictions under section 401(a)(30) or
section 402(g), and after-tax
contributions by the service provider to
a qualified employer plan that provides
for such contributions, that affects the
amounts that are credited under one or
more nonqualified deferred
compensation plans as matching
amounts or other similar amounts
contingent on such elective deferrals,
employee pre-tax contributions, or aftertax contributions, provided that the total
of such matching or contingent
amounts, as applicable, never exceeds
100 percent of the matching or
contingent amounts that would be
provided under the qualified employer
plan absent any plan-based restrictions
that reflect limits on qualified plan
contributions under the Internal
Revenue Code.
(10) Changes in elections under a
cafeteria plan. A change in an election
under a cafeteria plan does not
constitute a deferral election with
respect to an amount deferred under a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan to the extent that the change in the
amount deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan results
solely from the application of the
change in amount eligible to be treated
as compensation under the terms of the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan resulting from the election change
under the cafeteria plan, to a benefit
formula under the nonqualified deferred
compensation plan based upon the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19304
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
service provider’s eligible
compensation, and only to the extent
that such change applies in the same
manner as any other increase or
decrease in compensation would apply
to such benefit formula.
(11) Initial deferral election with
respect to certain separation pay. In the
case of separation pay (as defined in
§ 1.409A–1(m)), where such separation
pay is the subject of bona fide, arm’s
length negotiations at the time of the
separation from service, an initial
deferral election may be made at any
time up to the time the service provider
obtains a legally binding right to the
payment. This paragraph (a)(11) does
not apply to any separation pay to
which the service provider obtained a
legally binding right before the
negotiations at the time of the
separation from service, including a
right to a payment subject to a condition
such as that the service provider
separate from service other than for
cause. In the case of separation pay due
to participation in a window program
(as defined in § 1.409A–1(b)(9)(vi)), an
initial deferral election may be made at
any time before the time the election to
participate in the window program
becomes irrevocable.
(12) Initial deferral election with
respect to certain commissions—(i)
Sales commission compensation. For
purposes of this paragraph (a), a service
provider earning sales commission
compensation is treated as providing the
services to which such compensation
relates only in the service provider’s
taxable year in which the customer
remits payment to the service recipient
or, if applied consistently to all
similarly situated service providers, the
service provider’s taxable year in which
the sale occurs. For purposes of this
paragraph (a)(12), the term sales
commission compensation means
compensation or portions of
compensation earned by a service
provider if a substantial portion of the
services provided by such service
provider to a service recipient consist of
the direct sale of a product or service to
an unrelated customer, the
compensation paid by the service
recipient to the service provider consists
of either a portion of the purchase price
for the product or service or an amount
substantially all of which is calculated
by reference to the volume of sales, and
payment of the compensation is either
contingent upon the service recipient
receiving payment from an unrelated
customer for the product or services or,
if applied consistently to all similarly
situated service providers, is contingent
upon the closing of the sales transaction
and such other requirements as may be
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
specified by the service recipient before
the closing of the sales transaction. For
this purpose, a customer is treated as an
unrelated customer only if the customer
is not related to either the service
provider or the service recipient. A
person is treated as related to another
person if the person would be treated as
related to the other person under
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(ii) or the person would
be treated as providing management
services to the other person under
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(iv).
(ii) Investment commission
compensation. For purposes of this
paragraph (a), a service provider earning
investment commission compensation
is treated as providing the services to
which such compensation relates over
the 12 months preceding the date as of
which the overall value of the assets or
asset accounts is determined for
purposes of the calculation of the
investment commission compensation.
For purposes of this paragraph (a)(12),
the term investment commission
compensation means the compensation
or the portion of compensation earned
by a service provider if a substantial
portion of the services provided by such
service provider to a service recipient to
which such compensation relates
consists of sales of financial products or
other direct customer services to an
unrelated customer with respect to
customer assets or customer asset
accounts, the customer retains the right
to terminate the customer relationship
and may move or liquidate the assets or
asset accounts without undue delay
(which may be subject to a reasonable
notice period), such compensation
consists of a portion of the value of the
overall assets or asset account balance,
an amount substantially all of which is
calculated by reference to the increase
in the value of the overall assets or
account balance during a specified
period, or both, and the value of the
overall assets or account balance and
investment commission compensation
is determined at least annually. For this
purpose, a customer is treated as an
unrelated customer only if the customer
is not related to either the service
provider or the service recipient. A
person is treated as related to another
person if the person would be treated as
related to the other person under
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(ii) or the person would
be treated as providing management
services to the other person under
§ 1.409A–1(f)(2)(iv).
(iii) Commission compensation and
related persons. The rules of paragraphs
(a)(12)(i) and (ii) of this section apply to
sales commission compensation and
investment commission compensation
involving a related customer, provided
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that substantial sales from which
commission compensation arises are
made, or substantial services from
which commission compensation arises
are provided, to unrelated customers by
the service recipient, the sales and
service arrangement and the
commission arrangement with respect to
the related customer are bona fide, arise
from the service recipient’s ordinary
course of business, and are substantially
the same, both in terms and in practice,
as the terms and practices applicable to
unrelated customers (as defined in such
paragraphs) to which individually or in
the aggregate substantial sales are made
or substantial services provided by the
service recipient.
(13) Initial deferral election with
respect to compensation paid for final
payroll period—(i) In general. Unless a
plan provides otherwise, compensation
payable after the last day of the service
provider’s taxable year solely for
services performed during the final
payroll period described in section
3401(b) containing the last day of the
service provider’s taxable year or, with
respect to a non-employee service
provider, a period not longer than the
payroll period described in section
3401(b), where such amount is payable
pursuant to the timing arrangement
under which the service recipient
normally compensates service providers
for services performed during a payroll
period described in section 3401(b), or
with respect to a non-employee service
provider, a period not longer than the
payroll period described in section
3401(b), is treated as compensation for
services performed in the subsequent
taxable year in which the payment is
made. The preceding sentence does not
apply to any compensation paid during
such period for services performed
during any period other than such final
payroll period, such as a payment of an
annual bonus. Any amendment of a
plan after December 31, 2007, to add a
provision providing for a differing
treatment of such compensation may
not be effective for 12 months from the
date the amendment is executed and
enacted.
(ii) Transition rule. For purposes of
this paragraph (a)(13), a plan that was
adopted and effective before December
31, 2007, whether written or unwritten,
will be treated as designating such
compensation for services performed in
the taxable year in which the payroll
period ends, unless otherwise set forth
in writing before December 31, 2007.
(14) Elections to annualize recurring
part-year compensation. In the case of a
service provider receiving recurring
part-year compensation, an election to
defer all or a portion of the recurring
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
part-year compensation to be earned
during a particular service period is
considered to meet the requirements of
this paragraph (a) if the election is made
before the services for which the
recurring part-year compensation is
paid begin, and the election does not
defer payment of any of the recurring
part-year compensation to a date beyond
the last day of the 13th month following
the first date of the service period. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(14), the
term recurring part-year compensation
means compensation paid for services
rendered in a position that the service
recipient and service provider
reasonably anticipate will continue on
similar terms and conditions in
subsequent years, and will require
services to be provided during
successive service periods each of
which comprises less than 12 months
(for example, a teacher providing
services during a school year comprised
of 10 consecutive months), and each of
which periods begins in one taxable
year of the service provider and ends in
the next such taxable year. The rules of
this paragraph (a)(14) apply to a
particular amount of compensation only
once, so that an amount deferred under
this rule may not again be treated as
recurring part-year compensation for
purposes of this paragraph and subject
to a second deferral election under this
paragraph (a)(14).
(15) USERRA rights. The requirements
of this paragraph (a) are deemed
satisfied to the extent an initial deferral
election is provided to satisfy the
requirements of the Uniformed Service
Employment and Reemployment Rights
Act of 1994, as amended, 38 U.S.C.
4301–4334.
(b) Subsequent changes in time and
form of payment—(1) In general. A plan
that permits under a subsequent
election a delay in a payment or a
change in the form of payment (a
subsequent deferral election), including
a subsequent deferral election made by
a service provider or a service recipient,
satisfies the requirements of section
409A(a)(4)(C) only if the conditions of
this paragraph (b) are met. For purposes
of this paragraph (b), except as
otherwise expressly provided in this
section, a subsequent deferral election is
not considered made until such election
becomes irrevocable under the terms of
the plan. Accordingly, a plan may
provide that a subsequent deferral
election may be changed at any time
before the last permissible date for
making such a subsequent deferral
election. Where a plan permits a
subsequent deferral election, the
requirements of this paragraph are
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
satisfied only if the following conditions
are met:
(i) The plan requires that such
election not take effect until at least 12
months after the date on which the
election is made.
(ii) In the case of an election related
to a payment not described in § 1.409A–
3(a)(2) (payment on account of
disability), § 1.409A–3(a)(3) (payment
on account of death), or § 1.409A–3(a)(6)
(payment on account of the occurrence
of an unforeseeable emergency), the
plan requires that the payment with
respect to which such election is made
be deferred for a period of not less than
five years from the date such payment
would otherwise have been paid (or in
the case of a life annuity or installment
payments treated as a single payment,
five years from the date the first amount
was scheduled to be paid).
(iii) The plan requires that any
election related to a payment described
in § 1.409A–3(a)(4) (payment at a
specified time or pursuant to a fixed
schedule) be made not less than 12
months before the date the payment is
scheduled to be paid (or in the case of
a life annuity or installment payments
treated as a single payment, 12 months
before the date the first amount was
scheduled to be paid).
(2) Definition of payments for
purposes of subsequent changes in the
time or form of payment—(i) In general.
Except as provided in paragraphs
(b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, the
term payment refers to each separately
identified amount to which a service
provider is entitled to payment under a
plan on a determinable date, and
includes amounts applied for the benefit
of the service provider. An amount is
separately identified only if the amount
may be objectively determined under a
nondiscretionary formula. For example,
an amount identified as 10 percent of
the account balance as of a specified
payment date would be a separately
identified amount. A payment includes
the provision of any taxable benefit,
including payment in cash or in kind.
In addition, a payment includes, but is
not limited to, the transfer, cancellation,
or reduction of an amount of deferred
compensation in exchange for benefits
under a welfare benefit plan, a fringe
benefit excludible under section 119 or
section 132, or any other benefit that is
excludible from gross income. For
additional rules relating to the
application of this paragraph (b) to
amounts payable at a fixed time or
pursuant to a fixed schedule, see
§ 1.409A–3(i)(1).
(ii) Life annuities—(A) In general. The
entitlement to a life annuity is treated as
the entitlement to a single payment.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19305
Accordingly, an election to delay
payment of a life annuity, or to change
the form of payment of a life annuity,
must be made at least 12 months before
the scheduled commencement of the life
annuity, and must defer the payment for
a period of not less than five years from
the originally scheduled
commencement of the life annuity. For
purposes of § 1.409A–1, this section,
and §§ 1.409A–3 through 1.409A–6, the
term life annuity means a series of
substantially equal periodic payments,
payable not less frequently than
annually, for the life (or life expectancy)
of the service provider, or a series of
substantially equal periodic payments,
payable not less frequently than
annually, for the life (or life expectancy)
of the service provider, followed upon
the death or end of the life expectancy
of the service provider by a series of
substantially equal periodic payments,
payable not less frequently then
annually, for the life (or life expectancy)
of the service provider’s designated
beneficiary (if any). A change in
designated beneficiary before any
annuity payment has been made under
the plan is not a change in the time or
form of payment. A change in the form
of a payment before any annuity
payment has been made under the plan,
from one type of life annuity to another
type of life annuity with the same
scheduled date for the first annuity
payment, is not considered a change in
the time and form of a payment,
provided that the annuities are
actuarially equivalent applying
reasonable actuarial methods and
assumptions. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2)(ii), a requirement that a
service provider obtain the consent of a
spouse or other potential recipient of a
survivor annuity to change a beneficiary
or form of payment is disregarded, so
that any annuity form that the service
recipient could elect to receive with
such consent is considered currently
available.
(B) Certain features disregarded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph (b)(2)(ii),
the following features are disregarded
for purposes of determining whether a
payment form is a life annuity within
the meaning of this paragraph (b)(2)(ii),
but are not disregarded for purposes of
determining whether a life annuity is
the actuarial equivalent of another life
annuity except as otherwise provided in
this paragraph (b)(2)(ii):
(1) Term certain features under which
annuity payments continue for the
longer of the life of the annuitant or a
fixed period of time.
(2) Pop-up features under which
payments increase upon the death of the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19306
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
beneficiary or another event that
eliminates the right to a survivor
annuity.
(3) Cash refund features under which
payment is provided upon the death of
the last annuitant in an amount that is
not greater than the excess of the
present value of the annuity at the
annuity starting date over the total of
payments before the death of the last
annuitant.
(4) Features under which an annuity
form of payment provides higher
periodic payments before the expected
commencement of benefits under the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. ch. 7) or
the Railroad Retirement Act (45 U.S.C.
231 et seq.) and lower periodic
payments after such expected
commencement date, so that the
combined periodic payments under the
arrangement and the Social Security Act
or the Railroad Retirement Act, as
applicable, are approximately level
before and after such expected
commencement date (Social Security or
Railroad Retirement leveling features).
(5) Features providing for an increase
in the annuity payment in a manner
described in § 1.401(a)(9)–6, Q&A–
14(a)(1) or (2) (eligible cost-of-living
adjustments).
(C) Subsidized joint and survivor
annuities. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2)(ii), a joint and survivor
annuity will not fail to be treated as
actuarially equivalent to a single life
annuity due solely to the value of a
subsidized survivor annuity benefit,
provided that the annual lifetime
annuity benefit available to the service
provider under the joint and survivor
annuity is not greater than the annual
lifetime annuity benefit available to the
service provider under the single life
annuity alternative, and provided that
the annual survivor annuity benefit is
not greater than the annual lifetime
annuity benefit available to the service
provider under the joint and survivor
annuity.
(D) Actuarial assumptions and
methods. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(2)(ii), at any given time the same
actuarial assumptions and methods
must be used in valuing each annuity
payment option, in determining
whether the payments are actuarially
equivalent and such assumptions must
be reasonable. This requirement applies
over the entire term of the service
provider’s participation in the plan,
such that the annuity payment must be
actuarially equivalent at all times for the
annuity payment options to be treated
as one time and form of payment. There
is no requirement that the same
actuarial methods and assumptions be
used over the term of a service
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
provider’s participation in a plan.
Accordingly, a plan may change the
actuarial assumptions and methods
used to determine the life annuity
payments provided that all of the
actuarial assumptions and methods are
reasonable.
(iii) Installment payments. The
entitlement to a series of installment
payments that is not a life annuity is
treated as the entitlement to a single
payment, unless the plan provides at all
times with respect to the amount
deferred that the right to the series of
installment payments is to be treated as
a right to a series of separate payments.
For purposes of § 1.409A–1, this section,
and §§ 1.409A–3 through 1.409A–6, a
series of installment payments refers to
an entitlement to the payment of a series
of substantially equal periodic amounts
to be paid over a predetermined period
of years, except to the extent any
increase (or decrease) in the amount
reflects reasonable earnings (or losses)
through the date the amount is paid. For
this purpose, a series of installment
payments over a predetermined period
and a series of installment payments
over a shorter or longer period, or a
series of installment payments over the
same predetermined period but with a
different commencement date, are
different times and forms of payment.
Accordingly, a change in the
predetermined period or the
commencement date is a change in the
time and form of payment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
schedule of payments does not fail to be
an installment payment solely because
such plan provides for an immediate
payment of all remaining installments if
the present value of the deferred amount
to be paid in the remaining installment
payments falls below a predetermined
amount, and the immediate payment of
such amount does not constitute an
accelerated payment for purposes of
§ 1.409A–3(j), provided that such
feature including the predetermined
amount is established by no later than
the time and form of payment is
otherwise required to be established,
and provided further that any change in
such feature including the
predetermined amount is a change in
the time and form of payment.
(iv) Transition rule. For purposes of
this section, a plan that was adopted
and effective before December 31, 2007,
whether written or unwritten, that fails
to make a designation as to whether the
entitlement to a series of payments is to
be treated as an entitlement to a series
of separate payments under paragraph
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, may make such
designation on or before December 31,
2007, provided such designation is set
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
forth in writing on or before December
31, 2007.
(3) Beneficiaries. The rules of this
paragraph (b) governing changes in the
time and form of payment apply to
elections by beneficiaries with respect
to the time and form of payment, as well
as elections by service providers or
service recipients with respect to the
time and form of payment to
beneficiaries. An election to change the
identity of a beneficiary does not
constitute a change in the time and form
of payment merely because the election
changes the identity of the recipient of
the payment, if the time and form of the
payment is not otherwise changed. In
addition, an election to change the
identity of a beneficiary before the
initial payment of a life annuity does
not constitute a change in the time and
form of payment if the change in the
time of payments stems solely from the
different life expectancy of the new
beneficiary, such as in the case of a joint
and survivor annuity.
(4) Domestic relations orders. The
rules of this paragraph (b) governing
changes in the time and form of
payment do not apply to elections by
individuals other than a service
provider, with respect to payments to a
person other than the service provider,
to the extent such elections are reflected
in, or made in accordance with, the
terms of a domestic relations order (as
defined in section 414(p)(1)(B)).
(5) Coordination with prohibition
against acceleration of payments. For
purposes of applying the prohibition
against the acceleration of payments in
§ 1.409A–3(j), the definition of payment
is the same as the definition in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
Accordingly, a change in the form of a
payment that results in a more rapid
schedule for payments generally will
not constitute an acceleration of a
payment, if the change in the form of
payment is made in compliance with
the subsequent deferral rules. For
example, a change in form from a 10year installment payment treated as a
single payment to a lump-sum payment
would not constitute an acceleration if
the change in the form of the payment
is made in compliance with the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, generally meaning that the
election to change to a lump-sum
payment must be made at least 12
months before the installment payments
were scheduled to commence and the
lump-sum payment could not be made
until at least five years after the date the
installment payments were scheduled to
commence. See § 1.409A–3(j)(4)(i) with
respect to situations in which the failure
to accelerate a payment or the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
modification of a plan term relating to
certain accelerated payments will not be
subject to the rules of this paragraph (b).
(6) Application to multiple payment
events. In the case of a plan that permits
a payment upon each of a number of
potential permissible payment events,
such as the earlier of a fixed date or
separation from service, the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section are applied separately to each
payment (as defined in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section) due upon each payment
event. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the addition or deletion of a permissible
payment event to a plan under which
amounts were previously deferred is
subject to the rules of this paragraph (b)
where the addition or deletion of the
permissible payment event may result
in a change in the time or form of
payment of the amount deferred. For
application of the rules governing
accelerations of payments to the
addition of a permissible payment event
to amounts deferred, see § 1.409A–3(j).
(7) Delay of payments under certain
circumstances. A payment may be
delayed to a date after the designated
payment date under any of the
circumstances described in this
paragraph (b)(7), and the provision will
not fail to meet the requirements of
establishing a permissible payment
event and the delay in the payment will
not constitute a subsequent deferral
election, so long as the service recipient
treats all payments to similarly situated
service providers on a reasonably
consistent basis.
(i) Payments subject to section
162(m). A payment may be delayed to
the extent that the service recipient
reasonably anticipates that if the
payment were made as scheduled, the
service recipient’s deduction with
respect to such payment would not be
permitted due to the application of
section 162(m), provided that the
payment is made either during the
service provider’s first taxable year in
which the service recipient reasonably
anticipates, or should reasonably
anticipate, that if the payment is made
during such year, the deduction of such
payment will not be barred by
application of section 162(m) or during
the period beginning with the date of
the service provider’s separation from
service and ending on the later of the
last day of the taxable year of the service
recipient in which the service provider
separates from service or the 15th day
of the third month following the service
provider’s separation from service, and
provided further that where any
scheduled payment to a specific service
provider in a service recipient’s taxable
year is delayed in accordance with this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
paragraph, the delay in payment will be
treated as a subsequent deferral election
unless all scheduled payments to that
service provider that could be delayed
in accordance with this paragraph are
also delayed. Where the payment is
delayed to a date on or after the service
provider’s separation from service, the
payment will be considered a payment
upon a separation from service for
purposes of the rules under § 1.409A–
3(i)(2) (payments to specified employees
upon a separation from service) and, in
the case of a specified employee, the
date that is six months after a service
provider’s separation from service is
substituted for any reference to a service
provider’s separation from service in the
first sentence of this paragraph. No
election may be provided to the service
provider with respect to the timing of
the payment under this paragraph
(b)(7)(i).
(ii) Payments that would violate
Federal securities laws or other
applicable law. A payment may be
delayed where the service recipient
reasonably anticipates that the making
of the payment will violate Federal
securities laws or other applicable law;
provided that the payment is made at
the earliest date at which the service
recipient reasonably anticipates that the
making of the payment will not cause
such violation. The making of a
payment that would cause inclusion in
gross income or the application of any
penalty provision or other provision of
the Internal Revenue Code is not treated
as a violation of applicable law.
(iii) Other events and conditions. A
service recipient may delay a payment
upon such other events and conditions
as the Commissioner may prescribe in
generally applicable guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter). For
additional rules applicable to certain
delayed payments pursuant to a change
in control event, see § 1.409A–
3(i)(5)(iv). For additional rules
applicable to amounts payable because
of an unforeseeable emergency, see
§ 1.409A–3(i)(3).
(8) USERRA rights. The requirements
of this paragraph (b) are deemed met to
the extent an election to change the time
or form of a payment of deferred
compensation is provided to satisfy the
requirements of the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights
Act of 1994, as amended, 38 U.S.C.
4301–4344.
(9) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of the
provisions of this section. For purposes
of these examples, each employee is an
individual with a calendar year taxable
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19307
year, and is employed by the specified
employer:
Example 1. Initial election to defer salary.
Employer ZZ sponsors a plan under which
Employee A may elect to defer a percentage
of Employee A’s salary. Employee A has
participated in the plan in prior years. To
satisfy the requirements of this section with
respect to salary earned in calendar year
2008, if Employee A elects to defer any
amount of such salary, the deferral election
(including an election as to the time and form
of payment) must be made no later than
December 31, 2007.
Example 2. Designation of time and form
of payment where an initial deferral election
is not provided. Employer YY has a taxable
year ending September 30. On July 1, 2008,
Employer YY enters into a legally binding
obligation to pay Employee B a $10,000
bonus. The amount is not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture and does not
qualify as performance-based compensation
as described in § 1.409A–1(e). Employer YY
does not provide Employee B an election as
to the time and form of payment. Unless the
amount is to be paid in accordance with the
short-term deferral rule of § 1.409A–1(b)(4),
Employer YY must specify the time and form
of payment on or before July 1, 2008, to
satisfy the requirements of this section.
Example 3. Initial election to defer bonus
payable based on services during calendar
year. Employer XX has a taxable year ending
September 30. Employee C participates in a
bonus plan under which Employee C is
entitled to a bonus for services performed
during the calendar year that, absent an
election by Employee C, will be paid on
March 15 of the following year. The amount
is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
and does not qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in § 1.409A–1(e).
If Employee C elects to defer the payment of
the bonus with respect to services rendered
during calendar year 2008, Employee C must
elect the time and form of payment not later
than December 31, 2007, to satisfy the
requirements of this section.
Example 4. Initial election to defer bonus
payable based on services during fiscal year
other than calendar year. Employer WW has
a taxable year ending September 30.
Employee D participates in a bonus plan
under which Employee D is entitled to a
bonus for services performed during
Employer WW’s fiscal year that, absent an
election by Employee D, will be paid on
December 15 of the calendar year in which
the fiscal year ends. The amount is not
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and
does not qualify as performance-based
compensation as described in § 1.409A–1(e).
The amount qualifies as fiscal year
compensation. If Employee D elects to defer
the payment of the amount related to the
fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, to
satisfy the requirements of this section
Employee D must elect the time and form of
payment not later than September 30, 2008.
Example 5. Initial election to defer bonus
payable only if service provider completes at
least 12 months of services after the election.
Employer VV has a calendar year taxable
year. On March 1, 2008, Employer VV grants
Employee E a $10,000 bonus, payable on
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19308
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
March 1, 2010 (with reasonable interest),
provided that Employee E continues
performing services as an employee of
Employer VV through March 1, 2010. The
amount does not qualify as performancebased compensation as described in
§ 1.409A–1(e), and Employee E already
participates in another account balance
nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
Employee E may make an initial deferral
election on or before March 31, 2008 (within
30 days after obtaining a legally binding
right), because at least 12 months of
additional services are required after the date
of election for the risk of forfeiture to lapse.
Example 6. Initial election to defer bonus
that would otherwise constitute a short-term
deferral. The same facts as Example 5, except
that Employee E does not make an initial
deferral election on or before March 31, 2008.
Because the right to the compensation would
not be treated as a deferral of compensation
pursuant to § 1.409A–1(b)(4) absent a deferral
election (because the arrangement would be
treated as a short-term deferral), Employee E
may make an initial deferral election
provided that the election may not become
effective for 12 months and must defer the
payment at least 5 years from March 1, 2010
(the first date the payment could become
substantially vested). Accordingly, Employee
E may make an election before March 1,
2009, provided that the election defers the
payment to a date on or after March 1, 2015
(other than a payment due to death,
disability, unforeseeable emergency, or a
change in control event).
Example 7. Initial election to defer sales
commissions. Employer UU has a calendar
year taxable year. As part of Employee F’s
services for Employer UU, Employee F sells
refrigerators to customers unrelated to
Employee F or Employer UU. Under the
employment arrangement, Employee F is
entitled to 10% of the sales price of any
refrigerator Employee F sells, payable only
upon the receipt of payment from the
customer who purchased the refrigerator. For
purposes of the initial deferral rule,
Employee F is treated as performing the
services related to each refrigerator sale in
the calendar year in which each customer
pays for the refrigerator.
Example 8. Initial election to defer renewal
sales commissions. The same facts as
Example 7, except that Employee F also sells
warranties related to the refrigerators sold.
Under the warranty arrangement, refrigerator
warranty customers are entitled in a future
year to extend the warranty for an additional
cost to be paid at the time of the extension.
Under Employee F’s arrangement with
Employer UU, Employee F is entitled to 10%
of the amount paid for an extension of any
warranty, payable upon the receipt of
payment from the customer extending the
warranty. For purposes of the initial deferral
election rule, Employee F is treated as
performing the services related to the amount
paid for the extension of the warranty in the
taxable year in which the customer pays for
the warranty extension.
Example 9. Initial election to defer
investment commissions. Employer TT is in
the trade or business of managing financial
assets for customer accounts. Customers who
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
deposit funds in an account with Employer
TT are entitled to remove the account
balance of such account upon 60 days notice
to Employer TT. Employee G sells financial
products and provides continuing customer
service to certain unrelated customers
involving the deposit and maintenance of
funds in customer accounts managed by
Employer TT. Under the employment
arrangement, Employee G is entitled to a set
percentage of the aggregate value of the assets
held in the accounts of customers to whom
Employee G sold financial products and
provides customer service. Under the
arrangement, the aggregate value of the assets
held in the accounts is determined as of June
30 of each year, and unless Employee G
elects to defer the payment, the amount is
payable to Employee G in a lump sum on
December 31 of the year in which the
valuation is made. Employee G has no
control over the valuation of the assets held
in the accounts, or the calculation of the
amount due Employee G. For purposes of the
initial deferral rule, Employee G is treated as
providing the services to which a payment
relates during the July 1 through June 30
period ending on the June 30 date as of
which the assets held in the account are
valued.
Example 10. Initial election to defer partyear compensation. Employee H provides
services as a teacher to Employer SS, a school
system. The period of services routinely
begins on the second Monday of August of
one year and ends on the first Friday of June
of the subsequent year. Employer SS
provides an election to Employee H to
receive the compensation for the period of
services ratably over the period beginning on
the second Monday of August of one year
and ending on the last day of August of the
subsequent year. Because the compensation
constitutes recurring part-year compensation,
as defined in paragraph (a)(14) of this
section, and because the schedule will
provide that all of the recurring part-year
compensation is paid no later than
September 30 of the subsequent year,
Employee H will be deemed to have made a
timely deferral election with respect to such
recurring part-year compensation if
Employee H elects before the first day of the
service period to have the recurring part-year
compensation paid under such schedule.
Example 11. Initial election to defer
negotiated separation pay. Employer RR
decides to terminate Employee J’s
employment involuntarily. As part of the
process of terminating Employee J, Employer
RR enters into bona fide, arm’s length
negotiations with respect to the terms of
Employee J’s termination of employment. As
part of the process, Employer RR offers
Employee J an amount that is in addition to
any amounts to which Employee J is
otherwise entitled, payable either as a lump
sum payment at the end of 3 years or in 3
annual payments starting at the date of
termination of employment. The election of
the time and form of payment by Employee
J may be made at any time before Employee
J accepts the offer and obtains a legally
binding right to the additional amount. The
election may not apply to any amount to
which Employee J already had a legally
binding right.
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Example 12. Election of time and form of
payments under a window program.
Employer QQ establishes a window program,
as defined in § 1.409A–1(b)(9)(vi).
Individuals who elect to terminate
employment under the window program are
entitled to receive an amount equal to 2
weeks pay multiplied by every year of service
with Employer QQ. The individuals
participating in the window program may
elect to receive the payment as either a lump
sum payment payable on the first day of the
month after making the election to
participate in the window program, or as a
payment of 3 equal annual installments on
each January 1 of the first 3 years following
the election to participate in the window
program. Employee K is eligible to
participate in the window program.
Employee K will be treated as making a
timely deferral election if the election as to
the time and form of payment is made on or
before the date Employee K’s election to
participate in the window program becomes
irrevocable.
Example 13. Initial election to defer salary
earned during final payroll period beginning
in one calendar year and ending in the
subsequent calendar year. Employer PP pays
the salary of its employees, including
Employee L, on a bi-weekly basis. One biweekly payroll period runs from December
24, 2008, through January 6, 2009, with a
scheduled payment date of January 13, 2009.
Employer PP sponsors, and Employee L
participates in, a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan under which Employee L
may defer a specified percentage of his
annual salary. The plan does not specify that
any salary compensation paid for the payroll
period in which falls January 1 is to be
treated as compensation for services
performed during the year preceding the year
in which falls that January 1. For purposes
of applying the initial deferral election rules,
Employee L is deemed to have performed the
services for the payroll period December 24,
2008, through January 6, 2009, during the
calendar year 2009.
Example 14. Application of deferral
election rules and anti-acceleration rules to
a nonqualified deferred compensation plan
linked to a qualified plan. Employee M
participates in a qualified retirement plan
that is a defined benefit plan that offers a
subsidized early retirement benefit to
employees who have attained age 55 and
completed 30 years of service. Employee M,
who has attained age 55 and completed 30
years of service, also participates in a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan,
under which the benefit payable is calculated
under a formula, with that benefit then
reduced by any benefit that Employee M has
accrued under the qualified retirement plan.
In 2008, Employee M fails to elect the
subsidized early retirement benefit under the
qualified retirement plan, with the effect that
the amounts payable under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan are increased by
an amount equal to the reduction in the
benefit payable under the qualified plan. In
2009, Employer NN amends the qualified
retirement plan to increase benefits under the
plan, resulting in a decrease in the amounts
payable under the nonqualified deferred
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
compensation plan equal to the increase in
the benefit payable under the qualified plan.
Neither of these actions constitutes a deferral
election or an acceleration of a payment
under the nonqualified deferred
compensation plan.
Example 15. Subsequent deferral election.
Employee N participates in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan. Employee N
elects to be paid in a lump sum payment at
the earlier of age 65 or separation from
service. Employee N anticipates that he will
work after age 65, and wishes to defer
payment to a later date. Provided that
Employee N continues in employment and
makes the election by his 64th birthday,
Employee N may elect to receive a lump sum
payment at the earlier of age 70 or separation
from service.
Example 16. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in form of payment from lump
sum payment to life annuity. Employee P
participates in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan. Employee P elects to be
paid in a lump sum payment at age 65.
Employee P wishes to change the payment
form to a life annuity. Provided that
Employee P makes the election on or before
his 64th birthday, Employee P may elect to
receive a life annuity commencing at age 70.
Example 17. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in form of payment from life
annuity to lump sum payment. Employee Q
participates in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan. Employee Q elects to be
paid in a life annuity at age 65. Employee Q
wishes to change the payment form to a lump
sum payment. Provided that Employee Q
makes the election on or before his 64th
birthday, Employee Q may elect to receive a
lump sum payment at age 70.
Example 18. Subsequent deferral election
rule—installment payments designated as
separate payments. Employee R, whose
taxable year is the calendar year, participates
in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan that provides for payment in a series of
5 equal annual amounts, each designated as
a separate payment. The first payment is
scheduled to be made on January 1, 2010.
Provided that Employee R makes the election
on or before January 1, 2009, Employee R
may elect for the first payment scheduled to
be made on January 1, 2010, to be made on
January 1, 2015. If Employee R makes that
election, but does not elect to defer the
remaining payments, the remaining
payments continue to be due upon January
1 of the 4 consecutive calendar years
commencing on January 1, 2011.
Example 19. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in form of payment from
installment payments not designated as
separate payments to lump sum payment.
Employee S participates in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that provides for
payment in a series of 5 equal annual
amounts that are not designated as a series
of 5 separate payments. The first amount is
scheduled to be paid on January 1, 2010.
Employee S wishes to receive the entire
amount equal to the sum of all 5 of the
amounts to be paid as a lump sum payment.
Provided that Employee S makes the election
on or before January 1, 2009, Employee S
may elect to receive a lump sum payment on
or after January 1, 2015.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
Example 20. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in form of payment from
installment payments designated as separate
payments to lump sum payment. Employee
T participates in a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan that provides for payment
in a series of 5 equal annual amounts each
of which is designated as a separate payment.
The first amount is scheduled to be paid on
January 1, 2010. Employee T wishes to
receive the entire amount equal to the sum
of all 5 of the amounts in a single lump sum
payment. Provided that Employee T makes
the election on or before January 1, 2009,
Employee T may elect to receive a lump sum
payment on or after January 1, 2019.
Example 21. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in form of payment from one
life annuity form to another life annuity
form. Employee U participates in a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan
that permits Employee U to elect before
Employee U’s separation from service
whether to be paid in the form of a single life
annuity beginning on the first day of the
month following Employee U’s separation
from service, or an annuity beginning on the
first day of the month following Employee
U’s separation from service under which
annuity payments continue for Employee U’s
lifetime but not less than 10 years. The two
types of annuities are actuarially equivalent
at all times applying reasonable actuarial
methods and assumptions. For purposes of
this section, the two types of annuities are
treated as a single form of payment.
Accordingly, the election provided under the
plan is not treated as providing a subsequent
deferral election or accelerated payment, and
an election by Employee U under the plan
between the two annuity options made before
the first scheduled payment date for an
annuity payment is not treated as a
subsequent deferral election or an
acceleration of a payment.
Example 22. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in time of payment from
payment at specified age to payment at later
of specified age or separation from service.
Employee V participates in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that provides for
a lump sum payment at age 65. Employee V
wishes to modify the plan so that the
deferred amount will be payable upon the
later of Employee V’s attainment of a
specified age or separation from service.
Provided that Employee V makes such
election on or before his 64th birthday,
Employee V may modify the plan so
Employee V will receive a lump sum
payment upon the later of age 70 or
separation from service.
Example 23. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in time of payment from
payment at separation from service to
payment at later of separation from service
or specified age. Employee W participates in
a nonqualified deferred compensation plan
that provides for a lump sum payment at
separation from service. Employee W wishes
to make the payment payable upon the later
of separation from service or a predetermined
age. Provided that Employee W makes such
election on or before the date 1 year before
a separation from service, Employee W may
elect to receive a lump sum payment upon
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19309
the later of the date 5 years following a
separation from service or at a specified age.
Example 24. Subsequent deferral election
rule—change in time of payment from
payment at separation from service to
payment at a change in control event.
Employee X participates in a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that provides for
a lump sum payment at separation from
service. Employee X wishes to change the
payment provision such that the payment is
payable upon a change in control event. A
change in the distribution provision to
provide for a payment only upon a change in
control event will violate the rules governing
payment provisions, because the change
could result in an acceleration if the change
in control event occurs before Employee X
separates from service, or a subsequent
deferral if the change in control does not
occur until after Employee X separates from
service. However, provided that Employee X
makes such election on or before the date 1
year before a separation from service,
Employee X may elect to receive a payment
upon the later of a change in control event
or 5 years following a separation from
service.
(c) Special rules for certain resident
aliens. For the first taxable year of an
individual in which such individual is
a resident alien, a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan is deemed to meet
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section if, with respect to compensation
payable for services performed during
that first taxable year or with respect to
compensation the right to which is
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
as of the first day of that first taxable
year, an initial deferral election is made
by the end of such first taxable year,
provided that the initial deferral
election may not apply to amounts that
have already been paid or made
available to the service provider before
the election is made. For any year after
the first taxable year in which an
individual is classified as a resident
alien, this paragraph (c) does not apply,
provided that a taxable year may again
be treated as the first taxable year in
which an individual is classified as a
resident alien if such individual is
classified as a resident alien in that
taxable year and has not been classified
as a resident alien for the three
consecutive taxable years immediately
preceding that taxable year.
§ 1.409A–3
Permissible payments.
(a) In general. The requirements of
section 409A(a)(2)(A) are met only if the
plan provides that an amount of
deferred compensation under the plan
may be paid only upon an event or at
a time set forth in this paragraph (a):
(1) The service provider’s separation
from service (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(h) and in accordance with paragraph
(i)(2) of this section).
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19310
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The service provider becoming
disabled (in accordance with paragraph
(i)(4) of this section).
(3) The service provider’s death.
(4) A time or a fixed schedule
specified under the plan (in accordance
with paragraph (i)(1) of this section).
(5) A change in the ownership or
effective control of the corporation, or in
the ownership of a substantial portion of
the assets of the corporation (in
accordance with paragraph (i)(5) of this
section).
(6) The occurrence of an
unforeseeable emergency (in accordance
with paragraph (i)(3) of this section).
(b) Designation of payment upon a
permissible payment event. Except as
otherwise specified in this section, a
plan provides for the payment upon an
event described in paragraph (a)(1), (2),
(3), (5), or (6) of this section if the plan
provides the date of the event is the
payment date, or specifies another
payment date that is objectively
determinable and nondiscretionary at
the time the event occurs. A plan may
also provide that a payment upon an
event described in paragraph (a)(1), (2),
(3), (5), or (6) of this section is to be
made in accordance with a schedule
that is objectively determinable and
nondiscretionary based on the date the
event occurs and that would qualify as
a fixed schedule under paragraph (i)(1)
of this section if the payment event were
instead a fixed date, provided that the
schedule must be fixed at the time the
permissible payment event is
designated. In addition, a plan may
provide that a payment, including a
payment that is part of a schedule, is to
be made during a designated taxable
year of the service provider that is
objectively determinable and
nondiscretionary at the time the
payment event occurs such as, for
example, a schedule of three
substantially equal payments payable
during the first three taxable years
following the taxable year in which a
separation from service occurs. A plan
may also provide that a payment,
including a payment that is part of a
schedule, is to be made during a
designated period objectively
determinable and nondiscretionary at
the time the payment event occurs, but
only if the designated period both
begins and ends within one taxable year
of the service provider or the designated
period is not more than 90 days and the
service provider does not have a right to
designate the taxable year of the
payment (other than an election that
complies with the subsequent deferral
election rules of § 1.409A–2(b)). Where
a plan provides for a period of more
than one day following a payment event
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
during which a payment may be made,
such as within 90 days following the
date of the event, the payment date for
purposes of the subsequent deferral
rules under § 1.409A–2(b) is treated as
the first possible date upon which a
payment could be made under the terms
of the plan. A plan may provide for
payment upon the earliest or latest of
more than one event or time, provided
that each event or time is described in
paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this
section. For examples illustrating the
provisions of this paragraph, see
paragraph (i)(1)(vi) of this section.
(c) Designation of alternative specified
dates or payment schedules based upon
date of permissible event. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c), a plan may designate only one time
and form of payment upon the
occurrence of each event described in
paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (5), or (6) of
this section. For example, a plan does
not satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph (c) if it provides for one
payment date or schedule of payments
if a specified event occurs on a Monday,
but another payment date or schedule of
payments if the event occurs on any
other day of the week. However, a plan
that provides for a payment upon an
event described in paragraph (a)(2), (3),
(5), or (6) of this section may allow for
an alternative payment schedule if the
event occurs on or before one (but not
more than one) specified date, provided
that the addition or deletion of such a
different time and form of payment
applicable to an existing deferral is
subject to § 1.409A–2(b) (subsequent
deferral elections) and paragraph (j) of
this section (accelerated payments). For
example, a plan may provide that a
service provider will receive a lump
sum payment of the service provider’s
entire benefit under the plan on the first
day of the month following a change in
control event that occurs before the
service provider attains age 55, but will
receive 5 substantially equal annual
payments commencing on the first day
of the month following a change in
control event that occurs on or after the
service provider attains age 55. In the
case of a plan that provides that a
payment upon an event described in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section (a
payment upon a separation from
service), a different time and form of
payment may be designated with
respect to a separation from service
under each of the following conditions,
provided that the addition or deletion of
such a different time and form of
payment applicable to an existing
deferral is subject to § 1.409A–2(b) and
paragraph (j) of this section:
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) A separation from service during
a limited period of time not to exceed
two years following a change in control
event (as defined in paragraph (i)(5) of
this section).
(2) A separation from service before or
after a specified date (for example, the
attainment of a specified age), or a
separation from service before or after a
combination of a specified date, such as
attaining a specified age, and a specified
period of service determined under a
predetermined, nondiscretionary,
objective formula or pursuant to the
method for crediting service under a
qualified plan sponsored by the service
recipient.
(3) A separation from service not
described in paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2)
of this section.
(d) When a payment is treated as
made upon the designated payment
date. Except as otherwise specified in
this section, a payment is treated as
made upon the date specified under the
plan (including a date specified under
paragraph (a)(4) of this section) if the
payment is made at such date or a later
date within the same taxable year of the
service provider or, if later, by the 15th
day of the third calendar month
following the date specified under the
plan and the service provider is not
permitted, directly or indirectly, to
designate the taxable year of the
payment. In addition, a payment is
treated as made upon the date specified
under the plan (including a date
specified under paragraph (a)(4) of this
section) and is not treated as an
accelerated payment if the payment is
made no earlier than 30 days before the
designated payment date and the service
provider is not permitted, directly or
indirectly to designate the taxable year
of the payment. For purposes of this
paragraph, if the date specified is only
a designated taxable year of the service
provider, or a period of time during
such a taxable year, the date specified
under the plan is treated as the first day
of such taxable year or the first day of
the period of time during such taxable
year, as applicable. The payment with
respect to a stock right generally occurs
upon the exercise of the stock right, so
that where a stock right designates a
fixed exercise date, the stock right will
be deemed to have been paid at such
date if the exercise and payment occur
on such date or a later date within the
same taxable year of the service
provider or, if later, by the 15th day of
the third calendar month following the
exercise date specified under the plan.
If calculation of the amount of the
payment is not administratively
practicable due to events beyond the
control of the service provider (or
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
service provider’s beneficiary), the
payment will be treated as made upon
the date specified under the plan if the
payment is made during the first taxable
year of the service provider in which the
calculation of the amount of the
payment is administratively practicable.
For purposes of this paragraph, the
inability of a service recipient to
calculate the amount or timing of a
payment due to a failure of a service
provider (or service provider’s
beneficiary) to provide reasonably
available information necessary to make
such calculation does not constitute an
event beyond the control of the service
provider. Similarly, if the making of the
payment at the date specified under the
plan would jeopardize the ability of the
service recipient to continue as a going
concern, the payment will be treated as
made upon the date specified under the
plan if the payment is made during the
first taxable year of the service provider
in which the making of the payment
would not have such effect.
(e) Designation of time and form of
payment with respect to earnings. A
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan that provides for actual or notional
earnings to be credited on amounts of
deferred compensation may specify, in
accordance with the requirements of
§ 1.409A–2(a) (initial deferral elections),
that such earnings are treated separately
from the right to the other amounts
deferred under the plan for purposes of
designating the time and form of
payments under such plan, provided
that to satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph (e), actual or notional
earnings must be credited at least
annually. For these purposes, a right to
dividend equivalents may be treated
analogously to a right to actual or
notional earnings on an amount of
deferred compensation. For purposes of
this paragraph (e), the term dividend
equivalents means the right to an
amount equal to all or a specified
portion of dividends declared and paid,
if any, on a specified number of shares
of stock.
(f) Substitutions. Except as otherwise
provided under these regulations, the
payment of an amount as a substitute for
a payment of deferred compensation
will be treated as a payment of the
deferred compensation. A forfeiture or
voluntary relinquishment of an amount
of deferred compensation will not be
treated as a payment of the
compensation, but there is no forfeiture
or voluntary relinquishment for this
purpose if an amount is paid, or a
legally binding right to a payment is
created, that acts as a substitute for the
forfeited or voluntarily relinquished
amount. Whether a payment or a right
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
to a payment acts as a substitute for a
payment of deferred compensation is
determined based on all the facts and
circumstances. However, where the
payment of an amount results in an
actual or potential reduction of, or
current or future offset to, an amount of
deferred compensation, or if the service
provider receives a loan the repayment
of which is secured by or may be
accomplished through an offset of or a
reduction in an amount deferred under
a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the payment or loan is a substitute
for the deferred compensation. In
addition, where a service provider’s
right to deferred compensation is made
subject to anticipation, alienation, sale,
transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance, attachment, or
garnishment by creditors of the service
provider or the service provider’s
beneficiary, the deferred compensation
is treated as having been paid. For the
treatment of certain offsets, see
paragraph (j)(4)(xiii) of this section.
Even where there is no explicit
reduction or offset, the payment of an
amount or creation of a new right to a
payment proximate to the purported
forfeiture or voluntary relinquishment
of a right to deferred compensation is
presumed to be a substitute for the
deferred compensation. The
presumption is rebuttable by a showing
that the compensation paid would have
been received regardless of the forfeiture
or voluntary relinquishment of the right
to deferred compensation. Factors
indicating that a payment would have
been received regardless of such
forfeiture or voluntarily relinquishment
include that the amount paid is
materially less than the forfeited or
relinquished amount, or consists of a
type of payment customarily made in
the ordinary course of business of the
service recipient to service providers
who do not forfeit or relinquish deferred
compensation (for example, a payment
of accrued but unused leave or a
payment for a release of actual or
potential claims). See § 1.409A–
1(b)(9)(i) with respect to certain
separation pay plans.
(g) Disputed payments and refusals to
pay. If a service recipient fails to make
a payment in whole or in part as of the
date specified under a plan, either
intentionally or unintentionally, other
than with the express or implied
consent of the service provider, the
payment will be treated as made upon
the date specified under the plan if the
service provider accepts the portion (if
any) of the payment that the service
recipient is willing to make (unless such
acceptance will result in a
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19311
relinquishment of the claim to all or
part of the remaining amount), makes
prompt and reasonable, good faith
efforts to collect the remaining portion
of the payment, and any further
payment (including payment of a lesser
amount that satisfies the obligation to
make the payment) is made no later
than the end of the first taxable year of
the service provider in which the
service recipient and the service
provider enter into a legally binding
settlement of such dispute, the service
recipient concedes that the amount is
payable, or the service recipient is
required to make such payment
pursuant to a final and nonappealable
judgment or other binding decision. For
purposes of this paragraph (g), efforts to
collect the payment will be presumed
not to be prompt, reasonable, good faith
efforts, unless the service provider
provides notice to the service recipient
within 90 days of the latest date upon
which the payment could have been
timely made in accordance with the
terms of the plan and these regulations,
and unless, if not paid, the service
provider takes further enforcement
measures within 180 days after such
latest date. For purposes of this
paragraph (g), a service recipient is not
treated as having failed to make a
payment where pursuant to the terms of
the plan the service provider is required
to request payment, or otherwise
provide information or take any other
action, and the service provider has
failed to take such action. In addition,
for purposes of this paragraph (g), the
service provider is deemed to have
requested that a payment not be made,
rather than the service recipient having
failed to make such payment, where the
service recipient’s decision to refuse to
make the payment is made by the
service provider or a member of the
service provider’s family (as defined in
section 267(c)(4) applied as if the family
of an individual includes the spouse of
any member of the family), or any
person or group of persons over whom
the service provider or service
provider’s family member has effective
control, or any person any portion of
whose compensation is controlled the
service provider or service provider’s
family member.
(h) Special rule for certain resident
aliens. An agreement, method, program,
or other arrangement that is, or
constitutes part of, a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan is deemed
to meet the requirements of this section
with respect to any amount payable in
the first taxable year of the service
provider in which a service provider is
a resident alien, and with respect to any
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19312
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
amount payable in a subsequent taxable
year if no later than the last day of the
first taxable year of the service provider
in which the service provider is a
resident alien, the plan is amended as
necessary so that the times and forms of
payment of amounts payable in a
subsequent year comply with the
provisions of this section. For any year
after the first taxable year of an
individual in which the individual is a
resident alien, this paragraph (h) does
not apply, provided that a taxable year
may again be treated as the first taxable
year in which an individual is a resident
alien if such individual has not been a
resident alien for at least three
consecutive taxable years immediately
preceding the taxable year in which the
service provider is again a resident
alien.
(i) Definitions and special rules—(1)
Specified time or fixed schedule—(i) In
general. Amounts are payable at a
specified time or pursuant to a fixed
schedule if objectively determinable
amounts are payable at a date or dates
that are nondiscretionary and
objectively determinable at the time the
amount is deferred. An amount is
objectively determinable for this
purpose if the amount is specifically
identified or if the amount may be
determined at the time payment is due
pursuant to an objective,
nondiscretionary formula specified at
the time the amount is deferred (for
example, 50 percent of a specified
account balance). Except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (i)(1) of this
section, an amount is not objectively
determinable if the amount of the
payment is based all or in part upon the
occurrence of an event, including the
consummation of a transaction by, or a
payment of an amount to, a service
recipient. If an amount is payable in a
service provider’s taxable year (or
pursuant to a fixed schedule of taxable
years of the service provider) that is
designated at the time the amount is
deferred and that is objectively
determinable, the amount is treated as
payable at a specified time (or pursuant
to a fixed schedule), provided that for
purposes of the application of the
subsequent deferral rules contained in
§ 1.409A–2(b), the specified time or
fixed schedule of payments is deemed
to refer to the first day of the relevant
taxable year or years. A specified time
or fixed schedule also includes the
designation at the time the amount is
deferred of a defined period or periods
within the service provider’s taxable
year or taxable years that are objectively
determinable, provided that no such
defined period may begin within one
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
taxable year and end within another
taxable year, and provided further that
for purposes of the application of the
subsequent deferral rules contained in
§ 1.409A–2(b), the specified time or
fixed schedule of payments is deemed
to refer to the first day of the relevant
period in which the payment will be
made. A plan may provide that a
payment upon the lapse of a substantial
risk of forfeiture is to be made in
accordance with a fixed schedule that is
objectively determinable based on the
date the substantial risk of forfeiture
lapses (disregarding any discretionary
acceleration of the lapse of the
substantial risk of forfeiture), provided
that the schedule must be fixed on the
date the time and form of payment are
designated, and any change in the fixed
schedule will constitute a change in the
time and form of payment. For example,
a plan that provides for a bonus
payment subject to the condition that
the service provider complete three
years of service, and subject to the
further condition that such requirement
of continued services will lapse upon
the occurrence of an initial public
offering, which condition if applied
alone would constitute a substantial risk
of forfeiture, may provide that a service
provider is entitled to substantially
equal payments on each of the first three
anniversaries of the date the substantial
risk of forfeiture lapses (the earlier of
three years of service or the date of an
initial public offering).
(ii) Payment schedules with formula
and fixed limitations—(A) Individual
limitations. A schedule of payments
does not fail to be a fixed schedule of
payments where the amount of a
payment or payments that may be paid
at a specified time or during a specified
period is limited by an objective
nondiscretionary formula or a specified
amount that is not under the effective
control of the service provider and is
not subject to the exercise of discretion
by the service recipient, where such
limitation is established on or before the
date the time and form of payment is
otherwise required to be set under these
regulations, and the plan specifies the
time and form of any payment that will
be made or completed after its original
payment date due to the application of
the limitation. A change in the
limitation or a change in the time and
form of any payment that exceeds the
limitation is subject to the requirements
of § 1.409A–2(b) (subsequent deferral
elections) and paragraph (j) of this
section (accelerated payments). For
purposes of this paragraph, a plan
provision that reduces a schedule of
periodic payments on a dollar-for-dollar
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
basis by the amount of Social Security
payments received or receivable may be
treated as a nondiscretionary, objective
formula limitation, if such reduction
does not otherwise affect the time of
payment of the deferred compensation
(other than a forfeiture due to the
reduction), including changes based on
the service provider’s eligibility or
elections related to Social Security
benefits. Similarly, a plan provision that
reduces a schedule of periodic
payments on a dollar-for-dollar basis by
the amount of bona fide disability pay
(within the meaning of § 1.409A–1(a)(5))
received or receivable may be treated as
a nondiscretionary, objective formula
limitation, if the disability payments are
made pursuant to a plan sponsored by
the service recipient that covers a
substantial number of service providers
and was established before the service
provider became disabled, and if such
reduction does not otherwise affect the
time of payment of the deferred
compensation (other than a forfeiture
due to the reduction). Whether an
amendment to, or other change in the
benefit payable under, such bona fide
disability plan results in an acceleration
of a payment for purposes of paragraph
(j) of this section or a subsequent
election to delay the time or change the
form of payment for purposes of
§ 1.409A–2(b) is determined based on
all of the relevant facts and
circumstances.
(B) Limitations on aggregate payments
to all participants in substantially
identical plans. A schedule of payments
does not fail to be a fixed schedule of
payments where the amount of the
aggregate payments that will be made
during a specified period of time to all
participants in substantially identical
plans is limited by an objective
nondiscretionary formula or specified
amount that is not under the effective
control of the service provider and is
not subject to the exercise of discretion
by the service recipient, where the limit
is established on or before the date the
time and form of payment of the amount
deferred is otherwise required to be set
under these regulations, the method of
allocating payments among the
participants where there is an overall
limitation on the aggregate amount that
may be paid to a group of service
providers during a specified period is an
objective nondiscretionary allocation
method that is not under the effective
control of the service provider and is
not subject to the exercise of discretion
by the service recipient, the method is
established on or before the date the
time and form of payment of the amount
deferred is otherwise required to be set,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
and the plan specifies the time and form
of any payment of any amount that will
be paid after its original payment date
due to the application of the limitation.
A change in the limitation or a change
in the time and form of payment of any
payment that is not otherwise made at
the scheduled payment date due to
application of the formula limitation is
subject the requirements of § 1.409A–
2(b) (subsequent deferral elections) and
paragraph (j) of this section (accelerated
payments).
(iii) Payment schedules determined by
timing of payments received by the
service recipient. A payment schedule
determined by reference to the timing of
payments received by the service
recipient (not including payments from
one entity to another entity where both
entities are treated as part of a single
service recipient), meets the
requirements of a specified date or fixed
schedule of payments if the following
conditions are met:
(A) The payments due to the service
recipient arise from bona fide and
routine transactions in the ordinary
course of business of the service
recipient.
(B) The service provider does not
have effective control of the service
recipient, the person from whom such
amounts are due, or the collection of
any of the amounts due to the service
recipient.
(C) The payment schedule provides
an objective, nondiscretionary method
of identification of the payments to the
service recipient from which the
amount of the payment from the service
recipient to the service provider is
determined.
(D) The payment schedule provides
an objective, nondiscretionary schedule
under which the payments will be made
to the service provider.
(E) The payments to the service
recipient from which the amount of the
payments from service recipient to the
service provider are determined result
from sales of a type that the service
recipient is in the trade or business of
making and makes frequently, and
either all such sales by the service
recipient are taken into account for
purposes of determining the payment to
the service provider, or there is a
legitimate, non-tax business reason for
identifying the specific sales taken into
account.
(iv) Reimbursement or in-kind benefit
plans—(A) General rule. A plan that
provides for reimbursements of
expenses incurred by a service provider,
or in-kind benefits, meets the
requirements of a specified date or fixed
schedule of payments with respect to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
such reimbursements or benefits if the
following conditions are met:
(1) The plan provides an objectively
determinable nondiscretionary
definition of the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or of the in-kind benefits
to be provided.
(2) The plan provides for the
reimbursement of expenses incurred or
for the provision of the in-kind benefits
during an objectively and specifically
prescribed period (including the
lifetime of the service provider).
(3) The plan provides that the amount
of expenses eligible for reimbursement,
or in-kind benefits provided, during a
service provider’s taxable year may not
affect the expenses eligible for
reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be
provided, in any other taxable year.
(4) The reimbursement of an eligible
expense is made on or before the last
day of the service provider’s taxable
year following the taxable year in which
the expense was incurred.
(5) The right to reimbursement or inkind benefits is not subject to
liquidation or exchange for another
benefit.
(B) Medical reimbursement
arrangements. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, an arrangement providing for
the reimbursement of expenses referred
to in section 105(b) will not be deemed
to fail to meet the requirements of
paragraph (i)(1)(iv)(A)(3) of this section
solely because the arrangement provides
for a limit on the amount of expenses
that may be reimbursed under such
arrangement over some or all of the
period in which the reimbursement
arrangement remains in effect.
(v) Tax gross-up payments. A plan
providing a right to a tax gross-up
payment will be treated as providing for
payment at a specified time or on a
fixed schedule of payments if the plan
provides that payment will be made,
and the payment is made, by the end of
the service provider’s taxable year next
following the service provider’s taxable
year in which the service provider
remits the related taxes. For purposes of
this paragraph (i)(1)(v), the term tax
gross-up payment refers to a payment to
reimburse the service provider in an
amount equal to all or a designated
portion of the Federal, state, local, or
foreign taxes imposed upon the service
provider as a result of compensation
paid or made available to the service
provider by the service recipient,
including the amount of additional
taxes imposed upon the service provider
due to the service recipient’s payment of
the initial taxes on such compensation.
In addition, a right to the
reimbursement of expenses incurred
due to a tax audit or litigation
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19313
addressing the existence or amount of a
tax liability, whether Federal, state,
local, or foreign, satisfies the
requirement of a fixed time and form of
payment if the right to the
reimbursement provides that payment
will be made, and the payment is made,
by the end of the service provider’s
taxable year following the service
provider’s taxable year in which the
taxes that are the subject of the audit or
litigation are remitted to the taxing
authority, or where as a result of such
audit or litigation no taxes are remitted,
the end of the service provider’s taxable
year following the service provider’s
taxable year in which the audit is
completed or there is a final and
nonappealable settlement or other
resolution of the litigation. Nothing in
this paragraph (i)(1)(v) otherwise alters
the application of section 409A to the
underlying compensation arrangement
or other arrangement that results in the
taxes subject to the right to the tax grossup payment.
(vi) Examples. The following
examples (in which each employee is an
individual whose taxable year is the
calendar year) illustrate the principles
of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), and (i)(1)
of this section:
Example 1. Employee A provides services
as an employee of Employer Z, but is not a
specified employee. Employee A participates
in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan providing for a lump sum payment
payable on or before December 31 of the
calendar year in which Employee A separates
from service. The plan provides for a
payment upon a separation from service in
compliance with this section.
Example 2. Employee B provides services
as an employee of Employer Y, but is not a
specified employee. Employee B participates
in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan providing for a lump sum payment
payable on or before the 90th day
immediately following the date upon which
Employee B separates from service. Employer
Y retains the sole discretion to determine
when during the 90-day period the payment
will be made. Although the plan does not
specify a period during one calendar year in
which the payment will be made, the plan
provides for a payment upon a separation
from service in compliance with this section
because the period over which the payment
may be made is not longer than 90 days.
Example 3. Employee C provides services
as an employee of Employer X, but is not a
specified employee. Employee C participates
in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan providing for a lump sum payment
payable on or before the 180th day following
the date upon which Employee C separates
from service. Employer X retains the sole
discretion to determine when during the 180day period the payment will be made.
Because the plan does not specify a period
during one calendar year in which the
payment will be made, and because the
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19314
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
period over which the payment may be made
is longer than 90 days, the plan does not
provide for a payment upon a separation
from service that complies with this section.
Example 4. Employee D provides services
as an employee of Employer W, but is not a
specified employee. Employee D participates
in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan providing for 10 installment payments
payable on the first 10 anniversaries of the
date Employee D separates from service,
provided that no installment payment in any
year may be more than 1% of Employer W’s
net income for the previous calendar year,
and provided further that the excess over
such limit that would otherwise be payable
but is not paid due to application of the limit
will become payable as of the first
installment payment date at which time such
amount, in combination with any installment
payment otherwise due Employee D, does
not exceed 1% of Employer W’s net income
for the previous calendar year. Provided that
Employee D does not retain effective control
of the calculation of Employer W’s net
income or the amount that Employee D will
not be paid due to application of the limit,
the plan provides for a schedule of payments
upon a separation from service that complies
with this section.
Example 5. Employee E and Employee F
provide services as employees of Employer
V, but neither is a specified employee.
Employee E and Employee F both participate
in substantially identical nonqualified
deferred compensation plans providing for
10 installment payments payable on the first
10 anniversaries of the date the respective
employee separates from service, provided
that the total amount of installment payments
in any year may not be more than 1% of
Employer V’s net income for the previous
year, that where any payments are not made
due to application of the limit the
determination of the amount not paid to a
particular employee will be made by
applying the overall limit proportionately
based upon the installment payment due the
employee that year, and that the excess over
such limit that would otherwise be payable
but is not paid due to application of the limit
will become payable as of the first
installment payment date at which time such
amount, in combination with any installment
payments otherwise due the participants,
does not exceed 1% of Employer V’s net
income for the previous calendar year.
Provided that neither Employee E nor
Employee F retains effective control of the
calculation of Employer V’s net income or
the amount that the respective employee will
not be paid due to application of the limit,
the plan provides for a schedule of payments
upon a separation from service that complies
with this section.
Example 6. Employee G provides services
as an employee of Employer U, but is not a
specified employee. As a bona fide part of
this employment relationship, Employee G
provides professional services to clients of
Employer U as part of the bona fide, ordinary
course of Employer U’s trade or business.
Under an arrangement between Employee G
and Employer U, Employer U agrees to pay
Employee G upon Employee G’s separation
from service an amount equal to 5% of any
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
amount collected from Company T, a client
of Employer U for which Employee G
performed services during his employment
with Employer U, during the 36 months
following Employee G’s separation from
service. Under the arrangement, the amounts
due to Employee G based upon payments
received by Employer U during any calendar
year are payable to Employee G on April 1
of the subsequent calendar year. Provided
that Employee G does not have effective
control of Employer U, Company T, or the
collection of any amounts due Employer Y
from Company T, the arrangement provides
for a schedule of payments upon a separation
from service that complies with this section.
Example 7. Employee H provides services
as an employee of Employer S, but is not a
specified employee. Under a plan sponsored
by Employer S, Employee H has a legally
binding right upon a separation from service
to the reimbursement of country club dues
paid in the calendar year of the separation
from service and each of the next 3 calendar
years following the separation from service in
an amount not to exceed $30,000 in any
calendar year, provided that the amount of
dues paid in any calendar year that are
eligible for reimbursement equals only the
amount actually expended during such
calendar year, and the maximum amount
available for reimbursement in any calendar
year will not be increased or decreased to
reflect the amount expended or reimbursed
in a prior or subsequent calendar year. The
plan further provides that any reimbursement
must be paid to Employee H by December 31
of the calendar year following the year in
which Employee H pays the country club
dues. The reimbursement plan provides for a
schedule of payments upon a separation from
service that complies with this section.
Example 8. Employee J provides services
as an employee of Employer Q, but is not a
specified employee. Under a plan sponsored
by Employer Q, Employee J has a legally
binding right upon a separation from service
to the reimbursement of country club dues
paid during the calendar year in which the
separation from service occurs and the next
3 calendar years in a total amount not to
exceed $90,000. The plan further provides
that any reimbursement must be paid to
Employee J by December 31 of the calendar
year following the year in which Employee
J pays the country club dues. Because the
reimbursement of a payment of country club
dues in one calendar year may affect the
amount of country club dues available for
reimbursement in another calendar year, the
plan does not provide for a schedule of
payments upon a separation from service that
complies with this section.
(2) Separation from service—required
delay in payment to a specified
employee pursuant to a separation from
service—(i) In general. In the case of any
service provider who is a specified
employee (as defined in § 1.409A–1(i))
as of the date of a separation from
service, the requirements of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section permitting a
payment upon a separation from service
are satisfied only if payments may not
be made before the date that is six
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
months after the date of separation from
service (or, if earlier than the end of the
six-month period, the date of death of
the specified employee). For this
purpose, a service provider who is not
a specified employee as of the date of
a separation from service will not be
treated as subject to this requirement
even if the service provider would have
become a specified employee if the
service provider had continued to
provide services through the next
specified employee effective date.
Similarly, a service provider who is
treated as a specified employee as of the
date of a separation from service will be
subject to this requirement even if the
service provider would not have been
treated as a specified employee after the
next specified employee effective date
had the specified employee continued
providing services through the next
specified employee effective date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
paragraph (i)(2)(i) does not apply to a
payment made under the circumstances
described in paragraph (j)(4)(ii)
(domestic relations order), (j)(4)(iii)
(conflicts of interest), or (j)(4)(vi)
(payment of employment taxes) of this
section.
(ii) Application of payment rules to
delayed payments. The required delay
in payment is met if payments to which
a specified employee would otherwise
be entitled during the first six months
following the date of separation from
service are accumulated and paid on the
first day of the seventh month following
the date of separation from service, or if
each payment to which a specified
employee is otherwise entitled upon a
separation from service is delayed by six
months. A service recipient may retain
discretion to choose which method will
be implemented, provided that no direct
or indirect election as to the method
may be provided to the service provider.
For an affected specified employee, a
date upon which the plan or the service
recipient designates that the payment
will be made after the six-month delay
is treated as a fixed payment date for
purposes of paragraph (d) of this section
once the separation from service has
occurred.
(3) Unforeseeable emergency—(i)
Definition. For purposes of §§ 1.409A–1
and 1.409A–2, this section, and
§§ 1.409A–4 through 1.409A–6, an
unforeseeable emergency is a severe
financial hardship to the service
provider resulting from an illness or
accident of the service provider, the
service provider’s spouse, the service
provider’s beneficiary, or the service
provider’s dependent (as defined in
section 152, without regard to section
152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); loss of
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
the service provider’s property due to
casualty (including the need to rebuild
a home following damage to a home not
otherwise covered by insurance, for
example, not as a result of a natural
disaster); or other similar extraordinary
and unforeseeable circumstances arising
as a result of events beyond the control
of the service provider. For example, the
imminent foreclosure of or eviction
from the service provider’s primary
residence may constitute an
unforeseeable emergency. In addition,
the need to pay for medical expenses,
including non-refundable deductibles,
as well as for the costs of prescription
drug medication, may constitute an
unforeseeable emergency. Finally, the
need to pay for the funeral expenses of
a spouse, a beneficiary, or a dependent
(as defined in section 152, without
regard to section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and
(d)(1)(B)) may also constitute an
unforeseeable emergency. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(i)(3)(i), the purchase of a home and the
payment of college tuition are not
unforeseeable emergencies. Whether a
service provider is faced with an
unforeseeable emergency permitting a
distribution under this paragraph
(i)(3)(i) is to be determined based on the
relevant facts and circumstances of each
case, but, in any case, a distribution on
account of unforeseeable emergency
may not be made to the extent that such
emergency is or may be relieved through
reimbursement or compensation from
insurance or otherwise, by liquidation
of the service provider’s assets, to the
extent the liquidation of such assets
would not cause severe financial
hardship, or by cessation of deferrals
under the plan. A plan may provide for
a payment upon a specific type or types
of unforeseeable emergency, without
providing for payment upon all
unforeseeable emergencies, provided
that any event upon which a payment
may be made qualifies as an
unforeseeable emergency.
(ii) Amount of payment permitted
upon an unforeseeable emergency.
Distributions because of an
unforeseeable emergency must be
limited to the amount reasonably
necessary to satisfy the emergency need
(which may include amounts necessary
to pay any Federal, state, local, or
foreign income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution). Determinations of
amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy
the emergency need must take into
account any additional compensation
that is available if the plan provides for
cancellation of a deferral election upon
a payment due to an unforeseeable
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
emergency. See paragraph (j)(4)(viii) of
this section. However, the
determination of amounts reasonably
necessary to satisfy the emergency need
is not required to take into account any
additional compensation that due to the
unforeseeable emergency is available
under another nonqualified deferred
compensation plan but has not actually
been paid, or that is available due to the
unforeseeable emergency under another
plan that would provide for deferred
compensation except due to the
application of the effective date
provisions under § 1.409A–6. The
payment may be made from any plan in
which the service provider participates
that provides for payment upon an
unforeseeable emergency, provided that
the plan under which the payment was
made must be designated at the time of
payment.
(iii) Payments due to an unforeseeable
emergency. A service provider may
retain discretion with respect to
whether to apply for a payment upon an
unforeseeable emergency, and a service
recipient may retain discretion with
respect to whether to make a payment
available under the plan due to an
unforeseeable emergency. A service
provider who has experienced an
unforeseeable emergency will not be
treated as making a subsequent deferral
election under § 1.409A–2(b)
(subsequent deferral election rules) if
the service provider does not apply for
or elect to receive a payment available
under the plan. A service recipient will
not be treated as making a subsequent
deferral election under § 1.409A–2(b)
(subsequent deferral election rules) if
the service recipient exercises its
discretion not to make a payment
otherwise available due to an
unforeseeable emergency.
(4) Disability—(i) In general. For
purposes of §§ 1.409A–1 and 1.409A–2,
this section, and §§ 1.409A–4 through
1.409A–6, except as otherwise
specifically provided, a service provider
is considered disabled if the service
provider meets one of the following
requirements:
(A) The service provider is unable to
engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental
impairment that can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last
for a continuous period of not less than
12 months.
(B) The service provider is, by reason
of any medically determinable physical
or mental impairment that can be
expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period
of not less than 12 months, receiving
income replacement benefits for a
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19315
period of not less than three months
under an accident and health plan
covering employees of the service
provider’s employer.
(ii) Limited plan definition of
disability. A plan may provide for a
payment upon any disability, and need
not provide for a payment upon all
disabilities, provided that any disability
upon which a payment may be made
under the plan complies with the
provisions of this paragraph (i)(4).
(iii) Determination of disability. A
plan may provide that a service provider
will be deemed disabled if determined
to be totally disabled by the Social
Security Administration or Railroad
Retirement Board. A plan may also
provide that a service provider will be
deemed disabled if determined to be
disabled in accordance with a disability
insurance program, provided that the
definition of disability applied under
such disability insurance program
complies with the requirements of this
paragraph (i)(4).
(5) Change in the ownership or
effective control of a corporation, or a
change in the ownership of a substantial
portion of the assets of a corporation—
(i) In general. Pursuant to section
409A(a)(2)(A)(v), a plan may permit a
payment upon the occurrence of a
change in the ownership of the
corporation (as defined in paragraph
(i)(5)(v) of this section), a change in
effective control of the corporation (as
defined in paragraph (i)(5)(vi) of this
section), or a change in the ownership
of a substantial portion of the assets of
the corporation (as defined in paragraph
(i)(5)(vii) of this section) (collectively
referred to as a change in control event).
To qualify as a change in control event,
the occurrence of the event must be
objectively determinable and any
requirement that any other person or
group, such as a plan administrator or
compensation committee, certify the
occurrence of a change in control event
must be strictly ministerial and not
involve any discretionary authority. The
plan may provide for a payment on a
particular type or types of change in
control events, and need not provide for
a payment on all such events, provided
that each event upon which a payment
is provided qualifies as a change in
control event. For rules regarding the
ability of the service recipient to
terminate the plan and pay amounts of
deferred compensation upon a change
in control event, see paragraph
(j)(4)(ix)(B) of this section.
(ii) Identification of relevant
corporation—(A) In general. To
constitute a change in control event
with respect to the service provider, the
change in control event must relate to—
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
19316
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(1) The corporation for whom the
service provider is performing services
at the time of the change in control
event;
(2) The corporation that is liable for
the payment of the deferred
compensation (or all corporations liable
for the payment if more than one
corporation is liable) but only if either
the deferred compensation is
attributable to the performance of
service by the service provider for such
corporation (or corporations) or there is
a bona fide business purpose for such
corporation or corporations to be liable
for such payment and, in either case, no
significant purpose of making such
corporation or corporations liable for
such payment is the avoidance of
Federal income tax; or
(3) A corporation that is a majority
shareholder of a corporation identified
in paragraph (i)(5)(ii)(A)(1) or (2) of this
section, or any corporation in a chain of
corporations in which each corporation
is a majority shareholder of another
corporation in the chain, ending in a
corporation identified in paragraph
(i)(5)(ii)(A)(1) or (2) of this section.
(B) Majority shareholder. For
purposes of this paragraph (i)(5)(ii), a
majority shareholder is a shareholder
owning more than 50 percent of the
total fair market value and total voting
power of such corporation.
(C) Example. The following example
illustrates the rules of this paragraph
(i)(5)(ii):
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Example. Corporation A is a majority
shareholder of Corporation B, which is a
majority shareholder of Corporation C. A
change in ownership of Corporation B
constitutes a change in control event to
service providers performing services for
Corporation B or Corporation C, and to
service providers for which Corporation B or
Corporation C is solely liable for payments
under the plan (for example, former
employees), but is not a change in control
event as to Corporation A or any other
corporation of which Corporation A is a
majority shareholder unless the sale
constitutes a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of Corporation A’s assets
(see paragraph (i)(5)(vii) of this section).
(iii) Attribution of stock ownership.
For purposes of paragraph (i)(5) of this
section, section 318(a) applies to
determine stock ownership. Stock
underlying a vested option is
considered owned by the individual
who holds the vested option (and the
stock underlying an unvested option is
not considered owned by the individual
who holds the unvested option). For
purposes of the preceding sentence,
however, if a vested option is
exercisable for stock that is not
substantially vested (as defined by
§ 1.83–3(b) and (j)), the stock underlying
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
the option is not treated as owned by
the individual who holds the option.
(iv) Special rules for certain delayed
payments pursuant to a change in
control event—(A) Certain transactionbased compensation. Payments of
compensation related to a change in
control event described in paragraph
(i)(5)(v) of this section (change in the
ownership of a corporation) or
paragraph (i)(5)(vii) of this section
(change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporation’s
assets), that occur because a service
recipient purchases its stock held by the
service provider or because the service
recipient or a third party purchases a
stock right held by a service provider, or
that are calculated by reference to the
value of stock of the service recipient
(collectively, transaction-based
compensation), may be treated as paid
at a designated date or pursuant to a
payment schedule that complies with
the requirements of section 409A if the
transaction-based compensation is paid
on the same schedule and under the
same terms and conditions as apply to
payments to shareholders generally with
respect to stock of the service recipient
pursuant to a change in control event
described in paragraph (i)(5)(v) of this
section (change in the ownership of a
corporation) or as apply to payments to
the service recipient pursuant to a
change in control event described in
paragraph (i)(5)(vii) of this section
(change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporation’s
assets), and to the extent that the
transaction-based compensation is paid
not later than five years after the change
in control event, the payment of such
compensation will not violate the initial
or subsequent deferral election rules set
out in § 1.409A–2(a) and (b) solely as a
result of such transaction-based
compensation being paid pursuant to
such schedule and terms and
conditions. If before and in connection
with a change in control event described
in paragraph (i)(5)(v) or (i)(5)(vii) of this
section, transaction-based compensation
that would otherwise be payable as a
result of such event is made subject to
a condition on payment that constitutes
a substantial risk of forfeiture (as
defined in § 1.409A–1(d), without
regard to the provisions of that section
under which additions or extensions of
forfeiture conditions are disregarded)
and the transaction-based compensation
is payable under the same terms and
conditions as apply to payments made
to shareholders generally with respect to
stock of the service recipient pursuant
to a change in control event described
in paragraph (i)(5)(v) of this section or
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to payments to the service recipient
pursuant to a change in control event
described in paragraph (i)(5)(vii) of this
section, for purposes of determining
whether such transaction-based
compensation is a short-term deferral
the requirements of § 1.409A–1(b)(4) are
applied as if the legally binding right to
such transaction-based compensation
arose on the date that it became subject
to such substantial risk of forfeiture.
(B) Certain nonvested compensation.
Notwithstanding the provisions of
§ 1.409A–1(d) (definition of a
substantial risk of forfeiture) that
disregard the extension or modification
of a condition for purposes of
determining whether a condition on
payment constitutes a substantial risk of
forfeiture, a condition that is a
substantial risk of forfeiture that
otherwise would lapse as a result of a
change in control event described in
paragraph (i)(5)(v) or (i)(5)(vii) of this
section may be extended or modified
before and in connection with such
event to provide for a condition on
payment that will not lapse as a result
of such change in control event, and
such extended or modified condition
will be treated as continuing to subject
the amount to a substantial risk of
forfeiture, provided that the transaction
constituting the change in control event
is a bona fide arm’s length transaction
between the service recipient or its
shareholders and one or more parties
who are unrelated to the service
recipient and service provider (applying
the rules of § 1.409A–1(f)(2)(ii)) and the
modified or extended condition to
which the payment is subject would
otherwise be treated as a substantial risk
of forfeiture under § 1.409A–1(d)
(without regard to the provisions
disregarding additions or extensions of
forfeiture conditions). In such a case,
the continued application of a fixed
schedule of payments based upon the
lapse of the substantial risk of forfeiture,
so that payments commence upon the
lapse of the modified or extended
condition on payment, will not be
treated as a change in the fixed schedule
of payments for purposes of § 1.409A–
2(b) (subsequent deferral elections) or
paragraph (j) of this section (prohibition
on the acceleration of payments).
(v) Change in the ownership of a
corporation—(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (i)(5)(vi)(C) of
this section, a change in the ownership
of a corporation occurs on the date that
any one person, or more than one
person acting as a group (as defined in
paragraph (i)(5)(v)(B) of this section),
acquires ownership of stock of the
corporation that, together with stock
held by such person or group,
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
constitutes more than 50 percent of the
total fair market value or total voting
power of the stock of such corporation.
A nonqualified deferred compensation
plan may provide that amounts payable
upon a change in the ownership of a
corporation will be paid only if the
conditions in the preceding sentence are
satisfied but substituting a percentage
specified in the plan that is higher than
50 percent for the words ‘‘50 percent’’
in the preceding sentence, but only if
the provision is set forth in the plan no
later than the date by which the time
and form of payment must be
established under § 1.409A–2. However,
if any one person, or more than one
person acting as a group, is considered
to own more than 50 percent of the total
fair market value or total voting power
of the stock of a corporation (or such
higher percentage specified in
accordance with the preceding
sentence), the acquisition of additional
stock by the same person or persons is
not considered to cause a change in the
ownership of the corporation (or to
cause a change in the effective control
of the corporation (within the meaning
of paragraph (i)(5)(vi) of this section)).
An increase in the percentage of stock
owned by any one person, or persons
acting as a group, as a result of a
transaction in which the corporation
acquires its stock in exchange for
property will be treated as an
acquisition of stock for purposes of this
section. This section applies only when
there is a transfer of stock of a
corporation (or issuance of stock of a
corporation) and stock in such
corporation remains outstanding after
the transaction (see paragraph (i)(5)(vii)
of this section for rules regarding the
transfer of assets of a corporation). See
§ 1.280G–1, Q&A–27(d), Example 1,
Example 2, Example 5, and Example 6.
(B) Persons acting as a group. For
purposes of paragraph (i)(5)(v)(A) of this
section, persons will not be considered
to be acting as a group solely because
they purchase or own stock of the same
corporation at the same time, or as a
result of the same public offering.
However, persons will be considered to
be acting as a group if they are owners
of a corporation that enters into a
merger, consolidation, purchase or
acquisition of stock, or similar business
transaction with the corporation. If a
person, including an entity, owns stock
in both corporations that enter into a
merger, consolidation, purchase or
acquisition of stock, or similar
transaction, such shareholder is
considered to be acting as a group with
other shareholders only with respect to
the ownership in that corporation before
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
the transaction giving rise to the change
and not with respect to the ownership
interest in the other corporation. See
§ 1.280G–1, Q&A–27(d), Example 3 and
Example 4.
(vi) Change in the effective control of
a corporation—(A) In general.
Notwithstanding that a corporation has
not undergone a change in ownership
under paragraph (i)(5)(v) of this section,
a change in the effective control of the
corporation occurs only on either of the
following dates:
(1) The date any one person, or more
than one person acting as a group (as
determined under paragraph (i)(5)(v)(B)
of this section), acquires (or has
acquired during the 12-month period
ending on the date of the most recent
acquisition by such person or persons)
ownership of stock of the corporation
possessing 30 percent or more of the
total voting power of the stock of such
corporation. A nonqualified deferred
compensation plan may provide that
amounts payable upon an effective
change in control of a corporation will
be paid only if the conditions in the
preceding sentence are satisfied but
substituting a percentage specified in
the plan that is higher than 30 percent
for the word ‘‘30 percent’’ in the
preceding sentence, but only if the
percentage is set forth in the plan no
later than the date by which the time
and form of payment must be
established under § 1.409A–2).
(2) The date a majority of members of
the corporation’s board of directors is
replaced during any 12-month period by
directors whose appointment or election
is not endorsed by a majority of the
members of the corporation’s board of
directors before the date of the
appointment or election, provided that
for purposes of this paragraph
(i)(5)(vi)(A) the term corporation refers
solely to the relevant corporation
identified in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this
section for which no other corporation
is a majority shareholder for purposes of
that paragraph. For example, if
Corporation A is a publicly held
corporation with no majority
shareholder, and Corporation A is the
majority shareholder of Corporation B,
which is the majority shareholder of
Corporation C, the term corporation for
purposes of this paragraph
(i)(5)(vi)(A)(2) would refer solely to
Corporation A. A nonqualified deferred
compensation plan may provide that
amounts payable upon a change in the
effective control of a corporation will be
paid only if the conditions in the first
sentence of this paragraph are satisfied
substituting a portion of the members of
the corporation’s board of directors that
is higher than the words ‘‘a majority of
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19317
the members of the corporation’s board
of directors’’ in the first sentence of this
paragraph, but only if the higher portion
is set forth in the plan no later than the
date by which the time and form of
payment must be established under
§ 1.409A–2(a)).
(B) Multiple change in control events.
A change in effective control may occur
in a transaction in which one of the two
corporations involved in the transaction
has a change in control event under
paragraph (i)(5)(v) or (i)(5)(vii) of this
section. Thus, for example, assume
Corporation P transfers more than 40
percent of the total gross fair market
value of its assets to Corporation O in
exchange for 35 percent of O’s stock. P
has undergone a change in ownership of
a substantial portion of its assets under
paragraph (i)(5)(vii) of this section and
O has a change in effective control
under this paragraph (i)(5)(vi).
(C) Acquisition of additional control.
If any one person, or more than one
person acting as a group, is considered
to effectively control a corporation
(within the meaning of this paragraph
(i)(5)(vi)), the acquisition of additional
control of the corporation by the same
person or persons is not considered to
cause a change in the effective control
of the corporation (or to cause a change
in the ownership of the corporation
within the meaning of paragraph
(i)(5)(v) of this section).
(D) Persons acting as a group. Persons
will not be considered to be acting as a
group solely because they purchase or
own stock of the same corporation at the
same time, or as a result of the same
public offering. However, persons will
be considered to be acting as a group if
they are owners of a corporation that
enters into a merger, consolidation,
purchase or acquisition of stock, or
similar business transaction with the
corporation. If a person, including an
entity, owns stock in both corporations
that enter into a merger, consolidation,
purchase or acquisition of stock, or
similar transaction, such shareholder is
considered to be acting as a group with
other shareholders in a corporation only
with respect to the ownership in that
corporation before the transaction giving
rise to the change and not with respect
to the ownership interest in the other
corporation. See § 1.280G–1, Q&A–
27(d), Example 4.
(vii) Change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporation’s
assets—(A) In general. A change in the
ownership of a substantial portion of a
corporation’s assets occurs on the date
that any one person, or more than one
person acting as a group (as determined
in paragraph (i)(5)(v)(B) of this section),
acquires (or has acquired during the 12-
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19318
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
month period ending on the date of the
most recent acquisition by such person
or persons) assets from the corporation
that have a total gross fair market value
equal to or more than 40 percent of the
total gross fair market value of all of the
assets of the corporation immediately
before such acquisition or acquisitions
(or such higher amount specified by the
plan no later than the date by which the
time and form of payment must be
established under § 1.409A–2). For this
purpose, gross fair market value means
the value of the assets of the
corporation, or the value of the assets
being disposed of, determined without
regard to any liabilities associated with
such assets.
(B) Transfers to a related person—(1)
There is no change in control event
under this paragraph (i)(5)(vii) when
there is a transfer to an entity that is
controlled by the shareholders of the
transferring corporation immediately
after the transfer, as provided in this
paragraph (i)(5)(vii)(B). A transfer of
assets by a corporation is not treated as
a change in the ownership of such assets
if the assets are transferred to—
(i) A shareholder of the corporation
(immediately before the asset transfer)
in exchange for or with respect to its
stock;
(ii) An entity, 50 percent or more of
the total value or voting power of which
is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
corporation;
(iii) A person, or more than one
person acting as a group, that owns,
directly or indirectly, 50 percent or
more of the total value or voting power
of all the outstanding stock of the
corporation; or
(iv) An entity, at least 50 percent of
the total value or voting power of which
is owned, directly or indirectly, by a
person described in paragraph
(i)(5)(vii)(B)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2) For purposes of this paragraph
(i)(5)(vii)(B) and except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (i), a
person’s status is determined
immediately after the transfer of the
assets. For example, a transfer to a
corporation in which the transferor
corporation has no ownership interest
before the transaction, but that is a
majority-owned subsidiary of the
transferor corporation after the
transaction is not treated as a change in
the ownership of the assets of the
transferor corporation.
(C) Persons acting as a group. Persons
will not be considered to be acting as a
group solely because they purchase
assets of the same corporation at the
same time. However, persons will be
considered to be acting as a group if
they are owners of a corporation that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
enters into a merger, consolidation,
purchase or acquisition of assets, or
similar business transaction with the
corporation. If a person, including an
entity shareholder, owns stock in both
corporations that enter into a merger,
consolidation, purchase or acquisition
of assets, or similar transaction, such
shareholder is considered to be acting as
a group with other shareholders in a
corporation only to the extent of the
ownership in that corporation before the
transaction giving rise to the change and
not with respect to the ownership
interest in the other corporation. See
§ 1.280G–1, Q&A–27(d), Example 4.
(6) Certain back-to-back
arrangements—(i) In general. This
paragraph (i)(6) applies where a service
provider is providing services to a
service recipient (the intermediate
service recipient), who in turn is
providing services to another service
recipient (the ultimate service
recipient), the services provided by the
service provider to the intermediate
service recipient are closely related to
the services provided by the
intermediate service recipient to the
ultimate service recipient, there is a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan providing for payments by the
ultimate service recipient to the
intermediate service recipient (the
ultimate service recipient plan), there is
a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan or other agreement, method,
program, or other arrangement
providing for payments of compensation
by the intermediate service recipient to
the service provider (the intermediate
service recipient plan), and the
intermediate service recipient plan
provides for a payment upon the
occurrence of an event described in
paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), (5), or (6) of
this section. In such a case,
notwithstanding the generally
applicable limits on payments in
paragraph (a) of this section, the
ultimate service recipient plan may
provide for a payment to the
intermediate service recipient upon the
occurrence of a payment event under
the intermediate service recipient plan
described in paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3),
(5), or (6) of this section if the time and
form of payment is defined as the same
time and form of payment provided
under the intermediate service recipient
plan, the amount of the payment under
the ultimate service recipient plan does
not exceed the amount of the payment
under the intermediate service recipient
plan, and the ultimate service recipient
plan and the intermediate service
recipient plan otherwise satisfy the
requirements of section 409A
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(regardless of whether such plan is
subject to section 409A).
(ii) Example. The provisions of
paragraph (i)(6)(i) of this section are
illustrated by the following example:
Example. Company B (intermediate service
recipient) provides services to Company C
(ultimate service recipient). Employee A
(service provider) provides services to
Company B that are closely related to the
services Company B provides to Company C.
Pursuant to a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan meeting the requirements
of section 409A, Employee A is entitled to a
payment of deferred compensation upon a
separation from service with Company B (the
intermediate service recipient plan). Under
an arrangement between Company B and
Company C (the ultimate service recipient
plan), Company C agrees to pay an amount
of deferred compensation to Company B
upon Employee A’s separation from service
with Company B, in accordance with the
time, form and amount of payment provided
in the intermediate service recipient plan.
Provided that the intermediate service
recipient plan and the ultimate service
recipient plan otherwise comply with the
requirements of section 409A (regardless of
whether such arrangements are subject to
section 409A), Company C’s payment to
Company B of the amount due under the
ultimate service recipient plan upon the
separation from service of Employee A from
Company B may constitute a permissible
payment event for purposes of paragraph (a)
of this section.
(j) Prohibition on acceleration of
payments—(1) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (j)(4) of this
section, a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan may not permit the
acceleration of the time or schedule of
any payment or amount scheduled to be
paid pursuant to the terms of the plan,
and no such accelerated payment may
be made whether or not provided for
under the terms of such plan. For
purposes of determining whether a
payment of deferred compensation has
been made, the rules of paragraph (f) of
this section (substituted payments)
apply. For purposes of this paragraph
(j), an impermissible acceleration does
not occur if payment is made in
accordance with plan provisions or an
election as to the time and form of
payment in effect at the time of initial
deferral (or added in accordance with
the rules applicable to subsequent
deferral elections under § 1.409A–2(b))
pursuant to which payment is required
to be made on an accelerated schedule
as a result of an intervening event that
is an event described in paragraph
(a)(1), (2), (3), (5), or (6) of this section.
For example, a plan may provide that a
participant will receive six installment
payments commencing at separation
from service, and also provide that if the
participant dies after such payments
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
commence but before all payments have
been made, all remaining amounts will
be paid in a lump sum payment.
Additionally, it is not an acceleration of
the time or schedule of payment of a
deferral of compensation if a service
recipient waives or accelerates the
satisfaction of a condition constituting a
substantial risk of forfeiture applicable
to such deferral of compensation,
provided that the requirements of
section 409A (including the requirement
that the payment be made upon a
permissible payment event) are
otherwise satisfied with respect to such
deferral of compensation. For example,
if a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan provides for a lump sum payment
of the vested benefit upon separation
from service, and the benefit vests under
the plan only after 10 years of service,
it is not a violation of the requirements
of section 409A if the service recipient
reduces the vesting requirement to five
years of service, even if a service
provider becomes vested as a result and
receives a payment in connection with
a separation from service before the
service provider would have completed
10 years of service. However, if the plan
in this example had provided for a
payment at a fixed date, rather than at
separation from service, the date of
payment could not be accelerated due to
the accelerated vesting. For the
definition of a payment for purposes of
this paragraph (j), see § 1.409A–2(b)(5)
(coordination of the subsequent deferral
election rules with the prohibition on
acceleration of payments). For other
permissible payments, see § 1.409A–
2(b)(2)(iii) (certain immediate payments
of remaining installments) and
paragraph (d) of this section (certain
payments made no more than 30 days
before the designated payment date).
(2) Application to multiple payment
events. Generally, the addition of a
permissible payment event, the deletion
of a permissible payment event, or the
substitution of one permissible payment
event for another permissible payment
event, results in an acceleration of a
payment if the addition, deletion, or
substitution could result in the payment
being made at an earlier date than such
payment would have been made absent
such addition, deletion, or substitution.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the addition of death, disability (as
defined in paragraph (i)(4) of this
section), or an unforeseeable emergency
(as defined in paragraph (i)(3) of this
section), as a potentially earlier
alternative payment event to an amount
previously deferred will not be treated
as resulting in an acceleration of a
payment, even if such addition results
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
in the payment being paid at an earlier
time than such payment would have
been made absent the addition of the
payment event. However, the addition
of such a payment event as a potentially
later alternative payment event
generally is subject to the rules
governing changes in the time and form
of payment (see § 1.409A–2(b)).
(3) Beneficiaries. The rules of this
paragraph (j) apply to elections by
beneficiaries with respect to the time
and form of payment, as well as
elections by service providers or service
recipients with respect to the time and
form of payment to beneficiaries. An
election to change the identity of a
beneficiary does not constitute an
acceleration of a payment merely
because the election changes the
identity of the recipient of the payment,
if the time and form of the payment is
not otherwise changed. In addition, an
election before the commencement of a
life annuity to change the identity of a
beneficiary does not constitute an
acceleration of a payment if the change
in the time of payments stems solely
from the different life expectancy of the
new beneficiary, such as in the case of
a joint and survivor annuity, and does
not change the commencement date of
the life annuity.
(4) Exceptions—(i) In general. Except
as otherwise expressly provided, a plan
may provide for the acceleration of a
payment in accordance with paragraphs
(j)(4)(ii) through (xiv) of this section, or
may provide a service recipient
discretion to accelerate payments in
accordance with the provisions of
paragraphs (j)(4)(ii) through (xiv) of this
section. A plan may not provide a
service provider discretion with respect
to whether a payment will be
accelerated, and a service recipient may
not provide a service provider a direct
or indirect election as to whether the
service recipient’s discretion to
accelerate a payment will be exercised,
even if such acceleration would be
permitted under paragraphs (j)(4)(ii)
through (xiv) of this section. Whether a
service recipient has provided a service
provider an election as to whether the
service recipient’s discretion to
accelerate a payment will be exercised
is determined based on all the facts and
circumstances, including whether
similarly situated service providers have
been treated differently. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraphs
(j)(4)(ii) through (xiv) of this section, the
plan need not set forth the exception in
writing, and provided all other
requirements of this section are met, the
making of such a payment or the
addition of a plan term permitting the
making of such a payment will not
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19319
constitute the acceleration of a payment,
and the failure to make such a payment
or the deletion or modification of a plan
term permitting the making of such a
payment will not be subject to the rules
regarding a change in the time and form
of payment under § 1.409A–2(b).
(ii) Domestic relations order. A plan
may provide for acceleration of the time
or schedule of a payment under the plan
to an individual other than the service
provider, or a payment under such plan
may be made to an individual other
than the service provider, to the extent
necessary to fulfill a domestic relations
order (as defined in section
414(p)(1)(B)).
(iii) Conflicts of interest—(A)
Compliance with ethics agreements with
the Federal government. A plan may
provide for acceleration of the time or
schedule of a payment under the plan,
or a payment may be made under a
plan, to the extent necessary for any
Federal officer or employee in the
executive branch to comply with an
ethics agreement with the Federal
government.
(B) Compliance with ethics laws or
conflicts of interest laws. A plan may
provide for acceleration of the time or
schedule of a payment under the plan,
or a payment may be made under a
plan, to the extent reasonably necessary
to avoid the violation of an applicable
Federal, state, local, or foreign ethics
law or conflicts of interest law
(including where such payment is
reasonably necessary to permit the
service provider to participate in
activities in the normal course of his or
her position in which the service
provider would otherwise not be able to
participate under an applicable rule). A
payment is reasonably necessary to
avoid the violation of a Federal, state,
local, or foreign ethics law or conflicts
of interest law if the payment is a
necessary part of a course of action that
results in compliance with a Federal,
state, local, or foreign ethics law or
conflicts of interest law that would be
violated absent such course of action,
regardless of whether other actions
would also result in compliance with
the Federal, state, local, or foreign ethics
law or conflicts of interest law. For this
purpose, a provision of foreign law is
considered applicable only to foreign
earned income (as defined under section
911(b)(1) without regard to section
911(b)(1)(B)(iv) and without regard to
the requirement that the income be
attributable to services performed
during the period described in section
911(d)(1)(A) or (B)) from sources within
the foreign country that promulgated
such law.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19320
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(iv) Section 457 plans. A plan subject
to section 457(f) may provide for an
acceleration of the time or schedule of
a payment to a service provider, or a
payment may be made under such a
plan, to pay Federal, state, local, and
foreign income taxes due upon a vesting
event, provided that the amount of such
payment is not more than an amount
equal to the Federal, state, local, and
foreign income tax withholding that
would have been remitted by the
employer if there had been a payment
of wages equal to the income includible
by the service provider under section
457(f) at the time of the vesting.
(v) Limited cashouts. A plan may
require or provide a service recipient
discretion to require (or be amended to
require or to provide a service recipient
discretion to require), a mandatory lump
sum payment of amounts deferred
under the plan that do not exceed a
specified amount, provided that such
plan term or amendment is executed
and effective, and any required exercise
of service recipient discretion is
evidenced in writing, no later than the
date of such payment, and provided
that—
(A) The payment results in the
termination and liquidation of the
entirety of the service provider’s interest
under the plan, including all
agreements, methods, programs, or other
arrangements with respect to which
deferrals of compensation are treated as
having been deferred under a single
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan under § 1.409A–1(c)(2); and
(B) The payment is not greater than
the applicable dollar amount under
section 402(g)(1)(B).
(vi) Payment of employment taxes. A
plan may provide for the acceleration of
the time or schedule of a payment, or a
payment may be made under the plan,
to pay the Federal Insurance
Contributions Act (FICA) tax imposed
under section 3101, section 3121(a), and
section 3121(v)(2), or the Railroad
Retirement Act tax imposed under
section 3201, section 3211, section
3231(e)(1), and section 3231(e)(8),
where applicable, on compensation
deferred under the plan (the FICA or
RRTA amount). Additionally, a plan
may provide for the acceleration of the
time or schedule of a payment, or a
payment may be made under the plan,
to pay the income tax at source on
wages imposed under section 3401 or
the corresponding withholding
provisions of applicable state, local, or
foreign tax laws as a result of the
payment of the FICA or RRTA amount,
and to pay the additional income tax at
source on wages attributable to the
pyramiding section 3401 wages and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
taxes. However, the total payment under
this acceleration provision must not
exceed the aggregate of the FICA or
RRTA Amount, and the income tax
withholding related to such FICA or
RRTA amount.
(vii) Payment upon income inclusion
under section 409A. A plan may provide
for the acceleration of the time or
schedule of a payment, or a payment
under such plan may be made, at any
time the plan fails to meet the
requirements of section 409A and these
regulations. Such payment may not
exceed the amount required to be
included in income as a result of the
failure to comply with the requirements
of section 409A and these regulations.
(viii) Cancellation of deferrals
following an unforeseeable emergency
or hardship distribution. A plan may
provide for a cancellation of a service
provider’s deferral election, or such a
cancellation may be made, due to an
unforeseeable emergency or a hardship
distribution pursuant to § 1.401(k)–
1(d)(3). The deferral election must be
cancelled, not merely postponed or
otherwise delayed. Accordingly, any
later deferral election will be subject to
the provisions governing initial deferral
elections. See § 1.409A–2(a).
(ix) Plan terminations and
liquidations. A plan may provide for the
acceleration of the time and form of a
payment, or a payment under such plan
may be made, where the acceleration of
the payment is made pursuant to a
termination and liquidation of the plan
in accordance with one of the following:
(A) The service recipient’s
termination and liquidation of the plan
within 12 months of a corporate
dissolution taxed under section 331, or
with the approval of a bankruptcy court
pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(A),
provided that the amounts deferred
under the plan are included in the
participants’ gross incomes in the latest
of the following years (or, if earlier, the
taxable year in which the amount is
actually or constructively received).
(1) The calendar year in which the
plan termination and liquidation occurs.
(2) The first calendar year in which
the amount is no longer subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture.
(3) The first calendar year in which
the payment is administratively
practicable.
(B) The service recipient’s termination
and liquidation of the plan pursuant to
irrevocable action taken by the service
recipient within the 30 days preceding
or the 12 months following a change in
control event (as defined in paragraph
(i)(5) of this section), provided that this
paragraph will only apply to a payment
under a plan if all agreements, methods,
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
programs, and other arrangements
sponsored by the service recipient
immediately after the time of the change
in control event with respect to which
deferrals of compensation are treated as
having been deferred under a single
plan under § 1.409A–1(c)(2) are
terminated and liquidated with respect
to each participant that experienced the
change in control event, so that under
the terms of the termination and
liquidation all such participants are
required to receive all amounts of
compensation deferred under the
terminated agreements, methods,
programs, and other arrangements
within 12 months of the date the service
recipient irrevocably takes all necessary
action to terminate and liquidate the
agreements, methods, programs, and
other arrangements. Solely for purposes
of this paragraph (j)(4)(ix)(B), where the
change in control event results from an
asset purchase transaction, the
applicable service recipient with the
discretion to liquidate and terminate the
agreements, methods, programs, and
other arrangements is the service
recipient that is primarily liable
immediately after the transaction for the
payment of the deferred compensation.
(C) The service recipient’s termination
and liquidation of the plan, provided
that—
(1) The termination and liquidation
does not occur proximate to a downturn
in the financial health of the service
recipient;
(2) The service recipient terminates
and liquidates all agreements, methods,
programs, and other arrangements
sponsored by the service recipient that
would be aggregated with any
terminated and liquidated agreements,
methods, programs, and other
arrangements under § 1.409A–1(c) if the
same service provider had deferrals of
compensation under all of the
agreements, methods, programs, and
other arrangements that are terminated
and liquidated;
(3) No payments in liquidation of the
plan are made within 12 months of the
date the service recipient takes all
necessary action to irrevocably
terminate and liquidate the plan other
than payments that would be payable
under the terms of the plan if the action
to terminate and liquidate the plan had
not occurred;
(4) All payments are made within 24
months of the date the service recipient
takes all necessary action to irrevocably
terminate and liquidate the plan; and
(5) The service recipient does not
adopt a new plan that would be
aggregated with any terminated and
liquidated plan under § 1.409A–1(c) if
the same service provider participated
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
in both plans, at any time within three
years following the date the service
recipient takes all necessary action to
irrevocably terminate and liquidate the
plan.
(D) Such other events and conditions
as the Commissioner may prescribe in
generally applicable guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(x) Certain distributions to avoid a
nonallocation year under section 409(p).
A plan may provide for an acceleration
of the time and form of a payment, or
a payment may be made under such
plan, to prevent the occurrence of a
nonallocation year (within the meaning
of section 409(p)(3)) in the plan year of
an employee stock ownership plan next
following the plan year in which such
payment is made, provided that the
amount distributed may not exceed 125
percent of the minimum amount of
distribution necessary to avoid the
occurrence of a nonallocation year.
Solely for purposes of determining
permissible distributions under this
paragraph (j)(4)(x), synthetic equity
(within the meaning of section
409(p)(6)(C) and § 1.409(p)–1(f)) granted
during the plan year of the employee
stock ownership plan in which such
payment is made is disregarded for
purposes of determining whether the
subsequent plan year would result in a
nonallocation year.
(xi) Payment of state, local, or foreign
taxes. A plan may provide for an
acceleration of the time and form of a
payment, or a payment may be made
under such plan, to reflect payment of
state, local, or foreign tax obligations
arising from participation in the plan
that apply to an amount deferred under
the plan before the amount is paid or
made available to the participant (the
state, local, or foreign tax amount). Such
payment may not exceed the amount of
such taxes due as a result of
participation in the plan. Such payment
may be made by distributions to the
participant in the form of withholding
pursuant to provisions of applicable
state, local, or foreign law or by
distribution directly to the participant.
Additionally, an arrangement may
provide for the acceleration of the time
or schedule of payment, or a payment
may be made under such arrangement,
to pay the income tax at source on
wages imposed under section 3401 as a
result of such payment and to pay the
additional income tax at source on
wages imposed under section 3401
attributable to such additional section
3401 wages and taxes. However, the
total payment under this acceleration
provision must not exceed the aggregate
of the state, local, and foreign tax
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
amount, and the income tax
withholding related to such state, local,
and foreign tax amount.
(xii) Cancellation of deferral elections
due to disability. A plan may provide
for a cancellation of a service provider’s
deferral election, or a cancellation of
such election may be made, where such
cancellation occurs by the later of the
end of the taxable year of the service
provider or the 15th day of the third
month following the date the service
provider incurs a disability. For
purposes of this paragraph, a disability
refers to any medically determinable
physical or mental impairment resulting
in the service provider’s inability to
perform the duties of his or her position
or any substantially similar position,
where such impairment can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to
last for a continuous period of not less
than six months.
(xiii) Certain offsets. A plan may
provide for the acceleration of the time
or schedule of a payment, or a payment
may be made under such plan, as
satisfaction of a debt of the service
provider to the service recipient, where
such debt is incurred in the ordinary
course of the service relationship
between the service recipient and the
service provider, the entire amount of
reduction in any of the service
recipient’s taxable years does not exceed
$5,000, and the reduction is made at the
same time and in the same amount as
the debt otherwise would have been due
and collected from the service provider.
(xiv) Bona fide disputes as to a right
to a payment. A plan may provide for
the acceleration of the time or schedule
of one or more payments, or a payment
may be made under such plan, where
such payments occur as part of a
settlement between the service provider
and the service recipient of an arm’s
length, bona fide dispute as to the
service provider’s right to the deferred
amount. Discretion to accelerate
payments, other than due to an arm’s
length settlement of a bona fide dispute
as to the service provider’s right to the
deferred amount, is not permitted under
this paragraph (j)(4)(xiv). Whether a
payment qualifies for the exception
under this paragraph is based on all
relevant facts and circumstances. A
payment will be presumed not to meet
this exception unless the payment is
subject to a substantial reduction in the
value of the payment made in relation
to the amount that would have been
payable had there been no dispute as to
the service provider’s right to the
payment. For this purpose, a reduction
that is less than 25 percent of the
present value of the deferred amount in
dispute generally is not a substantial
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19321
reduction. In addition, a payment will
be presumed not to meet this exception
if the payment is made proximate to a
downturn in the financial health of the
service recipient.
(5) Nonqualified deferred
compensation plans linked to qualified
employer plans or certain other
arrangements. If a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan provides that the
amount deferred under the plan is the
amount determined under the formula
determining benefits under a qualified
employer plan (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(a)(2)), or a broad-based foreign
retirement plan (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(a)(3)(v)) maintained by the service
recipient but applied without regard to
one or more limitations applicable to
the qualified employer plan under the
Internal Revenue Code or to the broadbased foreign retirement plan under
other applicable law, or that the amount
deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan is
determined as an amount offset by some
or all of the benefits provided under the
qualified employer plan or broad-based
foreign retirement plan, a decrease in
amounts deferred under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan that results directly from changes
in benefit limitations applicable to the
qualified employer plan or the broadbased foreign retirement plan under the
Internal Revenue Code or other
applicable law does not constitute an
acceleration of a payment under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, provided that such operation does
not otherwise result in a change in the
time or form of a payment under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, and provided further that the
change in the amounts deferred under
the nonqualified deferred compensation
plan does not exceed such change in the
amounts deferred under the qualified
employer plan or the broad-based
foreign retirement plan, as applicable. In
addition, with respect to such a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the following actions or failures to
act will not constitute an acceleration of
a payment under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan even if in
accordance with the terms of the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, the actions or inactions result in
a decrease in the amounts deferred
under the plan, provided that such
actions or inactions do not otherwise
affect the time or form of payment under
the nonqualified deferred compensation
plan, and provided further that with
respect to actions or inactions described
in paragraphs (j)(5)(i) and (ii) of this
section, the change in the amount
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19322
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
deferred under the nonqualified
deferred compensation plan does not
exceed the change in the amounts
deferred under the qualified employer
plan or the broad-based foreign
retirement plan, as applicable:
(i) A service provider’s action or
inaction under the qualified employer
plan or broad-based foreign retirement
plan with respect to whether to elect to
receive a subsidized benefit or an
ancillary benefit under the qualified
employer plan or broad-based foreign
retirement plan.
(ii) The amendment of a qualified
employer plan or broad-based foreign
retirement plan to increase benefits
provided under such plan, or to add or
remove a subsidized benefit or an
ancillary benefit.
(iii) A service provider’s action or
inaction under a qualified employer
plan with respect to elective deferrals
and other employee pre-tax
contributions subject to the contribution
restrictions under section 401(a)(30) or
section 402(g), including an adjustment
to a deferral election under such
qualified employer plan, provided that
for any given taxable year, the service
provider’s action or inaction does not
result in a decrease in the amounts
deferred under all nonqualified deferred
compensation plans in which the
service provider participates (other than
amounts described in paragraph
(j)(5)(iv) of this section) in excess of the
limit with respect to elective deferrals
under section 402(g)(1)(A), (B), and (C)
in effect for the taxable year in which
such action or inaction occurs.
(iv) A service provider’s action or
inaction under a qualified employer
plan with respect to elective deferrals
and other employee pre-tax
contributions subject to the
contributions restrictions under section
401(a)(30) or section 402(g), and aftertax contributions by the service provider
to a qualified employer plan that
provides for such contributions that
affects the amounts that are credited
under one or more nonqualified
deferred compensation plans as
matching amounts or other similar
amounts contingent on such elective
deferrals, pre-tax contributions, or aftertax contributions, provided that the total
of such matching or contingent
amounts, as applicable, never exceeds
100 percent of the matching or
contingent amounts that would be
provided under the qualified employer
plan absent any plan-based restrictions
that reflect limits on qualified plan
contributions under the Internal
Revenue Code.
(6) Changes in elections under a
cafeteria plan. A change in an election
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
under a cafeteria plan (as defined in
section 125(d)) does not result in an
accelerated payment of an amount
deferred under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan to the extent that the
change in the amount deferred under
the nonqualified deferred compensation
plan results solely from the application
of the change in amount eligible to be
treated as compensation under the terms
of the nonqualified deferred
compensation plan resulting from the
election change under the cafeteria plan,
to a benefit formula under the
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan based upon the service provider’s
eligible compensation, and only to the
extent that such change applies in the
same manner as any other increase or
decrease in compensation would apply
to such benefit formula.
§ 1.409A–4 Calculation of income
inclusion [Reserved]
§ 1.409A–5
Funding [Reserved]
§ 1.409A–6 Application of section 409A
and effective dates.
(a) Statutory application and effective
dates—(1) Application to amounts
deferred—(i) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this section,
section 409A applies with respect to
amounts deferred in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2004, and
with respect to amounts deferred in
taxable years beginning before January
1, 2005, if the plan under which the
deferral is made is materially modified
after October 3, 2004. For amounts
deferred in taxable years beginning
before January 1, 2005, under a plan that
is materially modified after October 3,
2004, whether the plan complies with
the requirements of section 409A and
these regulations is determined by
reference to the terms of the plan in
effect as of, and any actions taken under
the plan on or after, the date of the
material modification. Section 409A is
applicable with respect to earnings on
amounts deferred only to the extent that
section 409A is applicable with respect
to the amounts deferred. Accordingly,
section 409A does not apply with
respect to earnings on amounts deferred
before January 1, 2005, unless section
409A applies with respect to the
amounts deferred. For this purpose, a
right to earnings that is subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined
in § 1.83–3(c)) or a requirement to
perform further services, on an amount
deferred that is not subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined
in § 1.83–3(c)) or a requirement to
perform further services, is not treated
as earnings on the amount deferred, but
a separate right to compensation. Except
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
as otherwise provided in applicable
guidance (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter), the provisions of §§ 1.409A–1
through 1.409A–5 and this section
provide the exclusive means of
identifying agreements, methods,
programs, or other arrangements subject
to section 409A, and the exclusive
means of satisfying the requirements of
section 409A with respect to such
agreements, methods, programs, or other
arrangements.
(ii) Collectively bargained plans.
Section 409A does not apply with
respect to amounts deferred under a
plan maintained pursuant to one or
more bona fide collective bargaining
agreements in effect on October 3, 2004,
for the period ending on the earlier of
the date on which the last of such
collective bargaining agreements
terminates (determined without regard
to any extension thereof after October 3,
2004) or December 31, 2009.
(2) Identification of date of deferral
for statutory effective date purposes. For
purposes of determining whether
section 409A is applicable with respect
to an amount, the amount is considered
deferred before January 1, 2005, if before
January 1, 2005, the service provider
had a legally binding right to be paid the
amount, and the right to the amount was
earned and vested. For purposes of this
paragraph (a)(2), a right to an amount
was earned and vested only if the
amount was not subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture (as defined in § 1.83–
3(c)) or a requirement to perform further
services. Amounts to which the service
provider did not have a legally binding
right before January 1, 2005 (for
example, because the service recipient
retained discretion to reduce the
amount), will not be considered
deferred before January 1, 2005. In
addition, amounts to which the service
provider had a legally binding right
before January 1, 2005, but the right to
which was subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture or a requirement to perform
further services after December 31,
2004, are not considered deferred before
January 1, 2005, for purposes of the
effective date. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, an amount to which the
service provider had a legally binding
right before January 1, 2005, but for
which the service provider was required
to continue performing services to retain
the right only through the completion of
the payroll period (as defined in
§ 1.409A–1(b)(3)) that includes
December 31, 2004, is not treated as
subject to a requirement to perform
further services (or a substantial risk of
forfeiture) for purposes of the effective
date. For purposes of this paragraph
(a)(2), a stock option, stock appreciation
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
right, or similar compensation that on or
before December 31, 2004, was
immediately exercisable for cash or
substantially vested property (as defined
in § 1.83–3(b)) is treated as earned and
vested, regardless of whether the right
would terminate if the service provider
ceased providing services for the service
recipient.
(3) Calculation of amount of
compensation deferred for statutory
effective date purposes—(i) Nonaccount
balance plans. The amount of
compensation deferred before January 1,
2005, under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan that is a nonaccount
balance plan (as defined in § 1.409A–
1(c)(2)(i)(C)), equals the present value of
the amount to which the service
provider would have been entitled
under the plan if the service provider
voluntarily terminated services without
cause on December 31, 2004, and
received a payment of the benefits
available from the plan on the earliest
possible date allowed under the plan to
receive a payment of benefits following
the termination of services, and receive
the benefits in the form with the
maximum value. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for any subsequent taxable
year of the service provider, the
grandfathered amount may increase to
equal the present value of the benefit
the service provider actually becomes
entitled to, in the form and at the time
actually paid, determined under the
terms of the plan (including applicable
limits under the Internal Revenue
Code), as in effect on October 3, 2004,
without regard to any further services
rendered by the service provider after
December 31, 2004, or any other events
affecting the amount of or the
entitlement to benefits (other than a
participant election with respect to the
time or form of an available benefit). For
purposes of calculating the present
value of a benefit under this paragraph
(c)(3)(i), reasonable actuarial
assumptions and methods must be used.
Whether assumptions and methods are
reasonable for this purpose is
determined as of each date the benefit
is valued for purposes of determining
the grandfathered benefit, provided that
any reasonable actuarial assumptions
and methods that were used by the
service recipient with respect to such
benefit as of December 31, 2004, will
continue to be treated as reasonable
assumptions and methods for purposes
of calculating the grandfathered benefit.
Actuarial assumptions and methods will
be presumed reasonable if they are the
same as those used to value benefits
under a qualified plan sponsored by the
service recipient the benefits under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
which are part of the benefit formula
under, or otherwise impact the amount
of benefits under, the nonaccount
balance nonqualified deferred
compensation plan.
(ii) Account balance plans. The
amount of compensation deferred before
January 1, 2005, under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that is an
account balance plan (as defined in
§ 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(A)), equals the
portion of the service provider’s account
balance as of December 31, 2004, the
right to which is earned and vested (as
defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section) as of December 31, 2004, plus
any future contributions to the account,
the right to which was earned and
vested (as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section) as of December 31, 2004, to
the extent such contributions are
actually made.
(iii) Equity-based compensation
plans. For purposes of determining the
amounts deferred before January 1,
2005, under an equity-based
compensation plan, the rules of
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section
governing account balance plans are
applied except that the account balance
is deemed to be the amount of the
payment available to the service
provider on December 31, 2004 (or that
would be available to the service
provider if the right were immediately
exercisable) the right to which is earned
and vested (as defined in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section) as of December 31,
2004. For this purpose, the payment
available to the service provider
excludes any exercise price or other
amount that must be paid by the service
provider.
(iv) Earnings. Earnings on amounts
deferred under a plan before January 1,
2005, include only income (whether
actual or notional) attributable to the
amounts deferred under a plan as of
December 31, 2004, or to such income.
For example, notional interest earned
under the plan on amounts deferred in
an account balance plan as of December
31, 2004, generally will be treated as
earnings on amounts deferred under the
plan before January 1, 2005. Similarly,
an increase in the amount of payment
available pursuant to a stock option,
stock appreciation right, or other equitybased compensation above the amount
of payment available as of December 31,
2004, due to appreciation in the
underlying stock after December 31,
2004, or accrual of other earnings such
as dividends, is treated as earnings on
the amount deferred. In the case of a
nonaccount balance plan, earnings
include the increase, due solely to the
passage of time, in the present value of
the future payments to which the
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19323
service provider has obtained a legally
binding right, the present value of
which constituted the amounts deferred
under the plan before January 1, 2005.
Thus, for each year, there will be an
increase (determined using the same
interest rate used to determine the
amounts deferred under the plan before
January 1, 2005) resulting from the
shortening of the discount period before
the future payments are made, plus, if
applicable, an increase in the present
value resulting from the service
provider’s survivorship during the year.
However, an increase in the potential
benefits under a nonaccount balance
plan due to, for example, an application
of an increase in compensation after
December 31, 2004, to a final average
pay plan or subsequent eligibility for an
early retirement subsidy, does not
constitute earnings on the amounts
deferred under the plan before January
1, 2005.
(v) Definition of plan. For purposes of
paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (3) of this
section, the term ‘‘plan’’ has the
meaning provided in § 1.409A–1(c),
except that the plan aggregation rules do
not apply for purposes of the actuarial
assumptions and methods used in
paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section.
Accordingly, different reasonable
actuarial assumptions and methods may
be used to calculate the amounts
deferred by a service provider in two
different agreements, methods,
programs, or other arrangements each of
which constitutes a nonaccount balance
plan.
(4) Material modifications—(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided, a
modification of a plan is a material
modification if a benefit or right existing
as of October 3, 2004, is materially
enhanced or a new material benefit or
right is added, and such material
enhancement or addition affects
amounts earned and vested before
January 1, 2005. Such material benefit
enhancement or addition is a material
modification whether it occurs pursuant
to an amendment or to the service
recipient’s exercise of discretion under
the terms of the plan. For example, an
amendment to a plan to add a provision
that payments of deferred amounts
earned and vested before January 1,
2005, may be allowed upon request if
service providers are required to forfeit
20 percent of the amount of the payment
(a haircut) would be a material
modification to the plan. Similarly, a
material modification would occur if a
service recipient exercised discretion to
accelerate vesting of a benefit under the
plan to a date on or before December 31,
2004. However, it is not a material
modification for a service recipient to
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
19324
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
exercise discretion over the time and
manner of payment of a benefit to the
extent such discretion is provided under
the terms of the plan as of October 3,
2004. It is not a material modification
for a service provider to exercise a right
permitted under the plan as in effect on
October 3, 2004. The amendment of a
plan to bring the plan into compliance
with the provisions of section 409A will
not be treated as a material
modification. However, a plan
amendment or the exercise of discretion
under the terms of the plan that
materially enhances an existing benefit
or right or adds a new material benefit
or right will be considered a material
modification even if the enhanced or
added benefit would be permitted under
section 409A. For example, the addition
of a right to a payment upon an
unforeseeable emergency of an amount
earned and vested before January 1,
2005, would be considered a material
modification. The reduction of an
existing benefit is not a material
modification. For example, the removal
of a haircut provision generally would
not constitute a material modification.
The following modifications also are not
material modifications for purposes of
this paragraph (a)(4)(i):
(A) The establishment of or
contributions to a trust or other
arrangement from which benefits under
the plan are to be paid is not a material
modification of the plan, provided that
the contribution to the trust or other
arrangement would not otherwise cause
an amount to be includible in the
service provider’s gross income.
(B) The modification of a provision
requiring the immediate cancellation of
a current deferral election, to require the
cancellation of deferrals for the same
length of time beginning with the first
date at which the application of such
cancellation would not violate section
409A (for example, the first date of the
service provider’s first taxable year
following the cancellation).
(C) Compliance with a domestic
relations order (as defined in § 1.409A–
3(j)(4)(ii)) with respect to payments to
an individual other than the service
provider, or an amendment to a plan to
require compliance with a domestic
relations order with respect to payments
to an individual other than the service
provider.
(D) The modification of a plan
providing a life annuity form of
payment to permit an election between
the existing life annuity form of
payment and other forms of annuity
payments that would be treated as a
single form of payment with the existing
life annuity form of payment under
§ 1.409A–2(b)(2)(ii).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
(E) The modification of a
grandfathered plan to add a limited
cashout feature consistent with
§ 1.409A–3(j)(4)(v) (exception to
prohibition on accelerated payments).
(ii) Adoptions of new plans. It is
presumed that the adoption of a new
plan or the grant of an additional benefit
under an existing plan after October 3,
2004, and before January 1, 2005,
constitutes a material modification of a
plan. However, the presumption may be
rebutted by demonstrating that the
adoption of the plan or grant of the
additional benefit was consistent with
the service recipient’s historical
compensation practices. For example,
the presumption that the grant of a
discounted stock option on November 1,
2004, is a material modification of a
plan may be rebutted by demonstrating
that the grant was consistent with the
historic practice of granting
substantially similar discounted stock
options (both as to terms and amounts)
each November for a significant number
of years. Notwithstanding paragraph
(a)(4)(i) of this section and this
paragraph (a)(4)(ii), the grant of an
additional benefit under an existing
plan that consists of a deferral of
additional compensation not otherwise
provided under the plan as of October
3, 2004, will be treated as a material
modification of the plan only as to the
additional deferral of compensation, if
the plan explicitly identifies the
additional deferral of compensation and
provides that the additional deferral of
compensation is subject to section
409A. Accordingly, amendments to
conform a plan to the requirements of
section 409A with respect to deferrals
under a plan occurring after December
31, 2004, will not constitute a material
modification of the plan with respect to
amounts deferred that are earned and
vested on or before December 31, 2004,
provided that there is no concurrent
material modification with respect to
the amount of, or rights to, amounts
deferred that were earned and vested on
or before December 31, 2004. Similarly,
a grant of an additional benefit under a
new plan adopted after October 3, 2004,
and before January 1, 2005, will not be
treated as a material modification of an
existing plan to the extent that the new
plan explicitly identifies additional
deferrals of compensation and provides
that the additional deferrals of
compensation are subject to section
409A.
(iii) Suspension or termination of a
plan. A cessation of deferrals under, or
termination of, a plan, pursuant to the
provisions of such plan, is not a
material modification. Amending a plan
to provide participants an election
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
whether to terminate participation in a
plan generally constitutes a material
modification of the plan.
(iv) Changes to investment
measures—account balance plans. With
respect to an account balance plan (as
defined in § 1.409A–1(c)(2)(i)(A)), it is
not a material modification to change a
notional investment measure, or to add
to an existing investment measure, to an
investment measure that qualifies as a
predetermined actual investment within
the meaning of § 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2) of
this chapter or, for any given taxable
year, reflects a reasonable rate of interest
(determined in accordance with
§ 31.3121(v)(2)–1(d)(2)(i)(C) of this
chapter). For this purpose, if with
respect to an amount deferred for a
period, a plan provides for a fixed rate
of interest to be credited, and the rate is
to be reset under the plan at a specified
future date that is not later than the end
of the fifth taxable year that begins after
the beginning of the period, the rate is
reasonable at the beginning of the
period, and the rate is not changed
before the reset date, then the rate will
be treated as reasonable in all future
periods before the reset date.
(v) Stock rights. The modification,
extension, or renewal of a stock right
will not constitute a material
modification of the stock right, if the
modification, extension, or renewal
would not be treated as the grant of a
new stock right under § 1.409A–
1(b)(5)(v)(A), and would not result in
the stock right being treated as having
had a deferral feature from the date of
grant pursuant to § 1.409A–1(b)(5)(v)(C).
(vi) Rescission of modifications. Any
modification to the terms of a plan that
would inadvertently result in treatment
as a material modification under this
section is not considered a material
modification of the plan to the extent
the modification in the terms of the plan
is rescinded by the earlier of a date
before the right is exercised (if the
change grants a discretionary right) or
the last day of the taxable year of the
service provider during which such
change occurred. Thus, for example, if
a service recipient modifies the terms of
a plan on March 1 to allow an
individual employee to elect a new
change in the time or form of payment
without realizing that such a change
constituted a material modification that
would subject the plan to the
requirements of section 409A, and the
modification is rescinded on November
1, then if no change in the time or form
of payment has been made pursuant to
the modification before November 1, the
plan is not considered materially
modified under this section.
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(vii) Definition of plan. For purposes
of this paragraph (a)(4), the term ‘‘plan’’
has the same meaning provided in
§ 1.409A–1(c), except that the plan
aggregation rules of § 1.409A–1(c)(2) do
not apply.
(b) Regulatory applicability date.
§ 1.409A–1, § 1.409A–2, § 1.409A–3 and
this section are applicable for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1,
2008.
Kevin M. Brown,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Approved: March 20, 2007.
Eric Solomon,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury.
[FR Doc. 07–1820 Filed 4–10–07; 8:45 am]
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with RULES
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:46 Apr 16, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19325
E:\FR\FM\17APR2.SGM
17APR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 73 (Tuesday, April 17, 2007)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 19234-19325]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 07-1820]
[[Page 19233]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Part 1
Application of Section 409A to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 73 / Tuesday, April 17, 2007 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 19234]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9321]
RIN 1545-BE79
Application of Section 409A to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations regarding the
application of section 409A to nonqualified deferred compensation
plans. The final regulations are necessary to clarify and explain the
rules governing the application of section 409A to nonqualified
deferred compensation plans. The regulations affect service providers
receiving amounts of deferred compensation and the service recipients
for whom the service providers provide services.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Stephen Tackney, (202) 927-9639 (not a
toll-free number).
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective April 17, 2007.
Applicability Dates: For dates of applicability, see Sec. 1.409A-
6(b).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Section 409A was added to the Internal Revenue Code (Code) by
section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Public Law 108-
357 (118 Stat. 1418). Section 409A generally provides that unless
certain requirements are met, amounts deferred under a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan for all taxable years are currently
includible in gross income to the extent not subject to a substantial
risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. Section
409A also includes rules applicable to certain trusts or similar
arrangements associated with a nonqualified deferred compensation plan,
where such arrangements are located outside of the United States or are
restricted to the provision of benefits in connection with a decline in
the financial health of the sponsor.
On December 20, 2004, the IRS issued Notice 2005-1 (published as
modified on January 6, 2005, in 2005-1 CB 274), setting forth initial
guidance with respect to the application of section 409A, and supplying
transition guidance pursuant to a statutory directive. A notice of
proposed rulemaking (REG-158080-04, 2005-2 CB 786 [70 FR 57930]) was
published in the Federal Register on October 4, 2005. See Sec.
601.601(a)(3). A public hearing was conducted on January 25, 2006. In
addition, the IRS received written and electronic comments responding
to the notice of proposed rulemaking. After consideration of all the
comments, the proposed regulations are adopted as amended by this
Treasury decision. The amendments are discussed in this preamble.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have also issued six additional
notices providing transition guidance with respect to section 409A: (1)
Notice 2005-94, 2005-2 CB 1208 (transition guidance with respect to
2005 reporting and withholding obligations); (2) Notice 2006-4, 2006-3
IRB 307 (transition guidance with respect to certain outstanding stock
rights); (3) Notice 2006-33, 2006-15 IRB 754 (transition guidance with
respect to the application of section 409A(b)); (4) Notice 2006-64,
2006-29 IRB 88 (interim guidance regarding payments necessary to meet
Federal conflict of interest requirements); (5) Notice 2006-79, 2006-43
IRB 763 (additional transition relief); and (6) Notice 2006-100, 2006-
51 IRB 1109 (transition guidance with respect to 2005 and 2006
reporting and withholding obligations). See Sec. 601.601(d)(2). For a
discussion of the continued applicability of these notices, see the
Effect on Other Documents section of this preamble.
Explanation of Provisions and Summary of Comments
I. Structure and Format of Regulations
The final regulations generally adopt the structure and format of
the proposed regulations. A table of contents has been included in the
final regulations, as well as several additional sets of examples
addressing various topics.
II. Definition of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
A. Excluded Plans
The final regulations exclude the types of plans described in
section 409A(d)(1) from the definition of a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan, as well as certain other arrangements that were also
set forth in the proposed regulations. Accordingly, the final
regulations generally provide that a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan for purposes of section 409A does not include a qualified plan, a
bona fide sick leave or vacation plan, a disability plan, a death
benefit plan, or certain medical expense reimbursement arrangements.
The final regulations clarify that the exemption from coverage
under section 409A for certain welfare plans does not apply to medical
expense reimbursements that constitute taxable income to the service
provider. The coverage exemption applies only to arrangements that
provide benefits that are excludable from gross income under section
105 or section 106.
Several commentators requested clarification of when a leave
program will be treated as a bona fide sick leave or vacation leave
plan for purposes of section 409A. Another commentator requested a
clarification of the definition of a compensatory time plan. Because
the definitions of these terms may raise issues and require
coordination with the provisions of section 451, section 125, and, with
respect to certain taxpayers, section 457, the final regulations do not
address these issues.
Notice 2005-1, Q&A-6 provides that, until further guidance,
taxpayers whose participation in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan would be subject to section 457(f) may rely on the definitions of
bona fide vacation leave, sick leave, compensatory time, disability
pay, or death benefit plan applicable for purposes of section 457(f) as
also being applicable for purposes of section 409A. Until further
guidance, such taxpayers may continue to rely on such definitions for
purposes of section 409A.
One commentator requested that a qualified employer plan for
purposes of the exclusion from section 409A include certain plans
covered by section 402(d) (certain plans with a foreign-situs trust
treated as qualified plans with respect to the taxation of the
participants and beneficiaries) and retirement plans described in
section 1022(i)(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended (certain Puerto Rican retirement plans). The final
regulations adopt this suggestion.
B. Section 457 Plans
The final regulations provide that section 409A is not applicable
to an eligible deferred compensation plan under section 457(b), but may
be applicable to a deferred compensation plan that is subject to
section 457(f). Commentators requested clarification of the application
of the exception in the proposed regulations from the definition of
deferred compensation referred to as the short-term deferral rule
(described in section III.C.1 of this preamble) to a section 457(f)
plan. As discussed below, a right to deferred compensation
[[Page 19235]]
generally refers to a legally binding right in one taxable year to
compensation that is or may be payable in a subsequent taxable year.
For purposes of determining the time of payment, the term ``payment''
generally refers to an actual or constructive payment of cash or
property. However, the final regulations provide that for purposes of
the short-term deferral rule, an amount is treated as paid when it is
included in income under section 457(f) whether or not an actual or
constructive payment occurs. Accordingly, where the income inclusion
under section 457(f) stems from the lapse of a substantial risk of
forfeiture that is also treated as a substantial risk of forfeiture for
purposes of section 409A, the amount included in income will be
considered a short-term deferral for purposes of section 409A. However,
the right to earnings on amounts that have previously been included
under section 457(f) will be deferred compensation for purposes of
section 409A unless the right to the earnings independently satisfies
the requirements for an exclusion.
C. Arrangements With Independent Contractors
The final regulations provide that section 409A generally does not
apply to an amount deferred under an arrangement between a service
provider and an unrelated service recipient if during the service
provider's taxable year in which the service provider obtains a legally
binding right to the deferred amount the service provider is actively
engaged in the trade or business of providing services (other than as
an employee or as a director of a corporation), and provides
significant services to two or more service recipients to which the
service provider is not related and that are not related to one
another.
The final regulations retain the safe harbor in the proposed
regulations, under which a service provider is deemed to be providing
significant services to two or more such service recipients for this
purpose if the revenues generated from the services provided to any
service recipient or group of related service recipients during such
taxable year do not exceed 70 percent of the total revenues generated
by the service provider from the trade or business of providing such
services. Commentators expressed concern that the safe harbor did not
permit independent contractors to know in advance whether the
arrangements under which an independent contractor deferred
compensation during a taxable year would be subject to section 409A.
Commentators requested certain look-back periods, including the ability
to use averaging over the previous three to five years, or to satisfy
the 70 percent threshold over a certain portion of the previous three
to five years. The Treasury Department and the IRS are concerned that
the suggested rules would allow service providers to engage in
strategic behavior to ensure that activity in certain years would be
exempt from section 409A. Accordingly, the final regulations adopt an
additional safe harbor that provides that a service provider that has
actually met the 70 percent threshold in the three immediately previous
years is deemed to meet the 70 percent threshold for the current year,
but only if at the time the amount is deferred the service provider
does not know or have reason to anticipate that the service provider
will fail to meet the threshold in the current year.
In response to comments, the final regulations provide that if an
independent contractor qualifies for the safe harbor for exclusion from
coverage under section 409A with respect to arrangements with unrelated
service recipients, an arrangement between the independent contractor
and a service recipient related to the independent contractor will not
be subject to section 409A if the arrangement, and the practices under
the arrangement, are bona fide, arise in the ordinary course of
business, and are substantially the same as the arrangements and
practices (such as billing and collection practices) applicable to one
or more unrelated service recipients to whom the independent contractor
provides substantial services and that produce a majority of the total
revenue that the independent contractor earns from the trade or
business of providing such services during the year.
The final regulations further clarify that if at the time the
legally binding right to the payment arose, the arrangement was not
subject to section 409A because the service provider was an independent
contractor that was eligible for this exclusion from coverage under
section 409A, the amount deferred under the arrangement during that
taxable year (and earnings credited to the deferred amount) will not
become subject to section 409A in a later year if the service provider
becomes an employee, independent contractor, or other type of service
provider subject to the rules of section 409A.
Commentators also requested that a service recipient be permitted
to rely upon a representation of an independent contractor that the
independent contractor meets the exclusion requirements, so that a
service recipient will know whether it is subject to the reporting
requirements with respect to amounts deferred subject to section 409A.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are continuing to study this issue.
D. Anti-Abuse Rule
If a principal purpose of a plan is to achieve a result with
respect to a deferral of compensation that is inconsistent with the
purposes of section 409A, the Commissioner may treat the plan as a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan for purposes of section 409A.
III. Definition of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
A. In General
The final regulations provide that a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan is a plan that provides for the deferral of
compensation. The final regulations further provide that a plan
generally provides for the deferral of compensation if, under its terms
and the relevant facts and circumstances, a service provider has a
legally binding right during a taxable year to compensation that,
pursuant to its terms, is or may be payable to (or on behalf of) the
service provider in a later year. For this purpose, an amount generally
is payable at the time the service provider has a right to currently
receive a transfer of cash or property, including a transfer of
property includible in income under section 83, the economic benefit
doctrine or section 402(b). Accordingly, a taxable transfer of an
annuity contract is treated as a payment for purposes of section 409A.
The definition of deferral of compensation in the final regulations
excludes the condition that the amount not be actually or
constructively received and included in income during the taxable year,
because that language might cause confusion with respect to the
applicable rules governing deferral elections and the prohibition on
the acceleration of payments. For example, if a service provider has
made an irrevocable election to defer an amount of his or her salary to
a future year, that amount is treated as deferred compensation
regardless of whether the service recipient actually pays such amount
to the service provider during the year in which the services are
performed. Any early payment of the deferred compensation (or any right
to receive such an early payment) generally would constitute an
impermissible acceleration of the payment of the deferred amount.
[[Page 19236]]
For this purpose, a plan will be treated as providing for a payment
to be made in a subsequent year whether the plan explicitly so provides
(including through a service provider election) or the deferral
condition is inherent in the terms of the contract. Where the parties
have agreed that a payment will be made upon an event that could occur
after the year in which the legally binding right to the payment
arises, the plan generally will provide for a deferral of compensation
(unless otherwise excluded under a specific exception, such as the
short-term deferral rule).
For example, if a plan provides a service provider a right to a
payment upon separation from service, the plan generally will result in
a deferral of compensation regardless of whether the service provider
separates from service and receives the payment in the same year as the
grant, because under the plan the payment is conditioned upon an event
that may occur after the year in which the legally binding right to the
payment arises. Similarly, if an arrangement such as a stock option or
stock appreciation right not otherwise excluded from coverage under
section 409A provides a right to a payment for a term of years where
the payment could be received during the short-term deferral period or
a subsequent period but is not otherwise includible in income until
paid, the arrangement will provide for deferred compensation even
though the service provider could receive the payment during the short-
term deferral period (for example, by exercising the stock option or
stock appreciation right). However, where a plan does not specify a
payment date, payment event or term of years (or specifies a date or
event certain to occur during the year in which the services are
performed), the plan generally will not provide for the deferral of
compensation if the service provider actually or constructively
receives the payment within the short-term deferral period.
The proposed regulations provided that earnings on deferred amounts
are generally treated as deferred compensation for purposes of section
409A. Under the final regulations, whether a deferred amount
constitutes earnings on an amount deferred, or actual or notional
income attributable to an amount deferred, is determined under the
principles defining income attributable to the amount taken into
account under Sec. 31.3121(v)(2)-1(d)(2).
A commentator requested clarification of whether a payment for a
noncompetition agreement could be subject to section 409A. Because such
a payment would occur in connection with the performance or
nonperformance of services, and a covenant not to compete does not
create a substantial risk of forfeiture for purposes of section 409A, a
legally binding right obtained in one year to a payment in a subsequent
year in connection with a noncompetition agreement generally would
constitute deferred compensation.
B. Legally Binding Right
The regulations define deferral of compensation in the context of a
legally binding right to a payment of compensation in a future taxable
year. Commentators requested clarification of the standard that would
be used to determine whether a service provider has a legally binding
right. A legally binding right includes a contractual right that is
enforceable under the applicable law or laws governing the contract. A
legally binding right also includes an enforceable right created under
other applicable law, such as a statute.
One commentator suggested that no legally binding right exists
where the payment is made only upon the realization of gain from a
particular investment. For example, the commentator argued that a bonus
payable based upon the amount that a service provider obtains in
selling property should not be treated as granting the service provider
a legally binding right to the payment until the property is sold. In
such a situation, however, the requirement that the property be sold is
a condition to the right to the payment, but the right to the payment
is still a legally binding right. The service recipient could not
simply revoke the promise, sell the property, and not pay the bonus.
However, the condition that the property be sold before the service
provider becomes entitled to payment may constitute a substantial risk
of forfeiture, depending on the specific facts and circumstances.
C. Short-Term Deferrals
1. In General
Subject to the modifications described in this section III.C of the
preamble, the final regulations generally adopt the short-term deferral
rule that was contained in the proposed regulations. Under the short-
term deferral rule, a deferral of compensation does not occur for
purposes of section 409A if the arrangement under which a payment is
made does not provide for a deferred payment and the payment is made no
later than the 15th day of the third month following the later of the
end of the service provider's taxable year or the end of the service
recipient's taxable year in which occurs the later of the time the
legally binding right to the payment arises or the time such right
first ceases to be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (subject
to certain extensions for unforeseeable events). For this purpose, an
arrangement provides for a deferred payment if it provides for a
payment that will be made or completed after a date or an event that
will or may occur later than the end of the 2\1/2\ month period
described in the preceding sentence, either because of an affirmative
election on the part of the service provider or service recipient or a
deferral condition inherent in the terms of the contract (for example,
that the amount will be paid upon the service provider's separation
from service, which may occur in a future year).
Several commentators requested that additional flexibility be
provided to allow payments to be short-term deferrals. By analogy to
the rules in the proposed regulations concerning when payments of
deferred compensation amounts are considered timely for purposes of the
payment date rules, the commentators suggested that payments should
qualify as short-term deferrals if made by the end of the year after
the year in which a substantial risk of forfeiture lapses, rather than
by the 15th day of the third month of that year. The final regulations
do not adopt this suggestion. The short-term deferral rule is based on
the historical treatment of certain payments paid within a short period
following the end of a taxable year as not constituting deferred
compensation. See Sec. 1.404(b)-1T, Q&A-2(b). That short period has
been defined as ending on the 15th day of the third month following the
end of the year, subject to certain extensions for unforeseeable
events. Extending the payment date by which a short-term deferral could
be paid would be inconsistent with this approach and the legislative
history of section 409A (H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 108-755, at 735 (2004)),
and accordingly is not adopted in the final regulations. However, the
final regulations liberalize the standard under which a payment can be
a short-term deferral even if it is delayed due to unforeseeable
events. The proposed regulations provided generally that payment could
be delayed if the payment would jeopardize the service recipient's
solvency and such insolvency was unforeseeable at the time the service
provider obtained the right to the payment. By contrast, the final
regulations provide generally that payment may be delayed where the
[[Page 19237]]
payment would jeopardize the ability of the service recipient to
continue as a going concern.
Commentators asked how the short-term deferral rule applies to a
series of payments scheduled to commence following the lapse of a
substantial risk of forfeiture. The final regulations provide that the
short-term deferral rule applies separately to each payment, applying
the technical definition of ``payment'' set out in the regulations,
provided that the entire payment is made during the short-term deferral
period. Accordingly, where a payment has been designated as a separate
payment, it may qualify as a short-term deferral (and thus not deferred
compensation) even where the service provider has a right to subsequent
payments under the same arrangement. In contrast, where a payment has
not been designated as a separate payment (such as, for example, a life
annuity payment or a series of installment payments treated as a single
payment), any initial payments in the series will not be treated as a
short-term deferral even if paid within the short-term deferral period.
For a discussion of the definition of payment, see Sec. 1.409A-3.
Commentators suggested that a right to a reimbursement be treated
as potentially subject to the short-term deferral rule, arguing that
the right to the reimbursement payment is subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture that the service provider will not incur the expense.
Commentators argued that the short-term deferral rule then could apply
if the reimbursement payment were made within a short period following
the occurrence of the expense. Generally, the risk that a service
provider will fail to incur a reimbursable expense will not qualify as
a substantial risk of forfeiture, so the short-term deferral rule will
not be applicable. However, the final regulations provide considerable
additional flexibility with regard to structuring reimbursement
arrangements to meet the requirements of section 409A. For a discussion
of these provisions, see section VII.B.2 of this preamble.
2. Application to Event-Based Payments
Some commentators asked whether any payments based on a legally
binding right arising in the year of a separation from service are
excluded from coverage under section 409A, if paid by the end of the
relevant short-term deferral period. For example, where an employee had
accrued benefits under a defined benefit supplemental executive
retirement plan (SERP) during his career that was payable immediately
upon a separation from service, including an amount accrued in the year
of separation from service, commentators asked whether the payment of
the portion of the benefits accrued in that final year is excluded from
coverage under section 409A if paid by March 15 of the year following
the separation from service, because the amount is paid within a short
period following the year the service provider obtains a vested legally
binding right to the additional benefit accrual. (This generally would
be of most concern to specified employees subject to the requirement of
a six-month delay in payment following a separation from service.)
The analysis that applies in this situation is similar to that
applied to the general definition of deferral of compensation,
discussed in section III.A of this preamble. The short-term deferral
rule does not provide an exclusion from the requirements of section
409A for such current-year benefit accruals because the rule does not
apply to amounts of compensation subject to a deferral election. For
this purpose, an election to defer includes either an affirmative
election on the part of the service provider or a deferral condition
inherent in the terms of the contract. Where the parties have agreed
that a payment will be made upon an event that does not necessarily
coincide with the lapsing of the substantial risk of forfeiture, and
could occur at a time beyond the short-term deferral period, the
arrangement provides for a deferral election such that the short-term
deferral rule does not apply. Accordingly, in this example, because the
benefits accrued in the final year of the SERP could have been paid
upon an event occurring after the short-term deferral period (if, for
example, the individual had not separated from service until a later
year), the payment of the benefit accrued in the final year is subject
to section 409A and is not a short-term deferral, even if paid by March
15 of the year following the separation from service.
Also, for example, if a plan that is not subject to section 457(f)
provides that an amount is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
until the completion of three years of service, and is payable upon a
separation of service following the three years of service, the right
to the amount is not a short-term deferral even if the service provider
separates from service immediately after vesting in the right, because
under the plan the payment is based upon an event other than the
lapsing of the substantial risk of forfeiture and such event may occur
in a year subsequent to the year in which the risk of forfeiture
lapses.
Conversely, where a plan specifies no payment date or payment
event, or specifies only the date at which the substantial risk of
forfeiture lapses, the plan may qualify for the short-term deferral
rule if the payment is made within the applicable short-term deferral
period. However, such a plan generally would violate section 409A if
the payment were made after the short-term deferral period.
As discussed in this preamble with respect to the general
definition of deferred compensation, to implement the statutory scheme,
including the applicable reporting and form requirements, taxpayers
generally must be able to determine whether an arrangement provides for
a deferral of compensation at the time the service provider obtains a
legally binding right to the compensation. Although a plan need not
specify a payment date to be a short-term deferral that is excluded
from coverage under section 409A, the short-term deferral exclusion
does not apply if the payment event or date is specified and will or
may occur after the end of the short-term deferral period.
The preamble to the proposed regulations explained that where a
plan requires that a payment be made on a date within the short-term
deferral period, but the payment is made after the specified date and
after the end of the short-term deferral period, the arrangement will
be treated as a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, but the
payment date will be treated as a specified date. Thus, under such an
arrangement, if the service provider receives the payment after the
specified date, but not later than the end of the year in which the
specified date occurs, the payment generally will comply with section
409A. However, taxpayers should note that a provision requiring only
that a payment be made on or before the end of the short-term deferral
period may not qualify as a permissible specified date for this
purpose, if under the facts and circumstances the payment could have
been made in more than one taxable year. For a discussion of the
application of the definition of a specified payment date to this type
of plan, see section VII.B of this preamble.
For a discussion of when rights to compensation upon a separation
from service for good reason may be treated as rights to compensation
upon an involuntary termination, and the potential application of the
short-term deferral exception to these arrangements, see section
III.J.3 of this preamble.
[[Page 19238]]
D. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
1. In General
Subject to the modifications described in this preamble, the final
regulations adopt the provisions of the proposed regulations excluding
from coverage under section 409A statutory stock options and certain
other stock rights. Generally under the regulations, nondiscounted
stock options and nondiscounted stock appreciation rights issued on
service recipient stock that do not include any additional deferral
feature are excluded from section 409A.
2. Statutory Stock Options
The final regulations adopt the exclusion from coverage under
section 409A for statutory stock options, including incentive stock
options described in section 422 of the Code and options granted under
an employee stock purchase plan described in section 423 of the Code.
This exclusion applies regardless of whether the statutory stock option
would be excluded if the same option were not treated as a statutory
stock option. For example, an employee stock purchase plan described in
section 423 offering a discounted purchase price is not a deferred
compensation plan for purposes of section 409A.
Commentators requested clarification, however, of the treatment of
a statutory stock option that is modified, or otherwise becomes
ineligible to be treated as a statutory stock option. The final
regulations adopt the rule set forth in the proposed regulations, and
provide that at the time of such modification or event, the
modification or other event is treated as the grant of a new option, or
causes the option to be treated as having had a deferral feature from
the date of grant, as applicable, for purposes of section 409A only if
such modification or other event would have been so treated had the
option been a nonstatutory stock option immediately before such
modification or other event. For example, where an incentive stock
option is modified through an extension of the option's term, the
extended option will be treated as having had an additional deferral
feature from the date of grant for section 409A purposes only if the
same extension of a nonstatutory stock option would have resulted in
such treatment.
Commentators also requested that the exclusion from coverage under
section 409A for certain stock rights issued under plans meeting the
requirements of section 423 (employee stock purchase plans) be extended
to employee stock purchase plans offered by foreign employers that do
not meet such requirements, where the shares are made available for
purchase at a discount and substantially all of the participants are
nonresident aliens. The legislative history does not provide a basis
for extending the exception applicable to options meeting the
requirements of section 423 to grants of discounted stock options not
meeting the requirements of section 423. Accordingly, this suggestion
is not adopted in the final regulations.
3. Definition of Service Recipient Stock
The final regulations adopt the requirement in the proposed
regulations that for the exclusion for certain stock rights to apply,
the stock right must relate to service recipient stock. Commentators
criticized the definition of service recipient stock contained in the
proposed regulations as too restrictive. Generally such criticisms
centered on two different aspects of the definition of service
recipient stock in the proposed regulations--the classes of stock that
may qualify as service recipient stock, and the issuer or issuers whose
stock may constitute service recipient stock, where the service
recipient is comprised of more than one entity.
a. Classes of Stock That May Qualify as Service Recipient Stock
Commentators requested clarification and expansion of the classes
of stock of a corporation that may constitute service recipient stock.
Commentators generally focused on two issues. First, with respect to
stock of a particular service recipient corporation, commentators
requested that the stock right be permitted to relate to any class of
common stock, regardless of whether another class of common stock of
that corporation was publicly traded, and regardless of whether that
class of common stock had the greatest aggregate value of all classes
of common stock issued by that corporate entity. Subject to the
restrictions governing certain preferences as to distributions, the
final regulations generally provide that any class of common stock may
be used, regardless of whether another class of common stock that could
qualify as service recipient stock is publicly traded or has a higher
aggregate value outstanding, and regardless of whether the class of
stock is subject to transferability restrictions or buyback rights
(provided such buyback rights reflect the fair market value of the
stock at the time of purchase).
Second, commentators suggested narrowing the types of preferences
on a class of common stock that would prohibit that class from being
treated as service recipient stock. One commentator requested that the
classes of stock permitted as service recipient stock include any class
of stock that is widely held by non-service recipients. While it may be
unlikely that a widely-held class of stock was created to facilitate an
abusive avoidance of section 409A, it does not follow that service
recipient stock rights issued on such stock necessarily would be
consistent with the intended application of section 409A if, for
example, holders of such class enjoyed preferences that would make such
stock rights a suitable substitute for nonqualified deferred
compensation.
To be treated as service recipient stock under the final
regulations, a class of stock must qualify as common stock under
section 305 of the Code. Accordingly, the final regulations provide
that stock that is not common stock under section 305 is not service
recipient stock for purposes of section 409A. However, the mere
classification of a class of stock as common stock under section 305 is
not sufficient for such stock to be treated as service recipient stock
for purposes of section 409A. The Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that classes of stock that are common stock under section 305
may provide preferences that could permit stock rights with respect to
such stock to resemble traditional nonqualified deferred compensation,
such that exclusion of such stock rights would permit the avoidance of
section 409A.
Commentators suggested that a preference with respect to
liquidation rights, without any other preferences such as a
preferential right to dividends, should be permitted under the
definition of service recipient stock. A holder of this class of stock
would not be guaranteed any return, but rather would simply be
guaranteed preferred distribution rights upon a complete liquidation of
the service recipient. The final regulations generally adopt this
suggestion.
With respect to other preferential rights, commentators were unable
to provide a workable standard under which permissible preferences
could be distinguished from impermissible preferences. Accordingly, the
final regulations do not treat any stock including such preferences as
service recipient stock. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to study this area, and the final regulations authorize the
publication of other additional guidance, should a workable standard be
developed.
[[Page 19239]]
b. Entities the Stock of Which May Qualify as Service Recipient Stock
Commentators also requested an expansion of the class of entities
the stock of which can qualify as service recipient stock where the
service recipient is comprised of multiple entities. The Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that the stock right exception under
section 409A was intended to cover stock rights directly reflecting the
enterprise value of the entity for which the service provider is
providing services. Consistent with this approach, the final
regulations provide that service recipient stock may include the stock
of the corporation for which the service provider was providing
services at the date of grant. In addition, the final regulations
provide that service recipient stock may include stock of any
corporation in a chain of organizations all of which have a controlling
interest in another organization, beginning with the parent
organization and ending with the organization for which the service
provider was providing services at the date of grant of the stock
right. Similarly to the proposed regulations, the final regulations
provide that the term ``controlling interest'' has the same meaning as
provided in Sec. 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i), except that where that
regulation requires at least an 80 percent interest, the final
regulations generally require only a 50 percent interest. In addition,
where the use of such stock with respect to the grant of a stock right
to such service provider is based upon legitimate business criteria,
the final regulations generally require only a 20 percent interest. For
purposes of determining ownership of an interest in an organization,
the attribution rules of Sec. 1.414(c)-4 apply, and the exclusion
rules of Sec. 1.414(c)-3 also apply. For example, under the final
regulations, with respect to an employee of a subsidiary corporation,
the common stock of the ultimate parent corporation, or of a subsidiary
corporation anywhere in the chain of corporate ownership between the
subsidiary that employed the employee and the ultimate parent
corporation (a higher tier subsidiary), could qualify as service
recipient stock for purposes of determining whether a stock right
issued to such employee with respect to such stock was excluded from
coverage under section 409A, provided that the 50 percent or 20 percent
ownership standard, as applicable, was satisfied by each corporation in
the chain.
The proposed regulations contained many requirements for using an
ownership level of less than 50 percent. Commentators requested several
simplifications of these requirements. In response, the final
regulations no longer require a formal election by any corporation.
Rather, each individual grant of a stock right is analyzed to determine
whether the stock qualifies as service recipient stock with respect to
a service provider at the time the stock right is granted. If a
corporation owns at least 50 percent of the stock of one corporation
and owns less than 50 percent of the stock of another corporation, and
it intends to treat its stock as service recipient stock with respect
to employees of both corporations, there is no requirement that a
legitimate business criteria exist with respect to the issuance of
stock rights on the parent corporation stock to service providers of
the first such corporation. The legitimate business criteria standard
applies only to stock rights issued to service providers of
subsidiaries that are not majority-owned, because the test of
legitimate business criteria relates to the actual issuance of a stock
right to a particular service provider. Accordingly, a subsidiary may
have more than one shareholder corporation the stock of which qualifies
as service recipient stock with respect to a subsidiary employee such
as, for example, where three entities each own a one-third interest in
the subsidiary. However, with respect to each grant of a stock right on
stock of a particular non-majority shareholder corporation to a service
provider of a particular subsidiary, there must exist legitimate
business criteria for issuing such a stock right. Even if legitimate
business criteria exist with respect to the issuance of a stock right
on stock of a particular shareholder corporation to a particular
service provider, legitimate business criteria may or may not exist
with respect to the issuance of a stock right to the same service
provider on stock of another shareholder corporation.
The legitimate business criteria requirement is a facts and
circumstances test, focusing generally on whether there is sufficient
nexus between a particular service provider and the entity, the stock
of which underlies the stock right granted to the service provider, for
the grant to serve a legitimate non-tax business purpose. As provided
in the preamble to the proposed regulations, if a corporation issued a
stock right on its stock to a current employee of a joint venture in
which the corporation was a venturer, and the employee was a former
employee of the corporate venturer, generally the issuance would be
based on legitimate business criteria. Similarly, if the corporate
venturer issued such a right to an employee of the joint venture who it
reasonably expected would become an employee of the corporate venturer
in the future, generally the legitimate business criteria requirement
would be met. By contrast, where an employee has no real nexus with a
corporate venturer, such as generally happens when the corporate
venturer is a passive investor in the service recipient, the use of the
investor corporation stock as the stock underlying a stock right grant
to that employee generally would not be based upon legitimate business
criteria. Similarly, where a corporation holds only a minority interest
in an entity that in turn holds a minority interest in the entity for
which the employee performs services, such that the corporation holds
only an insubstantial indirect interest in the entity receiving the
services, legitimate business criteria generally would not exist for
issuing a stock right on the corporation's stock to the employee.
The Treasury Department and the IRS remain concerned that the
manipulation of the structure of a related group of corporations may be
used to allow stock options or stock appreciation rights to mimic the
characteristics of nonqualified deferred compensation, by compensating
holders based on predictable amounts and investment returns unrelated
to the enterprise value of an operating entity. Accordingly, the
exception contained in the proposed regulations under which the stock
of a corporation serving as investment vehicle is not considered
service recipient stock has been retained. In addition, an anti-abuse
rule has been added to address corporate structures, transactions, or
stock right grants, a principal purpose of which is the avoidance of
the application of section 409A to an arrangement otherwise providing
deferred compensation. These corporate structures, transactions, and
stock right grants generally will occur where the structure,
transaction, or grant is intended to provide enhanced security for the
value of the stock right as a means of providing deferred compensation,
rather than as compensation related to an increase in the true
enterprise value of the service recipient. The regulations provide that
if an entity becomes a member of a group of corporations or other
entities treated as a single service recipient, and the primary source
of income or value of such entity arises from the provision of
management services to other members of the service recipient group, if
any stock rights are issued with respect to such entity it is presumed
that such
[[Page 19240]]
structure was established for purposes of avoiding the application of
section 409A.
c. Equity Interests in Certain Non-Corporate Entities
The final regulations permit certain equity interests in a non-
stock mutual company to be treated analogously to equity interests in a
corporation. Commentators requested that the definition of service
recipient stock be expanded to cover interests in cooperatives and
interests in the value of an Indian tribal enterprise. The regulations
do not include such interests in the definition of service recipient
stock, but provide the IRS authority to provide guidance expanding the
definition of service recipient stock. For a discussion of the
application of the exclusion for certain stock rights to rights issued
on equity interests in entities taxed as partnerships, see section
III.G of this preamble.
4. Valuation
a. In General
The final regulations provide that for the exclusion for stock
rights to apply, the stock right must specify an exercise price of the
stock right that may never be less than the fair market value of the
underlying stock on the date the stock right is granted. For purposes
of this discussion and the final regulations, the exercise price of a
stock appreciation right refers to the base stock value from which the
appreciation is measured for purposes of determining the compensation
payable under the stock appreciation right (for example, a stock
appreciation right providing for a payment of the excess of the fair
market value of 100 shares over $100 would have a $1 per share exercise
price).
Several commentators expressed concerns regarding the determination
of the fair market value of the underlying stock. Some commentators
requested that the valuation rules applicable to incentive stock
options be applied for purposes of the exclusion from section 409A.
Under those rules, if the stock option would otherwise fail to be an
incentive stock option solely because the exercise price was less than
the fair market value of the underlying stock as of the date of grant,
generally the option is treated as an incentive stock option if the
issuer attempted in good faith to set the exercise price at fair market
value. See section 422(c)(1). The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that this is not the appropriate standard for determining
whether stock rights are subject to section 409A. Incentive stock
options are subject to strict limitations on the amount of such options
that may be granted to a particular employee. See section 422(d). In
contrast, there are no such limits applicable to nonstatutory stock
options, and grants of nonstatutory stock options often far exceed the
limitation applicable to incentive stock options. In addition, section
422(c)(1) explicitly provides for the good faith standard with respect
to incentive stock options, while no such provisions exist within
section 409A or its legislative history.
Commentators requested clarification of the consistency standard
with respect to the use of a valuation method. Specifically,
commentators asked whether one valuation method could be used for
purposes of establishing the exercise price while another method could
be used for purposes of determining the fair market value of the stock
at the time of the payment (for example, to determine the amount of
payment in the case of a stock appreciation right or a stock option
where the stock is subject to repurchase by the service recipient). The
final regulations clarify that consistency is not required, provided
that each valuation method used otherwise meets the requirements of the
final regulations. Accordingly, a service recipient may use one
valuation method for purposes of establishing an exercise price, but
another valuation method for purposes of establishing the payment
amount (in the case of a stock appreciation right) or the buyback
amount (in the case of a stock option where the underlying stock is
subject to a buyback arrangement). However, once an exercise price has
been established, the exercise price may not be changed through the
retroactive use of another valuation method. In addition, where after
the date of grant, but before the date of exercise, of the stock right,
the service recipient stock to which the stock right relates becomes
readily tradable on an established securities market, the service
recipient must use a valuation method for stock readily tradable on an
established securities market for purposes of determining the payment
amount (in the case of a stock appreciation right) or the buyback
amount (in the case of a stock option where the underlying stock is
subject to a buyback arrangement).
b. Valuation--Stock Readily Tradable on an Established Securities
Market
The final regulations adopt the rules under the proposed
regulations governing valuation of stock readily tradable on an
established securities market, generally requiring that the valuation
of such stock be based upon the contemporaneous prices established in
the securities market, subject to the modifications discussed in this
preamble. Some commentators requested additional guidance with respect
to when a stock will be treated as readily tradable. The final
regulations adopt the same standard as that set forth in Sec. 1.280G-
1, Q&A-6(e), that stock is treated as readily tradable if it is
regularly quoted by brokers or dealers making a market in such stock.
With respect to the rules governing the valuation of stock that is
readily tradable on an established securities market, commentators
generally focused on the provision of the proposed regulations
permitting the use of an average selling price during a specified
period that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the date of
grant. Specifically, comments concentrated on the requirement that the
commitment to grant the stock right with an exercise price set using
such an average selling price be irrevocable before the beginning of
the specified period. Commentators questioned both the purpose of the
requirement of the commitment to the valuation method, as well as the
actions required to satisfy the rule if averaging were being used.
The rule was intended to prohibit the use of an average price, set
on a look-back basis, to ensure a discounted exercise price. For
example, if a corporation decided to grant a stock option on July 1,
and it could set the exercise price using an average selling price for
any period falling within the prior 30 days without having had a prior
commitment to a specific averaging period, the corporation could simply
look for the lowest price that occurred during the prior June.
Furthermore, if the corporation were not committed to grant the stock
option on July 1, the corporation could wait until its stock price
began to rise and then grant an option using the selling price on a
given day during the previous 30 days to provide a particular discount.
Accordingly, the final regulations require that the commitment to grant
the stock right with an exercise price set using such an average
selling price be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified
period. To satisfy this requirement, the service recipient must
designate the recipient of the stock option, the number of shares the
stock option will permit the holder of the stock option to purchase,
and the method for determining the exercise price including the period
over which the averaging will occur, before the beginning of the
specified averaging period.
[[Page 19241]]
One commentator stated that the requirement of an irrevocable
commitment to the averaging period could not be met under French law,
because French law requires that the stock option exercise price be set
based on the average trading price over the preceding 20 days and the
commitment to the grant before the beginning of the period may be
viewed as violating that requirement. The final regulations provide
that where applicable foreign law requires that the compensatory stock
right granted by the issuer must be priced based upon a specific price
averaging method and period, a stock right granted in accordance with
such applicable foreign law will be treated as meeting the requirement,
provided that the averaging period may not exceed 30 days.
c. Valuation--Stock Not Readily Tradable on an Established Securities
Market
i. In General
The final regulations adopt the provisions in the proposed
regulations relating to the valuation of stock not readily tradable on
an established securities market, subject to the modifications
discussed in this section III.C.4.c. Accordingly, a valuation of stock
based upon a reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method is
treated as reflecting the fair market value of the stock. To meet this
standard, it is not necessary that a taxpayer demonstrate that the
value was determined by an independent appraiser. Where the taxpayer
can otherwise demonstrate that the valuation was determined by the
reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, the standard
will be met.
One commentator requested that the factors to be considered in
determining the fair market value of the stock should be modified to
include consideration of any recent equity sales made by the
corporation in arm's-length transactions. The final regulations adopt
this suggestion.
The final regulations continue to require that in the case of a
stock right issued with respect to stock that was not publicly traded
at the time the right was issued, but becomes publicly traded before
the right is exercised, the stock value for purposes of calculating the
payment amount (in the case of a stock appreciation right) or the
buyback amount (in the case of a stock option where the underlying
stock is subject to a buyback agreement) must be based upon the rules
governing stock that is publicly traded. This does not mean that the
initial exercise price determined under the rules governing stock that
is not publicly traded must be reset. Rather, this means only that the
value at the time of exercise used to determine the payment amount or
the buyback amount must be determined under the rules governing stock
that is publicly traded. For example, if a service provider holds an
excluded stock appreciation right with an exercise price of $1 that was
fixed based on a valuation of the closely-held corporate stock at the
time of grant, and before exercise the stock becomes readily tradable
on an established securities market, the amount payable upon exercise
must be the excess of the value of the stock based on its trading price
over the $1 exercise price.
ii. Safe Harbor Presumptions
The final regulations adopt a presumption in specified
circumstances that, for purposes of section 409A, a valuation of stock
reflects the fair market value of the stock, rebuttable only by a
showing that the valuation is grossly unreasonable. The presumption
applies where the valuation is based upon an independent appraisal, a
generally applicable repurchase formula (applicable for both
compensatory and noncompensatory purposes) that would be treated as
fair market value under section 83, or, in the case of illiquid stock
of a start-up corporation, a valuation by a qualified individual or
individuals applied at a time that the corporation did not otherwise
anticipate a change in control event or public offering of the stock.
Many of the comments with respect to these presumptions related to
the presumption applicable to illiquid stock of start-up corporations.
As set forth in the proposed regulations, the start-up corporation
presumption would not apply if the service recipient or service
provider could reasonably anticipate, as of the time the valuation is
applied, that the service recipient would undergo a change in control
event or make a public offering of securities within the 12 months
following the event to which the valuation is applied. Commentators
suggested that a 12-month period is too long, because changes occur so
rapidly in the business world that it often is difficult or impossible
to predict so far in advance whether such an event will occur.
Commentators suggested that the service provider should retain the
benefit of the presumption unless the issuing corporation entered into
a definitive agreement or filed its registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within a period of 15 or 30 days
after issuing the stock right.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that a 15-day or a 30-
day period is too short. Although there is always a risk that a public
offering will fail or that a corporate transaction will not occur, the
Treasury Department and the IRS also believe that a person should
reasonably be able to anticipate whether such a transaction will occur
during a reasonable period before the transaction.
Accordingly, the final regulations provide that the start-up
corporation presumption will not apply if at the time the valuation is
made, the service recipient or service provider may reasonably
anticipate that the service recipient will undergo a change in control
event in the next 90 days or an initial public offering within the next
180 days. As under the proposed regulations, the rule in the final
regulations is concerned with what the parties may reasonably
anticipate at the time the stock right is issued.
Other comments requested examples of persons with sufficient
knowledge, experience, and skill in valuing illiquid stock of a start-
up corporation. Because knowledge, skill, and training may be obtained
in different ways, the final regulations do not provide specific
examples. However, the regulations clarify that the standard to be
applied is whether a reasonable individual, upon being apprised of such
person's relevant knowledge, experience, education, and training, would
reasonably rely on the advice of such person with respect to valuation
in deciding whether to accept an offer to purchase or sell the stock
being valued. The final regulations also clarify that significant
experience generally means at least five years of relevant experience
in business valuation or appraisal, financial accounting, investment
banking, private equity, secured lending, or other comparable
experience in the line of business or industry in which the service
recipient operates.
With respect to the presumption based upon a generally applicable
buyback formula, some commentators requested that the presumption apply
where the formula is applicable to all compensatory stock transactions,
but not also applicable to all noncompensatory stock transactions. The
final regulations do not adopt this suggestion. However, the final
regulations clarify that to meet the requirements of the presumption,
the buyback formula is required to be applicable to compensatory and
noncompensatory transactions with the issuer or a person owning 10
percent or more of the stock of the issuer, but is not
[[Page 19242]]
required to be applicable to transactions with other persons or
transactions that are part of an arm's length transaction constituting
the sale of all or substantially all of the stock of the issuer to an
unrelated purchaser.
5. Modification of a Stock Right
The final regulations continue to apply certain rules addressing
modifications, extensions and renewals of stock rights. Although these
rules in many respects resemble the rules applicable to statutory stock
options, the rules are not intended to incorporate the rules applicable
to statutory stock options except where explicitly provided.
The final regulations generally retain the rules in the proposed
regulations that generally treat extensions of the exercise period of a
stock right as an additional deferral feature as of the date of grant
of the right, with an exception for certain limited extensions
following a separation from service. Commentators characterized these
rules as unnecessarily restrictive. Specifically, commentators argued
that the extension of a stock option upon the occurrence of a
separation from service (often in connection with a program of layoffs)
or a corporate transaction is a common practice, and that often these
extensions cover periods longer than the limited period provided in the
proposed regulations. In addition, commentators argued that the same
substantive results could be obtained by specifying a longer term for
the stock right and providing the service recipient the discretion to
shorten the term, rather than providing discretion to extend a shorter
term, and that the former approach would be permissible under the
proposed regulations. In response, the final regulations provide that
the extension of an option exercise period generally is not treated as
an additional deferral feature or a modification of the stock option
for section 409A purposes if the exercise period is not extended beyond
the earlier of the original maximum term of the option or 10 years from
the original date of grant of the stock right.
Many commentators also requested that the extension of the exercise
period of a stock right not be treated as an additional deferral
feature for purposes of section 409A, where at the time of the
extension the fair market value of the underlying stock does not exceed
the exercise price (an ``underwater'' option). Because the issuance of
an otherwise identical option with an exercise period ending after the
end of the exercise period of the underwater option would be excluded
from coverage under section 409A, the final regulations provide that
such an extension does not constitute an additional deferral feature.
The final regulations adopt the provisions in the proposed
regulations regarding substitution or assumption of stock rights due to
a corporate transaction, which are generally in accordance with the
corresponding provisions governing incentive stock options. The final
regulations clarify that the applicable corporate transactions for this
purpose include only those transactions described in Sec. 1.424-
1(a)(3). One commentator requested that the provision permitting
substitutions of stock options be modified to reflect that a holder of
a nonstatutory stock option is not required to be employed by the
successor entity. The final regulations adopt this suggestion, so that
a substituted nonstatutory stock option may be treated as a
continuation of the initial option even where the holder of the option
is not employed or otherwise providing services to the successor
entity, provided the substitution otherwise meets the rules provided in
the regulations.
6. Other Stock Right Issues
The final regulations adopt certain definitions from the
regulations governing statutory stock options, modified as appropriate
for purposes of applying the rules under section 409A. These include
the time and date of grant of an option (Sec. 1.421-1(c)), and the
definitions of option (Sec. 1.421-1(a)), stock (Sec. 1.421-1(d)),
exercise price (Sec. 1.424-1(e)), exercise (Sec. 1.421-1(f)), and
transfer (Sec. 1.421-1(g)). These definitions apply by analogy to
stock appreciatio